File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp |
Warning: | line 6000, column 15 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaType.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Types -----------------------===// | ||||||||||
2 | // | ||||||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||||
6 | // | ||||||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||||
8 | // | ||||||||||
9 | // This file implements type-related semantic analysis. | ||||||||||
10 | // | ||||||||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||||
12 | |||||||||||
13 | #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" | ||||||||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | ||||||||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" | ||||||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTStructuralEquivalence.h" | ||||||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | ||||||||||
21 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||||||
22 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" | ||||||||||
23 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLocVisitor.h" | ||||||||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||||||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||||||
26 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||||||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | ||||||||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" | ||||||||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" | ||||||||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||||||||
32 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||||||
33 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||||||||
34 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateInstCallback.h" | ||||||||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||||||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||||||
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" | ||||||||||
38 | #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" | ||||||||||
39 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | ||||||||||
40 | #include <bitset> | ||||||||||
41 | |||||||||||
42 | using namespace clang; | ||||||||||
43 | |||||||||||
44 | enum TypeDiagSelector { | ||||||||||
45 | TDS_Function, | ||||||||||
46 | TDS_Pointer, | ||||||||||
47 | TDS_ObjCObjOrBlock | ||||||||||
48 | }; | ||||||||||
49 | |||||||||||
50 | /// isOmittedBlockReturnType - Return true if this declarator is missing a | ||||||||||
51 | /// return type because this is a omitted return type on a block literal. | ||||||||||
52 | static bool isOmittedBlockReturnType(const Declarator &D) { | ||||||||||
53 | if (D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral || | ||||||||||
54 | D.getDeclSpec().hasTypeSpecifier()) | ||||||||||
55 | return false; | ||||||||||
56 | |||||||||||
57 | if (D.getNumTypeObjects() == 0) | ||||||||||
58 | return true; // ^{ ... } | ||||||||||
59 | |||||||||||
60 | if (D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && | ||||||||||
61 | D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function) | ||||||||||
62 | return true; // ^(int X, float Y) { ... } | ||||||||||
63 | |||||||||||
64 | return false; | ||||||||||
65 | } | ||||||||||
66 | |||||||||||
67 | /// diagnoseBadTypeAttribute - Diagnoses a type attribute which | ||||||||||
68 | /// doesn't apply to the given type. | ||||||||||
69 | static void diagnoseBadTypeAttribute(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
70 | QualType type) { | ||||||||||
71 | TypeDiagSelector WhichType; | ||||||||||
72 | bool useExpansionLoc = true; | ||||||||||
73 | switch (attr.getKind()) { | ||||||||||
74 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC: | ||||||||||
75 | WhichType = TDS_Pointer; | ||||||||||
76 | break; | ||||||||||
77 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership: | ||||||||||
78 | WhichType = TDS_ObjCObjOrBlock; | ||||||||||
79 | break; | ||||||||||
80 | default: | ||||||||||
81 | // Assume everything else was a function attribute. | ||||||||||
82 | WhichType = TDS_Function; | ||||||||||
83 | useExpansionLoc = false; | ||||||||||
84 | break; | ||||||||||
85 | } | ||||||||||
86 | |||||||||||
87 | SourceLocation loc = attr.getLoc(); | ||||||||||
88 | StringRef name = attr.getAttrName()->getName(); | ||||||||||
89 | |||||||||||
90 | // The GC attributes are usually written with macros; special-case them. | ||||||||||
91 | IdentifierInfo *II = attr.isArgIdent(0) ? attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident | ||||||||||
92 | : nullptr; | ||||||||||
93 | if (useExpansionLoc && loc.isMacroID() && II) { | ||||||||||
94 | if (II->isStr("strong")) { | ||||||||||
95 | if (S.findMacroSpelling(loc, "__strong")) name = "__strong"; | ||||||||||
96 | } else if (II->isStr("weak")) { | ||||||||||
97 | if (S.findMacroSpelling(loc, "__weak")) name = "__weak"; | ||||||||||
98 | } | ||||||||||
99 | } | ||||||||||
100 | |||||||||||
101 | S.Diag(loc, diag::warn_type_attribute_wrong_type) << name << WhichType | ||||||||||
102 | << type; | ||||||||||
103 | } | ||||||||||
104 | |||||||||||
105 | // objc_gc applies to Objective-C pointers or, otherwise, to the | ||||||||||
106 | // smallest available pointer type (i.e. 'void*' in 'void**'). | ||||||||||
107 | #define OBJC_POINTER_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC: case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership \ | ||||||||||
108 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC: \ | ||||||||||
109 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership | ||||||||||
110 | |||||||||||
111 | // Calling convention attributes. | ||||||||||
112 | #define CALLING_CONV_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr ::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI : case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr ::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr ::AT_PreserveAll \ | ||||||||||
113 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: \ | ||||||||||
114 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: \ | ||||||||||
115 | case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: \ | ||||||||||
116 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: \ | ||||||||||
117 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: \ | ||||||||||
118 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: \ | ||||||||||
119 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: \ | ||||||||||
120 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall: \ | ||||||||||
121 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: \ | ||||||||||
122 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: \ | ||||||||||
123 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: \ | ||||||||||
124 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: \ | ||||||||||
125 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: \ | ||||||||||
126 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: \ | ||||||||||
127 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: \ | ||||||||||
128 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll | ||||||||||
129 | |||||||||||
130 | // Function type attributes. | ||||||||||
131 | #define FUNCTION_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn : case ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm: case ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: case ParsedAttr ::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck: case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr ::AT_FastCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr:: AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal : case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs : case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr ::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll \ | ||||||||||
132 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: \ | ||||||||||
133 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn: \ | ||||||||||
134 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm: \ | ||||||||||
135 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall: \ | ||||||||||
136 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: \ | ||||||||||
137 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck: \ | ||||||||||
138 | CALLING_CONV_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr ::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI : case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr ::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr ::AT_PreserveAll | ||||||||||
139 | |||||||||||
140 | // Microsoft-specific type qualifiers. | ||||||||||
141 | #define MS_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32: case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64: case ParsedAttr ::AT_SPtr: case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr \ | ||||||||||
142 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32: \ | ||||||||||
143 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64: \ | ||||||||||
144 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SPtr: \ | ||||||||||
145 | case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr | ||||||||||
146 | |||||||||||
147 | // Nullability qualifiers. | ||||||||||
148 | #define NULLABILITY_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable : case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified \ | ||||||||||
149 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull: \ | ||||||||||
150 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable: \ | ||||||||||
151 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult: \ | ||||||||||
152 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified | ||||||||||
153 | |||||||||||
154 | namespace { | ||||||||||
155 | /// An object which stores processing state for the entire | ||||||||||
156 | /// GetTypeForDeclarator process. | ||||||||||
157 | class TypeProcessingState { | ||||||||||
158 | Sema &sema; | ||||||||||
159 | |||||||||||
160 | /// The declarator being processed. | ||||||||||
161 | Declarator &declarator; | ||||||||||
162 | |||||||||||
163 | /// The index of the declarator chunk we're currently processing. | ||||||||||
164 | /// May be the total number of valid chunks, indicating the | ||||||||||
165 | /// DeclSpec. | ||||||||||
166 | unsigned chunkIndex; | ||||||||||
167 | |||||||||||
168 | /// Whether there are non-trivial modifications to the decl spec. | ||||||||||
169 | bool trivial; | ||||||||||
170 | |||||||||||
171 | /// Whether we saved the attributes in the decl spec. | ||||||||||
172 | bool hasSavedAttrs; | ||||||||||
173 | |||||||||||
174 | /// The original set of attributes on the DeclSpec. | ||||||||||
175 | SmallVector<ParsedAttr *, 2> savedAttrs; | ||||||||||
176 | |||||||||||
177 | /// A list of attributes to diagnose the uselessness of when the | ||||||||||
178 | /// processing is complete. | ||||||||||
179 | SmallVector<ParsedAttr *, 2> ignoredTypeAttrs; | ||||||||||
180 | |||||||||||
181 | /// Attributes corresponding to AttributedTypeLocs that we have not yet | ||||||||||
182 | /// populated. | ||||||||||
183 | // FIXME: The two-phase mechanism by which we construct Types and fill | ||||||||||
184 | // their TypeLocs makes it hard to correctly assign these. We keep the | ||||||||||
185 | // attributes in creation order as an attempt to make them line up | ||||||||||
186 | // properly. | ||||||||||
187 | using TypeAttrPair = std::pair<const AttributedType*, const Attr*>; | ||||||||||
188 | SmallVector<TypeAttrPair, 8> AttrsForTypes; | ||||||||||
189 | bool AttrsForTypesSorted = true; | ||||||||||
190 | |||||||||||
191 | /// MacroQualifiedTypes mapping to macro expansion locations that will be | ||||||||||
192 | /// stored in a MacroQualifiedTypeLoc. | ||||||||||
193 | llvm::DenseMap<const MacroQualifiedType *, SourceLocation> LocsForMacros; | ||||||||||
194 | |||||||||||
195 | /// Flag to indicate we parsed a noderef attribute. This is used for | ||||||||||
196 | /// validating that noderef was used on a pointer or array. | ||||||||||
197 | bool parsedNoDeref; | ||||||||||
198 | |||||||||||
199 | public: | ||||||||||
200 | TypeProcessingState(Sema &sema, Declarator &declarator) | ||||||||||
201 | : sema(sema), declarator(declarator), | ||||||||||
202 | chunkIndex(declarator.getNumTypeObjects()), trivial(true), | ||||||||||
203 | hasSavedAttrs(false), parsedNoDeref(false) {} | ||||||||||
204 | |||||||||||
205 | Sema &getSema() const { | ||||||||||
206 | return sema; | ||||||||||
207 | } | ||||||||||
208 | |||||||||||
209 | Declarator &getDeclarator() const { | ||||||||||
210 | return declarator; | ||||||||||
211 | } | ||||||||||
212 | |||||||||||
213 | bool isProcessingDeclSpec() const { | ||||||||||
214 | return chunkIndex == declarator.getNumTypeObjects(); | ||||||||||
215 | } | ||||||||||
216 | |||||||||||
217 | unsigned getCurrentChunkIndex() const { | ||||||||||
218 | return chunkIndex; | ||||||||||
219 | } | ||||||||||
220 | |||||||||||
221 | void setCurrentChunkIndex(unsigned idx) { | ||||||||||
222 | assert(idx <= declarator.getNumTypeObjects())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
223 | chunkIndex = idx; | ||||||||||
224 | } | ||||||||||
225 | |||||||||||
226 | ParsedAttributesView &getCurrentAttributes() const { | ||||||||||
227 | if (isProcessingDeclSpec()) | ||||||||||
228 | return getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes(); | ||||||||||
229 | return declarator.getTypeObject(chunkIndex).getAttrs(); | ||||||||||
230 | } | ||||||||||
231 | |||||||||||
232 | /// Save the current set of attributes on the DeclSpec. | ||||||||||
233 | void saveDeclSpecAttrs() { | ||||||||||
234 | // Don't try to save them multiple times. | ||||||||||
235 | if (hasSavedAttrs) return; | ||||||||||
236 | |||||||||||
237 | DeclSpec &spec = getMutableDeclSpec(); | ||||||||||
238 | for (ParsedAttr &AL : spec.getAttributes()) | ||||||||||
239 | savedAttrs.push_back(&AL); | ||||||||||
240 | trivial &= savedAttrs.empty(); | ||||||||||
241 | hasSavedAttrs = true; | ||||||||||
242 | } | ||||||||||
243 | |||||||||||
244 | /// Record that we had nowhere to put the given type attribute. | ||||||||||
245 | /// We will diagnose such attributes later. | ||||||||||
246 | void addIgnoredTypeAttr(ParsedAttr &attr) { | ||||||||||
247 | ignoredTypeAttrs.push_back(&attr); | ||||||||||
248 | } | ||||||||||
249 | |||||||||||
250 | /// Diagnose all the ignored type attributes, given that the | ||||||||||
251 | /// declarator worked out to the given type. | ||||||||||
252 | void diagnoseIgnoredTypeAttrs(QualType type) const { | ||||||||||
253 | for (auto *Attr : ignoredTypeAttrs) | ||||||||||
254 | diagnoseBadTypeAttribute(getSema(), *Attr, type); | ||||||||||
255 | } | ||||||||||
256 | |||||||||||
257 | /// Get an attributed type for the given attribute, and remember the Attr | ||||||||||
258 | /// object so that we can attach it to the AttributedTypeLoc. | ||||||||||
259 | QualType getAttributedType(Attr *A, QualType ModifiedType, | ||||||||||
260 | QualType EquivType) { | ||||||||||
261 | QualType T = | ||||||||||
262 | sema.Context.getAttributedType(A->getKind(), ModifiedType, EquivType); | ||||||||||
263 | AttrsForTypes.push_back({cast<AttributedType>(T.getTypePtr()), A}); | ||||||||||
264 | AttrsForTypesSorted = false; | ||||||||||
265 | return T; | ||||||||||
266 | } | ||||||||||
267 | |||||||||||
268 | /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by | ||||||||||
269 | /// \p Replacement. Also replace \p TypeWithAuto in \c TypeAttrPair if | ||||||||||
270 | /// necessary. | ||||||||||
271 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement) { | ||||||||||
272 | QualType T = sema.ReplaceAutoType(TypeWithAuto, Replacement); | ||||||||||
273 | if (auto *AttrTy = TypeWithAuto->getAs<AttributedType>()) { | ||||||||||
274 | // Attributed type still should be an attributed type after replacement. | ||||||||||
275 | auto *NewAttrTy = cast<AttributedType>(T.getTypePtr()); | ||||||||||
276 | for (TypeAttrPair &A : AttrsForTypes) { | ||||||||||
277 | if (A.first == AttrTy) | ||||||||||
278 | A.first = NewAttrTy; | ||||||||||
279 | } | ||||||||||
280 | AttrsForTypesSorted = false; | ||||||||||
281 | } | ||||||||||
282 | return T; | ||||||||||
283 | } | ||||||||||
284 | |||||||||||
285 | /// Extract and remove the Attr* for a given attributed type. | ||||||||||
286 | const Attr *takeAttrForAttributedType(const AttributedType *AT) { | ||||||||||
287 | if (!AttrsForTypesSorted) { | ||||||||||
288 | llvm::stable_sort(AttrsForTypes, llvm::less_first()); | ||||||||||
289 | AttrsForTypesSorted = true; | ||||||||||
290 | } | ||||||||||
291 | |||||||||||
292 | // FIXME: This is quadratic if we have lots of reuses of the same | ||||||||||
293 | // attributed type. | ||||||||||
294 | for (auto It = std::partition_point( | ||||||||||
295 | AttrsForTypes.begin(), AttrsForTypes.end(), | ||||||||||
296 | [=](const TypeAttrPair &A) { return A.first < AT; }); | ||||||||||
297 | It != AttrsForTypes.end() && It->first == AT; ++It) { | ||||||||||
298 | if (It->second) { | ||||||||||
299 | const Attr *Result = It->second; | ||||||||||
300 | It->second = nullptr; | ||||||||||
301 | return Result; | ||||||||||
302 | } | ||||||||||
303 | } | ||||||||||
304 | |||||||||||
305 | llvm_unreachable("no Attr* for AttributedType*")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
306 | } | ||||||||||
307 | |||||||||||
308 | SourceLocation | ||||||||||
309 | getExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType(const MacroQualifiedType *MQT) const { | ||||||||||
310 | auto FoundLoc = LocsForMacros.find(MQT); | ||||||||||
311 | assert(FoundLoc != LocsForMacros.end() &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
312 | "Unable to find macro expansion location for MacroQualifedType")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
313 | return FoundLoc->second; | ||||||||||
314 | } | ||||||||||
315 | |||||||||||
316 | void setExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType(const MacroQualifiedType *MQT, | ||||||||||
317 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
318 | LocsForMacros[MQT] = Loc; | ||||||||||
319 | } | ||||||||||
320 | |||||||||||
321 | void setParsedNoDeref(bool parsed) { parsedNoDeref = parsed; } | ||||||||||
322 | |||||||||||
323 | bool didParseNoDeref() const { return parsedNoDeref; } | ||||||||||
324 | |||||||||||
325 | ~TypeProcessingState() { | ||||||||||
326 | if (trivial) return; | ||||||||||
327 | |||||||||||
328 | restoreDeclSpecAttrs(); | ||||||||||
329 | } | ||||||||||
330 | |||||||||||
331 | private: | ||||||||||
332 | DeclSpec &getMutableDeclSpec() const { | ||||||||||
333 | return const_cast<DeclSpec&>(declarator.getDeclSpec()); | ||||||||||
334 | } | ||||||||||
335 | |||||||||||
336 | void restoreDeclSpecAttrs() { | ||||||||||
337 | assert(hasSavedAttrs)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
338 | |||||||||||
339 | getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes().clearListOnly(); | ||||||||||
340 | for (ParsedAttr *AL : savedAttrs) | ||||||||||
341 | getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes().addAtEnd(AL); | ||||||||||
342 | } | ||||||||||
343 | }; | ||||||||||
344 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||||
345 | |||||||||||
346 | static void moveAttrFromListToList(ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
347 | ParsedAttributesView &fromList, | ||||||||||
348 | ParsedAttributesView &toList) { | ||||||||||
349 | fromList.remove(&attr); | ||||||||||
350 | toList.addAtEnd(&attr); | ||||||||||
351 | } | ||||||||||
352 | |||||||||||
353 | /// The location of a type attribute. | ||||||||||
354 | enum TypeAttrLocation { | ||||||||||
355 | /// The attribute is in the decl-specifier-seq. | ||||||||||
356 | TAL_DeclSpec, | ||||||||||
357 | /// The attribute is part of a DeclaratorChunk. | ||||||||||
358 | TAL_DeclChunk, | ||||||||||
359 | /// The attribute is immediately after the declaration's name. | ||||||||||
360 | TAL_DeclName | ||||||||||
361 | }; | ||||||||||
362 | |||||||||||
363 | static void processTypeAttrs(TypeProcessingState &state, QualType &type, | ||||||||||
364 | TypeAttrLocation TAL, ParsedAttributesView &attrs); | ||||||||||
365 | |||||||||||
366 | static bool handleFunctionTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
367 | QualType &type); | ||||||||||
368 | |||||||||||
369 | static bool handleMSPointerTypeQualifierAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
370 | ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &type); | ||||||||||
371 | |||||||||||
372 | static bool handleObjCGCTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
373 | QualType &type); | ||||||||||
374 | |||||||||||
375 | static bool handleObjCOwnershipTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
376 | ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &type); | ||||||||||
377 | |||||||||||
378 | static bool handleObjCPointerTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
379 | ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &type) { | ||||||||||
380 | if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC) | ||||||||||
381 | return handleObjCGCTypeAttr(state, attr, type); | ||||||||||
382 | assert(attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
383 | return handleObjCOwnershipTypeAttr(state, attr, type); | ||||||||||
384 | } | ||||||||||
385 | |||||||||||
386 | /// Given the index of a declarator chunk, check whether that chunk | ||||||||||
387 | /// directly specifies the return type of a function and, if so, find | ||||||||||
388 | /// an appropriate place for it. | ||||||||||
389 | /// | ||||||||||
390 | /// \param i - a notional index which the search will start | ||||||||||
391 | /// immediately inside | ||||||||||
392 | /// | ||||||||||
393 | /// \param onlyBlockPointers Whether we should only look into block | ||||||||||
394 | /// pointer types (vs. all pointer types). | ||||||||||
395 | static DeclaratorChunk *maybeMovePastReturnType(Declarator &declarator, | ||||||||||
396 | unsigned i, | ||||||||||
397 | bool onlyBlockPointers) { | ||||||||||
398 | assert(i <= declarator.getNumTypeObjects())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
399 | |||||||||||
400 | DeclaratorChunk *result = nullptr; | ||||||||||
401 | |||||||||||
402 | // First, look inwards past parens for a function declarator. | ||||||||||
403 | for (; i != 0; --i) { | ||||||||||
404 | DeclaratorChunk &fnChunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1); | ||||||||||
405 | switch (fnChunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
406 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
407 | continue; | ||||||||||
408 | |||||||||||
409 | // If we find anything except a function, bail out. | ||||||||||
410 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
411 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
412 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
413 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
414 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
415 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
416 | return result; | ||||||||||
417 | |||||||||||
418 | // If we do find a function declarator, scan inwards from that, | ||||||||||
419 | // looking for a (block-)pointer declarator. | ||||||||||
420 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
421 | for (--i; i != 0; --i) { | ||||||||||
422 | DeclaratorChunk &ptrChunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1); | ||||||||||
423 | switch (ptrChunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
424 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
425 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
426 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
427 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
428 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
429 | continue; | ||||||||||
430 | |||||||||||
431 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
432 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
433 | if (onlyBlockPointers) | ||||||||||
434 | continue; | ||||||||||
435 | |||||||||||
436 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
437 | |||||||||||
438 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
439 | result = &ptrChunk; | ||||||||||
440 | goto continue_outer; | ||||||||||
441 | } | ||||||||||
442 | llvm_unreachable("bad declarator chunk kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
443 | } | ||||||||||
444 | |||||||||||
445 | // If we run out of declarators doing that, we're done. | ||||||||||
446 | return result; | ||||||||||
447 | } | ||||||||||
448 | llvm_unreachable("bad declarator chunk kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
449 | |||||||||||
450 | // Okay, reconsider from our new point. | ||||||||||
451 | continue_outer: ; | ||||||||||
452 | } | ||||||||||
453 | |||||||||||
454 | // Ran out of chunks, bail out. | ||||||||||
455 | return result; | ||||||||||
456 | } | ||||||||||
457 | |||||||||||
458 | /// Given that an objc_gc attribute was written somewhere on a | ||||||||||
459 | /// declaration *other* than on the declarator itself (for which, use | ||||||||||
460 | /// distributeObjCPointerTypeAttrFromDeclarator), and given that it | ||||||||||
461 | /// didn't apply in whatever position it was written in, try to move | ||||||||||
462 | /// it to a more appropriate position. | ||||||||||
463 | static void distributeObjCPointerTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
464 | ParsedAttr &attr, QualType type) { | ||||||||||
465 | Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
466 | |||||||||||
467 | // Move it to the outermost normal or block pointer declarator. | ||||||||||
468 | for (unsigned i = state.getCurrentChunkIndex(); i != 0; --i) { | ||||||||||
469 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1); | ||||||||||
470 | switch (chunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
471 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
472 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: { | ||||||||||
473 | // But don't move an ARC ownership attribute to the return type | ||||||||||
474 | // of a block. | ||||||||||
475 | DeclaratorChunk *destChunk = nullptr; | ||||||||||
476 | if (state.isProcessingDeclSpec() && | ||||||||||
477 | attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) | ||||||||||
478 | destChunk = maybeMovePastReturnType(declarator, i - 1, | ||||||||||
479 | /*onlyBlockPointers=*/true); | ||||||||||
480 | if (!destChunk) destChunk = &chunk; | ||||||||||
481 | |||||||||||
482 | moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(), | ||||||||||
483 | destChunk->getAttrs()); | ||||||||||
484 | return; | ||||||||||
485 | } | ||||||||||
486 | |||||||||||
487 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
488 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
489 | continue; | ||||||||||
490 | |||||||||||
491 | // We may be starting at the return type of a block. | ||||||||||
492 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
493 | if (state.isProcessingDeclSpec() && | ||||||||||
494 | attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) { | ||||||||||
495 | if (DeclaratorChunk *dest = maybeMovePastReturnType( | ||||||||||
496 | declarator, i, | ||||||||||
497 | /*onlyBlockPointers=*/true)) { | ||||||||||
498 | moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(), | ||||||||||
499 | dest->getAttrs()); | ||||||||||
500 | return; | ||||||||||
501 | } | ||||||||||
502 | } | ||||||||||
503 | goto error; | ||||||||||
504 | |||||||||||
505 | // Don't walk through these. | ||||||||||
506 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
507 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
508 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
509 | goto error; | ||||||||||
510 | } | ||||||||||
511 | } | ||||||||||
512 | error: | ||||||||||
513 | |||||||||||
514 | diagnoseBadTypeAttribute(state.getSema(), attr, type); | ||||||||||
515 | } | ||||||||||
516 | |||||||||||
517 | /// Distribute an objc_gc type attribute that was written on the | ||||||||||
518 | /// declarator. | ||||||||||
519 | static void distributeObjCPointerTypeAttrFromDeclarator( | ||||||||||
520 | TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &declSpecType) { | ||||||||||
521 | Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
522 | |||||||||||
523 | // objc_gc goes on the innermost pointer to something that's not a | ||||||||||
524 | // pointer. | ||||||||||
525 | unsigned innermost = -1U; | ||||||||||
526 | bool considerDeclSpec = true; | ||||||||||
527 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = declarator.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||||
528 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i); | ||||||||||
529 | switch (chunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
530 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
531 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
532 | innermost = i; | ||||||||||
533 | continue; | ||||||||||
534 | |||||||||||
535 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
536 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
537 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
538 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
539 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
540 | continue; | ||||||||||
541 | |||||||||||
542 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
543 | considerDeclSpec = false; | ||||||||||
544 | goto done; | ||||||||||
545 | } | ||||||||||
546 | } | ||||||||||
547 | done: | ||||||||||
548 | |||||||||||
549 | // That might actually be the decl spec if we weren't blocked by | ||||||||||
550 | // anything in the declarator. | ||||||||||
551 | if (considerDeclSpec) { | ||||||||||
552 | if (handleObjCPointerTypeAttr(state, attr, declSpecType)) { | ||||||||||
553 | // Splice the attribute into the decl spec. Prevents the | ||||||||||
554 | // attribute from being applied multiple times and gives | ||||||||||
555 | // the source-location-filler something to work with. | ||||||||||
556 | state.saveDeclSpecAttrs(); | ||||||||||
557 | declarator.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes().takeOneFrom( | ||||||||||
558 | declarator.getAttributes(), &attr); | ||||||||||
559 | return; | ||||||||||
560 | } | ||||||||||
561 | } | ||||||||||
562 | |||||||||||
563 | // Otherwise, if we found an appropriate chunk, splice the attribute | ||||||||||
564 | // into it. | ||||||||||
565 | if (innermost != -1U) { | ||||||||||
566 | moveAttrFromListToList(attr, declarator.getAttributes(), | ||||||||||
567 | declarator.getTypeObject(innermost).getAttrs()); | ||||||||||
568 | return; | ||||||||||
569 | } | ||||||||||
570 | |||||||||||
571 | // Otherwise, diagnose when we're done building the type. | ||||||||||
572 | declarator.getAttributes().remove(&attr); | ||||||||||
573 | state.addIgnoredTypeAttr(attr); | ||||||||||
574 | } | ||||||||||
575 | |||||||||||
576 | /// A function type attribute was written somewhere in a declaration | ||||||||||
577 | /// *other* than on the declarator itself or in the decl spec. Given | ||||||||||
578 | /// that it didn't apply in whatever position it was written in, try | ||||||||||
579 | /// to move it to a more appropriate position. | ||||||||||
580 | static void distributeFunctionTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
581 | ParsedAttr &attr, QualType type) { | ||||||||||
582 | Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
583 | |||||||||||
584 | // Try to push the attribute from the return type of a function to | ||||||||||
585 | // the function itself. | ||||||||||
586 | for (unsigned i = state.getCurrentChunkIndex(); i != 0; --i) { | ||||||||||
587 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1); | ||||||||||
588 | switch (chunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
589 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
590 | moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(), | ||||||||||
591 | chunk.getAttrs()); | ||||||||||
592 | return; | ||||||||||
593 | |||||||||||
594 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
595 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
596 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
597 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
598 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
599 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
600 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
601 | continue; | ||||||||||
602 | } | ||||||||||
603 | } | ||||||||||
604 | |||||||||||
605 | diagnoseBadTypeAttribute(state.getSema(), attr, type); | ||||||||||
606 | } | ||||||||||
607 | |||||||||||
608 | /// Try to distribute a function type attribute to the innermost | ||||||||||
609 | /// function chunk or type. Returns true if the attribute was | ||||||||||
610 | /// distributed, false if no location was found. | ||||||||||
611 | static bool distributeFunctionTypeAttrToInnermost( | ||||||||||
612 | TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
613 | ParsedAttributesView &attrList, QualType &declSpecType) { | ||||||||||
614 | Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
615 | |||||||||||
616 | // Put it on the innermost function chunk, if there is one. | ||||||||||
617 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = declarator.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||||
618 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i); | ||||||||||
619 | if (chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) continue; | ||||||||||
620 | |||||||||||
621 | moveAttrFromListToList(attr, attrList, chunk.getAttrs()); | ||||||||||
622 | return true; | ||||||||||
623 | } | ||||||||||
624 | |||||||||||
625 | return handleFunctionTypeAttr(state, attr, declSpecType); | ||||||||||
626 | } | ||||||||||
627 | |||||||||||
628 | /// A function type attribute was written in the decl spec. Try to | ||||||||||
629 | /// apply it somewhere. | ||||||||||
630 | static void distributeFunctionTypeAttrFromDeclSpec(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
631 | ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
632 | QualType &declSpecType) { | ||||||||||
633 | state.saveDeclSpecAttrs(); | ||||||||||
634 | |||||||||||
635 | // C++11 attributes before the decl specifiers actually appertain to | ||||||||||
636 | // the declarators. Move them straight there. We don't support the | ||||||||||
637 | // 'put them wherever you like' semantics we allow for GNU attributes. | ||||||||||
638 | if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax()) { | ||||||||||
639 | moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(), | ||||||||||
640 | state.getDeclarator().getAttributes()); | ||||||||||
641 | return; | ||||||||||
642 | } | ||||||||||
643 | |||||||||||
644 | // Try to distribute to the innermost. | ||||||||||
645 | if (distributeFunctionTypeAttrToInnermost( | ||||||||||
646 | state, attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(), declSpecType)) | ||||||||||
647 | return; | ||||||||||
648 | |||||||||||
649 | // If that failed, diagnose the bad attribute when the declarator is | ||||||||||
650 | // fully built. | ||||||||||
651 | state.addIgnoredTypeAttr(attr); | ||||||||||
652 | } | ||||||||||
653 | |||||||||||
654 | /// A function type attribute was written on the declarator. Try to | ||||||||||
655 | /// apply it somewhere. | ||||||||||
656 | static void distributeFunctionTypeAttrFromDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
657 | ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
658 | QualType &declSpecType) { | ||||||||||
659 | Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
660 | |||||||||||
661 | // Try to distribute to the innermost. | ||||||||||
662 | if (distributeFunctionTypeAttrToInnermost( | ||||||||||
663 | state, attr, declarator.getAttributes(), declSpecType)) | ||||||||||
664 | return; | ||||||||||
665 | |||||||||||
666 | // If that failed, diagnose the bad attribute when the declarator is | ||||||||||
667 | // fully built. | ||||||||||
668 | declarator.getAttributes().remove(&attr); | ||||||||||
669 | state.addIgnoredTypeAttr(attr); | ||||||||||
670 | } | ||||||||||
671 | |||||||||||
672 | /// Given that there are attributes written on the declarator | ||||||||||
673 | /// itself, try to distribute any type attributes to the appropriate | ||||||||||
674 | /// declarator chunk. | ||||||||||
675 | /// | ||||||||||
676 | /// These are attributes like the following: | ||||||||||
677 | /// int f ATTR; | ||||||||||
678 | /// int (f ATTR)(); | ||||||||||
679 | /// but not necessarily this: | ||||||||||
680 | /// int f() ATTR; | ||||||||||
681 | static void distributeTypeAttrsFromDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
682 | QualType &declSpecType) { | ||||||||||
683 | // Collect all the type attributes from the declarator itself. | ||||||||||
684 | assert(!state.getDeclarator().getAttributes().empty() &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
685 | "declarator has no attrs!")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
686 | // The called functions in this loop actually remove things from the current | ||||||||||
687 | // list, so iterating over the existing list isn't possible. Instead, make a | ||||||||||
688 | // non-owning copy and iterate over that. | ||||||||||
689 | ParsedAttributesView AttrsCopy{state.getDeclarator().getAttributes()}; | ||||||||||
690 | for (ParsedAttr &attr : AttrsCopy) { | ||||||||||
691 | // Do not distribute [[]] attributes. They have strict rules for what | ||||||||||
692 | // they appertain to. | ||||||||||
693 | if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax()) | ||||||||||
694 | continue; | ||||||||||
695 | |||||||||||
696 | switch (attr.getKind()) { | ||||||||||
697 | OBJC_POINTER_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC: case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership: | ||||||||||
698 | distributeObjCPointerTypeAttrFromDeclarator(state, attr, declSpecType); | ||||||||||
699 | break; | ||||||||||
700 | |||||||||||
701 | FUNCTION_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn : case ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm: case ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: case ParsedAttr ::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck: case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr ::AT_FastCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr:: AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal : case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs : case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr ::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll: | ||||||||||
702 | distributeFunctionTypeAttrFromDeclarator(state, attr, declSpecType); | ||||||||||
703 | break; | ||||||||||
704 | |||||||||||
705 | MS_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32: case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64: case ParsedAttr ::AT_SPtr: case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr: | ||||||||||
706 | // Microsoft type attributes cannot go after the declarator-id. | ||||||||||
707 | continue; | ||||||||||
708 | |||||||||||
709 | NULLABILITY_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable : case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified: | ||||||||||
710 | // Nullability specifiers cannot go after the declarator-id. | ||||||||||
711 | |||||||||||
712 | // Objective-C __kindof does not get distributed. | ||||||||||
713 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCKindOf: | ||||||||||
714 | continue; | ||||||||||
715 | |||||||||||
716 | default: | ||||||||||
717 | break; | ||||||||||
718 | } | ||||||||||
719 | } | ||||||||||
720 | } | ||||||||||
721 | |||||||||||
722 | /// Add a synthetic '()' to a block-literal declarator if it is | ||||||||||
723 | /// required, given the return type. | ||||||||||
724 | static void maybeSynthesizeBlockSignature(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
725 | QualType declSpecType) { | ||||||||||
726 | Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
727 | |||||||||||
728 | // First, check whether the declarator would produce a function, | ||||||||||
729 | // i.e. whether the innermost semantic chunk is a function. | ||||||||||
730 | if (declarator.isFunctionDeclarator()) { | ||||||||||
731 | // If so, make that declarator a prototyped declarator. | ||||||||||
732 | declarator.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype = true; | ||||||||||
733 | return; | ||||||||||
734 | } | ||||||||||
735 | |||||||||||
736 | // If there are any type objects, the type as written won't name a | ||||||||||
737 | // function, regardless of the decl spec type. This is because a | ||||||||||
738 | // block signature declarator is always an abstract-declarator, and | ||||||||||
739 | // abstract-declarators can't just be parentheses chunks. Therefore | ||||||||||
740 | // we need to build a function chunk unless there are no type | ||||||||||
741 | // objects and the decl spec type is a function. | ||||||||||
742 | if (!declarator.getNumTypeObjects() && declSpecType->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
743 | return; | ||||||||||
744 | |||||||||||
745 | // Note that there *are* cases with invalid declarators where | ||||||||||
746 | // declarators consist solely of parentheses. In general, these | ||||||||||
747 | // occur only in failed efforts to make function declarators, so | ||||||||||
748 | // faking up the function chunk is still the right thing to do. | ||||||||||
749 | |||||||||||
750 | // Otherwise, we need to fake up a function declarator. | ||||||||||
751 | SourceLocation loc = declarator.getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||||
752 | |||||||||||
753 | // ...and *prepend* it to the declarator. | ||||||||||
754 | SourceLocation NoLoc; | ||||||||||
755 | declarator.AddInnermostTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction( | ||||||||||
756 | /*HasProto=*/true, | ||||||||||
757 | /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, | ||||||||||
758 | /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, | ||||||||||
759 | /*ArgInfo=*/nullptr, | ||||||||||
760 | /*NumParams=*/0, | ||||||||||
761 | /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, | ||||||||||
762 | /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, | ||||||||||
763 | /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, | ||||||||||
764 | /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, | ||||||||||
765 | /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, | ||||||||||
766 | /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), | ||||||||||
767 | /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, | ||||||||||
768 | /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, | ||||||||||
769 | /*NumExceptions=*/0, | ||||||||||
770 | /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, | ||||||||||
771 | /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, | ||||||||||
772 | /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, loc, loc, declarator)); | ||||||||||
773 | |||||||||||
774 | // For consistency, make sure the state still has us as processing | ||||||||||
775 | // the decl spec. | ||||||||||
776 | assert(state.getCurrentChunkIndex() == declarator.getNumTypeObjects() - 1)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
777 | state.setCurrentChunkIndex(declarator.getNumTypeObjects()); | ||||||||||
778 | } | ||||||||||
779 | |||||||||||
780 | static void diagnoseAndRemoveTypeQualifiers(Sema &S, const DeclSpec &DS, | ||||||||||
781 | unsigned &TypeQuals, | ||||||||||
782 | QualType TypeSoFar, | ||||||||||
783 | unsigned RemoveTQs, | ||||||||||
784 | unsigned DiagID) { | ||||||||||
785 | // If this occurs outside a template instantiation, warn the user about | ||||||||||
786 | // it; they probably didn't mean to specify a redundant qualifier. | ||||||||||
787 | typedef std::pair<DeclSpec::TQ, SourceLocation> QualLoc; | ||||||||||
788 | for (QualLoc Qual : {QualLoc(DeclSpec::TQ_const, DS.getConstSpecLoc()), | ||||||||||
789 | QualLoc(DeclSpec::TQ_restrict, DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()), | ||||||||||
790 | QualLoc(DeclSpec::TQ_volatile, DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()), | ||||||||||
791 | QualLoc(DeclSpec::TQ_atomic, DS.getAtomicSpecLoc())}) { | ||||||||||
792 | if (!(RemoveTQs & Qual.first)) | ||||||||||
793 | continue; | ||||||||||
794 | |||||||||||
795 | if (!S.inTemplateInstantiation()) { | ||||||||||
796 | if (TypeQuals & Qual.first) | ||||||||||
797 | S.Diag(Qual.second, DiagID) | ||||||||||
798 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(Qual.first) << TypeSoFar | ||||||||||
799 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Qual.second); | ||||||||||
800 | } | ||||||||||
801 | |||||||||||
802 | TypeQuals &= ~Qual.first; | ||||||||||
803 | } | ||||||||||
804 | } | ||||||||||
805 | |||||||||||
806 | /// Return true if this is omitted block return type. Also check type | ||||||||||
807 | /// attributes and type qualifiers when returning true. | ||||||||||
808 | static bool checkOmittedBlockReturnType(Sema &S, Declarator &declarator, | ||||||||||
809 | QualType Result) { | ||||||||||
810 | if (!isOmittedBlockReturnType(declarator)) | ||||||||||
811 | return false; | ||||||||||
812 | |||||||||||
813 | // Warn if we see type attributes for omitted return type on a block literal. | ||||||||||
814 | SmallVector<ParsedAttr *, 2> ToBeRemoved; | ||||||||||
815 | for (ParsedAttr &AL : declarator.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes()) { | ||||||||||
816 | if (AL.isInvalid() || !AL.isTypeAttr()) | ||||||||||
817 | continue; | ||||||||||
818 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||||||||
819 | diag::warn_block_literal_attributes_on_omitted_return_type) | ||||||||||
820 | << AL; | ||||||||||
821 | ToBeRemoved.push_back(&AL); | ||||||||||
822 | } | ||||||||||
823 | // Remove bad attributes from the list. | ||||||||||
824 | for (ParsedAttr *AL : ToBeRemoved) | ||||||||||
825 | declarator.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes().remove(AL); | ||||||||||
826 | |||||||||||
827 | // Warn if we see type qualifiers for omitted return type on a block literal. | ||||||||||
828 | const DeclSpec &DS = declarator.getDeclSpec(); | ||||||||||
829 | unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers(); | ||||||||||
830 | diagnoseAndRemoveTypeQualifiers(S, DS, TypeQuals, Result, (unsigned)-1, | ||||||||||
831 | diag::warn_block_literal_qualifiers_on_omitted_return_type); | ||||||||||
832 | declarator.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearTypeQualifiers(); | ||||||||||
833 | |||||||||||
834 | return true; | ||||||||||
835 | } | ||||||||||
836 | |||||||||||
837 | /// Apply Objective-C type arguments to the given type. | ||||||||||
838 | static QualType applyObjCTypeArgs(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, QualType type, | ||||||||||
839 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> typeArgs, | ||||||||||
840 | SourceRange typeArgsRange, | ||||||||||
841 | bool failOnError = false) { | ||||||||||
842 | // We can only apply type arguments to an Objective-C class type. | ||||||||||
843 | const auto *objcObjectType = type->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); | ||||||||||
844 | if (!objcObjectType || !objcObjectType->getInterface()) { | ||||||||||
845 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_non_class) | ||||||||||
846 | << type | ||||||||||
847 | << typeArgsRange; | ||||||||||
848 | |||||||||||
849 | if (failOnError) | ||||||||||
850 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
851 | return type; | ||||||||||
852 | } | ||||||||||
853 | |||||||||||
854 | // The class type must be parameterized. | ||||||||||
855 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *objcClass = objcObjectType->getInterface(); | ||||||||||
856 | ObjCTypeParamList *typeParams = objcClass->getTypeParamList(); | ||||||||||
857 | if (!typeParams) { | ||||||||||
858 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_non_parameterized_class) | ||||||||||
859 | << objcClass->getDeclName() | ||||||||||
860 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(typeArgsRange); | ||||||||||
861 | |||||||||||
862 | if (failOnError) | ||||||||||
863 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
864 | |||||||||||
865 | return type; | ||||||||||
866 | } | ||||||||||
867 | |||||||||||
868 | // The type must not already be specialized. | ||||||||||
869 | if (objcObjectType->isSpecialized()) { | ||||||||||
870 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_specialized_class) | ||||||||||
871 | << type | ||||||||||
872 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(typeArgsRange); | ||||||||||
873 | |||||||||||
874 | if (failOnError) | ||||||||||
875 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
876 | |||||||||||
877 | return type; | ||||||||||
878 | } | ||||||||||
879 | |||||||||||
880 | // Check the type arguments. | ||||||||||
881 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> finalTypeArgs; | ||||||||||
882 | unsigned numTypeParams = typeParams->size(); | ||||||||||
883 | bool anyPackExpansions = false; | ||||||||||
884 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = typeArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||||||||
885 | TypeSourceInfo *typeArgInfo = typeArgs[i]; | ||||||||||
886 | QualType typeArg = typeArgInfo->getType(); | ||||||||||
887 | |||||||||||
888 | // Type arguments cannot have explicit qualifiers or nullability. | ||||||||||
889 | // We ignore indirect sources of these, e.g. behind typedefs or | ||||||||||
890 | // template arguments. | ||||||||||
891 | if (TypeLoc qual = typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().findExplicitQualifierLoc()) { | ||||||||||
892 | bool diagnosed = false; | ||||||||||
893 | SourceRange rangeToRemove; | ||||||||||
894 | if (auto attr = qual.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||||||
895 | rangeToRemove = attr.getLocalSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
896 | if (attr.getTypePtr()->getImmediateNullability()) { | ||||||||||
897 | typeArg = attr.getTypePtr()->getModifiedType(); | ||||||||||
898 | S.Diag(attr.getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
899 | diag::err_objc_type_arg_explicit_nullability) | ||||||||||
900 | << typeArg << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(rangeToRemove); | ||||||||||
901 | diagnosed = true; | ||||||||||
902 | } | ||||||||||
903 | } | ||||||||||
904 | |||||||||||
905 | if (!diagnosed) { | ||||||||||
906 | S.Diag(qual.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_objc_type_arg_qualified) | ||||||||||
907 | << typeArg << typeArg.getQualifiers().getAsString() | ||||||||||
908 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(rangeToRemove); | ||||||||||
909 | } | ||||||||||
910 | } | ||||||||||
911 | |||||||||||
912 | // Remove qualifiers even if they're non-local. | ||||||||||
913 | typeArg = typeArg.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||||
914 | |||||||||||
915 | finalTypeArgs.push_back(typeArg); | ||||||||||
916 | |||||||||||
917 | if (typeArg->getAs<PackExpansionType>()) | ||||||||||
918 | anyPackExpansions = true; | ||||||||||
919 | |||||||||||
920 | // Find the corresponding type parameter, if there is one. | ||||||||||
921 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *typeParam = nullptr; | ||||||||||
922 | if (!anyPackExpansions) { | ||||||||||
923 | if (i < numTypeParams) { | ||||||||||
924 | typeParam = typeParams->begin()[i]; | ||||||||||
925 | } else { | ||||||||||
926 | // Too many arguments. | ||||||||||
927 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_wrong_arity) | ||||||||||
928 | << false | ||||||||||
929 | << objcClass->getDeclName() | ||||||||||
930 | << (unsigned)typeArgs.size() | ||||||||||
931 | << numTypeParams; | ||||||||||
932 | S.Diag(objcClass->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||||||
933 | << objcClass; | ||||||||||
934 | |||||||||||
935 | if (failOnError) | ||||||||||
936 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
937 | |||||||||||
938 | return type; | ||||||||||
939 | } | ||||||||||
940 | } | ||||||||||
941 | |||||||||||
942 | // Objective-C object pointer types must be substitutable for the bounds. | ||||||||||
943 | if (const auto *typeArgObjC = typeArg->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||||
944 | // If we don't have a type parameter to match against, assume | ||||||||||
945 | // everything is fine. There was a prior pack expansion that | ||||||||||
946 | // means we won't be able to match anything. | ||||||||||
947 | if (!typeParam) { | ||||||||||
948 | assert(anyPackExpansions && "Too many arguments?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
949 | continue; | ||||||||||
950 | } | ||||||||||
951 | |||||||||||
952 | // Retrieve the bound. | ||||||||||
953 | QualType bound = typeParam->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||||||
954 | const auto *boundObjC = bound->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||||
955 | |||||||||||
956 | // Determine whether the type argument is substitutable for the bound. | ||||||||||
957 | if (typeArgObjC->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||||||||
958 | // When the type argument is 'id', the only acceptable type | ||||||||||
959 | // parameter bound is 'id'. | ||||||||||
960 | if (boundObjC->isObjCIdType()) | ||||||||||
961 | continue; | ||||||||||
962 | } else if (S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(boundObjC, typeArgObjC)) { | ||||||||||
963 | // Otherwise, we follow the assignability rules. | ||||||||||
964 | continue; | ||||||||||
965 | } | ||||||||||
966 | |||||||||||
967 | // Diagnose the mismatch. | ||||||||||
968 | S.Diag(typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
969 | diag::err_objc_type_arg_does_not_match_bound) | ||||||||||
970 | << typeArg << bound << typeParam->getDeclName(); | ||||||||||
971 | S.Diag(typeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here) | ||||||||||
972 | << typeParam->getDeclName(); | ||||||||||
973 | |||||||||||
974 | if (failOnError) | ||||||||||
975 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
976 | |||||||||||
977 | return type; | ||||||||||
978 | } | ||||||||||
979 | |||||||||||
980 | // Block pointer types are permitted for unqualified 'id' bounds. | ||||||||||
981 | if (typeArg->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||||
982 | // If we don't have a type parameter to match against, assume | ||||||||||
983 | // everything is fine. There was a prior pack expansion that | ||||||||||
984 | // means we won't be able to match anything. | ||||||||||
985 | if (!typeParam) { | ||||||||||
986 | assert(anyPackExpansions && "Too many arguments?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
987 | continue; | ||||||||||
988 | } | ||||||||||
989 | |||||||||||
990 | // Retrieve the bound. | ||||||||||
991 | QualType bound = typeParam->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||||||
992 | if (bound->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(S.Context)) | ||||||||||
993 | continue; | ||||||||||
994 | |||||||||||
995 | // Diagnose the mismatch. | ||||||||||
996 | S.Diag(typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
997 | diag::err_objc_type_arg_does_not_match_bound) | ||||||||||
998 | << typeArg << bound << typeParam->getDeclName(); | ||||||||||
999 | S.Diag(typeParam->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_type_param_here) | ||||||||||
1000 | << typeParam->getDeclName(); | ||||||||||
1001 | |||||||||||
1002 | if (failOnError) | ||||||||||
1003 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
1004 | |||||||||||
1005 | return type; | ||||||||||
1006 | } | ||||||||||
1007 | |||||||||||
1008 | // Dependent types will be checked at instantiation time. | ||||||||||
1009 | if (typeArg->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||||
1010 | continue; | ||||||||||
1011 | } | ||||||||||
1012 | |||||||||||
1013 | // Diagnose non-id-compatible type arguments. | ||||||||||
1014 | S.Diag(typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
1015 | diag::err_objc_type_arg_not_id_compatible) | ||||||||||
1016 | << typeArg << typeArgInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
1017 | |||||||||||
1018 | if (failOnError) | ||||||||||
1019 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
1020 | |||||||||||
1021 | return type; | ||||||||||
1022 | } | ||||||||||
1023 | |||||||||||
1024 | // Make sure we didn't have the wrong number of arguments. | ||||||||||
1025 | if (!anyPackExpansions && finalTypeArgs.size() != numTypeParams) { | ||||||||||
1026 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_objc_type_args_wrong_arity) | ||||||||||
1027 | << (typeArgs.size() < typeParams->size()) | ||||||||||
1028 | << objcClass->getDeclName() | ||||||||||
1029 | << (unsigned)finalTypeArgs.size() | ||||||||||
1030 | << (unsigned)numTypeParams; | ||||||||||
1031 | S.Diag(objcClass->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||||||
1032 | << objcClass; | ||||||||||
1033 | |||||||||||
1034 | if (failOnError) | ||||||||||
1035 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
1036 | |||||||||||
1037 | return type; | ||||||||||
1038 | } | ||||||||||
1039 | |||||||||||
1040 | // Success. Form the specialized type. | ||||||||||
1041 | return S.Context.getObjCObjectType(type, finalTypeArgs, { }, false); | ||||||||||
1042 | } | ||||||||||
1043 | |||||||||||
1044 | QualType Sema::BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, | ||||||||||
1045 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1046 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, | ||||||||||
1047 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, | ||||||||||
1048 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1049 | bool FailOnError) { | ||||||||||
1050 | QualType Result = QualType(Decl->getTypeForDecl(), 0); | ||||||||||
1051 | if (!Protocols.empty()) { | ||||||||||
1052 | bool HasError; | ||||||||||
1053 | Result = Context.applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(Result, Protocols, | ||||||||||
1054 | HasError); | ||||||||||
1055 | if (HasError) { | ||||||||||
1056 | Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::err_invalid_protocol_qualifiers) | ||||||||||
1057 | << SourceRange(ProtocolLAngleLoc, ProtocolRAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1058 | if (FailOnError) Result = QualType(); | ||||||||||
1059 | } | ||||||||||
1060 | if (FailOnError && Result.isNull()) | ||||||||||
1061 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
1062 | } | ||||||||||
1063 | |||||||||||
1064 | return Result; | ||||||||||
1065 | } | ||||||||||
1066 | |||||||||||
1067 | QualType Sema::BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, | ||||||||||
1068 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
1069 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1070 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, | ||||||||||
1071 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1072 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1073 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, | ||||||||||
1074 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, | ||||||||||
1075 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1076 | bool FailOnError) { | ||||||||||
1077 | QualType Result = BaseType; | ||||||||||
1078 | if (!TypeArgs.empty()) { | ||||||||||
1079 | Result = applyObjCTypeArgs(*this, Loc, Result, TypeArgs, | ||||||||||
1080 | SourceRange(TypeArgsLAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1081 | TypeArgsRAngleLoc), | ||||||||||
1082 | FailOnError); | ||||||||||
1083 | if (FailOnError && Result.isNull()) | ||||||||||
1084 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
1085 | } | ||||||||||
1086 | |||||||||||
1087 | if (!Protocols.empty()) { | ||||||||||
1088 | bool HasError; | ||||||||||
1089 | Result = Context.applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(Result, Protocols, | ||||||||||
1090 | HasError); | ||||||||||
1091 | if (HasError) { | ||||||||||
1092 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_protocol_qualifiers) | ||||||||||
1093 | << SourceRange(ProtocolLAngleLoc, ProtocolRAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1094 | if (FailOnError) Result = QualType(); | ||||||||||
1095 | } | ||||||||||
1096 | if (FailOnError && Result.isNull()) | ||||||||||
1097 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
1098 | } | ||||||||||
1099 | |||||||||||
1100 | return Result; | ||||||||||
1101 | } | ||||||||||
1102 | |||||||||||
1103 | TypeResult Sema::actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( | ||||||||||
1104 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1105 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, | ||||||||||
1106 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, | ||||||||||
1107 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc) { | ||||||||||
1108 | // Form id<protocol-list>. | ||||||||||
1109 | QualType Result = Context.getObjCObjectType( | ||||||||||
1110 | Context.ObjCBuiltinIdTy, { }, | ||||||||||
1111 | llvm::makeArrayRef( | ||||||||||
1112 | (ObjCProtocolDecl * const *)protocols.data(), | ||||||||||
1113 | protocols.size()), | ||||||||||
1114 | false); | ||||||||||
1115 | Result = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); | ||||||||||
1116 | |||||||||||
1117 | TypeSourceInfo *ResultTInfo = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result); | ||||||||||
1118 | TypeLoc ResultTL = ResultTInfo->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||
1119 | |||||||||||
1120 | auto ObjCObjectPointerTL = ResultTL.castAs<ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc>(); | ||||||||||
1121 | ObjCObjectPointerTL.setStarLoc(SourceLocation()); // implicit | ||||||||||
1122 | |||||||||||
1123 | auto ObjCObjectTL = ObjCObjectPointerTL.getPointeeLoc() | ||||||||||
1124 | .castAs<ObjCObjectTypeLoc>(); | ||||||||||
1125 | ObjCObjectTL.setHasBaseTypeAsWritten(false); | ||||||||||
1126 | ObjCObjectTL.getBaseLoc().initialize(Context, SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
1127 | |||||||||||
1128 | // No type arguments. | ||||||||||
1129 | ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsLAngleLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
1130 | ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsRAngleLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
1131 | |||||||||||
1132 | // Fill in protocol qualifiers. | ||||||||||
1133 | ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLAngleLoc(lAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1134 | ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolRAngleLoc(rAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1135 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = protocols.size(); i != n; ++i) | ||||||||||
1136 | ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLoc(i, protocolLocs[i]); | ||||||||||
1137 | |||||||||||
1138 | // We're done. Return the completed type to the parser. | ||||||||||
1139 | return CreateParsedType(Result, ResultTInfo); | ||||||||||
1140 | } | ||||||||||
1141 | |||||||||||
1142 | TypeResult Sema::actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( | ||||||||||
1143 | Scope *S, | ||||||||||
1144 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
1145 | ParsedType BaseType, | ||||||||||
1146 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1147 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, | ||||||||||
1148 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1149 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1150 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, | ||||||||||
1151 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, | ||||||||||
1152 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc) { | ||||||||||
1153 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTypeInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
1154 | QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(BaseType, &BaseTypeInfo); | ||||||||||
1155 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
1156 | return true; | ||||||||||
1157 | |||||||||||
1158 | // Handle missing type-source info. | ||||||||||
1159 | if (!BaseTypeInfo) | ||||||||||
1160 | BaseTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); | ||||||||||
1161 | |||||||||||
1162 | // Extract type arguments. | ||||||||||
1163 | SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ActualTypeArgInfos; | ||||||||||
1164 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = TypeArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||||||||
1165 | TypeSourceInfo *TypeArgInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
1166 | QualType TypeArg = GetTypeFromParser(TypeArgs[i], &TypeArgInfo); | ||||||||||
1167 | if (TypeArg.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
1168 | ActualTypeArgInfos.clear(); | ||||||||||
1169 | break; | ||||||||||
1170 | } | ||||||||||
1171 | |||||||||||
1172 | assert(TypeArgInfo && "No type source info?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1173 | ActualTypeArgInfos.push_back(TypeArgInfo); | ||||||||||
1174 | } | ||||||||||
1175 | |||||||||||
1176 | // Build the object type. | ||||||||||
1177 | QualType Result = BuildObjCObjectType( | ||||||||||
1178 | T, BaseTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||||||||
1179 | TypeArgsLAngleLoc, ActualTypeArgInfos, TypeArgsRAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1180 | ProtocolLAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1181 | llvm::makeArrayRef((ObjCProtocolDecl * const *)Protocols.data(), | ||||||||||
1182 | Protocols.size()), | ||||||||||
1183 | ProtocolLocs, ProtocolRAngleLoc, | ||||||||||
1184 | /*FailOnError=*/false); | ||||||||||
1185 | |||||||||||
1186 | if (Result == T) | ||||||||||
1187 | return BaseType; | ||||||||||
1188 | |||||||||||
1189 | // Create source information for this type. | ||||||||||
1190 | TypeSourceInfo *ResultTInfo = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result); | ||||||||||
1191 | TypeLoc ResultTL = ResultTInfo->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||
1192 | |||||||||||
1193 | // For id<Proto1, Proto2> or Class<Proto1, Proto2>, we'll have an | ||||||||||
1194 | // object pointer type. Fill in source information for it. | ||||||||||
1195 | if (auto ObjCObjectPointerTL = ResultTL.getAs<ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||||||
1196 | // The '*' is implicit. | ||||||||||
1197 | ObjCObjectPointerTL.setStarLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
1198 | ResultTL = ObjCObjectPointerTL.getPointeeLoc(); | ||||||||||
1199 | } | ||||||||||
1200 | |||||||||||
1201 | if (auto OTPTL = ResultTL.getAs<ObjCTypeParamTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||||||
1202 | // Protocol qualifier information. | ||||||||||
1203 | if (OTPTL.getNumProtocols() > 0) { | ||||||||||
1204 | assert(OTPTL.getNumProtocols() == Protocols.size())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1205 | OTPTL.setProtocolLAngleLoc(ProtocolLAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1206 | OTPTL.setProtocolRAngleLoc(ProtocolRAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1207 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = Protocols.size(); i != n; ++i) | ||||||||||
1208 | OTPTL.setProtocolLoc(i, ProtocolLocs[i]); | ||||||||||
1209 | } | ||||||||||
1210 | |||||||||||
1211 | // We're done. Return the completed type to the parser. | ||||||||||
1212 | return CreateParsedType(Result, ResultTInfo); | ||||||||||
1213 | } | ||||||||||
1214 | |||||||||||
1215 | auto ObjCObjectTL = ResultTL.castAs<ObjCObjectTypeLoc>(); | ||||||||||
1216 | |||||||||||
1217 | // Type argument information. | ||||||||||
1218 | if (ObjCObjectTL.getNumTypeArgs() > 0) { | ||||||||||
1219 | assert(ObjCObjectTL.getNumTypeArgs() == ActualTypeArgInfos.size())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1220 | ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsLAngleLoc(TypeArgsLAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1221 | ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsRAngleLoc(TypeArgsRAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1222 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = ActualTypeArgInfos.size(); i != n; ++i) | ||||||||||
1223 | ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgTInfo(i, ActualTypeArgInfos[i]); | ||||||||||
1224 | } else { | ||||||||||
1225 | ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsLAngleLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
1226 | ObjCObjectTL.setTypeArgsRAngleLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
1227 | } | ||||||||||
1228 | |||||||||||
1229 | // Protocol qualifier information. | ||||||||||
1230 | if (ObjCObjectTL.getNumProtocols() > 0) { | ||||||||||
1231 | assert(ObjCObjectTL.getNumProtocols() == Protocols.size())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1232 | ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLAngleLoc(ProtocolLAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1233 | ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolRAngleLoc(ProtocolRAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1234 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = Protocols.size(); i != n; ++i) | ||||||||||
1235 | ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLoc(i, ProtocolLocs[i]); | ||||||||||
1236 | } else { | ||||||||||
1237 | ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolLAngleLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
1238 | ObjCObjectTL.setProtocolRAngleLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
1239 | } | ||||||||||
1240 | |||||||||||
1241 | // Base type. | ||||||||||
1242 | ObjCObjectTL.setHasBaseTypeAsWritten(true); | ||||||||||
1243 | if (ObjCObjectTL.getType() == T) | ||||||||||
1244 | ObjCObjectTL.getBaseLoc().initializeFullCopy(BaseTypeInfo->getTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
1245 | else | ||||||||||
1246 | ObjCObjectTL.getBaseLoc().initialize(Context, Loc); | ||||||||||
1247 | |||||||||||
1248 | // We're done. Return the completed type to the parser. | ||||||||||
1249 | return CreateParsedType(Result, ResultTInfo); | ||||||||||
1250 | } | ||||||||||
1251 | |||||||||||
1252 | static OpenCLAccessAttr::Spelling | ||||||||||
1253 | getImageAccess(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { | ||||||||||
1254 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : Attrs) | ||||||||||
1255 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLAccess) | ||||||||||
1256 | return static_cast<OpenCLAccessAttr::Spelling>(AL.getSemanticSpelling()); | ||||||||||
1257 | return OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_read_only; | ||||||||||
1258 | } | ||||||||||
1259 | |||||||||||
1260 | /// Convert the specified declspec to the appropriate type | ||||||||||
1261 | /// object. | ||||||||||
1262 | /// \param state Specifies the declarator containing the declaration specifier | ||||||||||
1263 | /// to be converted, along with other associated processing state. | ||||||||||
1264 | /// \returns The type described by the declaration specifiers. This function | ||||||||||
1265 | /// never returns null. | ||||||||||
1266 | static QualType ConvertDeclSpecToType(TypeProcessingState &state) { | ||||||||||
1267 | // FIXME: Should move the logic from DeclSpec::Finish to here for validity | ||||||||||
1268 | // checking. | ||||||||||
1269 | |||||||||||
1270 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
1271 | Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
1272 | DeclSpec &DS = declarator.getMutableDeclSpec(); | ||||||||||
1273 | SourceLocation DeclLoc = declarator.getIdentifierLoc(); | ||||||||||
1274 | if (DeclLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
1275 | DeclLoc = DS.getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||||
1276 | |||||||||||
1277 | ASTContext &Context = S.Context; | ||||||||||
1278 | |||||||||||
1279 | QualType Result; | ||||||||||
1280 | switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { | ||||||||||
1281 | case DeclSpec::TST_void: | ||||||||||
1282 | Result = Context.VoidTy; | ||||||||||
1283 | break; | ||||||||||
1284 | case DeclSpec::TST_char: | ||||||||||
1285 | if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified) | ||||||||||
1286 | Result = Context.CharTy; | ||||||||||
1287 | else if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Signed) | ||||||||||
1288 | Result = Context.SignedCharTy; | ||||||||||
1289 | else { | ||||||||||
1290 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1291 | "Unknown TSS value")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1292 | Result = Context.UnsignedCharTy; | ||||||||||
1293 | } | ||||||||||
1294 | break; | ||||||||||
1295 | case DeclSpec::TST_wchar: | ||||||||||
1296 | if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified) | ||||||||||
1297 | Result = Context.WCharTy; | ||||||||||
1298 | else if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Signed) { | ||||||||||
1299 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecSignLoc(), diag::ext_wchar_t_sign_spec) | ||||||||||
1300 | << DS.getSpecifierName(DS.getTypeSpecType(), | ||||||||||
1301 | Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||
1302 | Result = Context.getSignedWCharType(); | ||||||||||
1303 | } else { | ||||||||||
1304 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1305 | "Unknown TSS value")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1306 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecSignLoc(), diag::ext_wchar_t_sign_spec) | ||||||||||
1307 | << DS.getSpecifierName(DS.getTypeSpecType(), | ||||||||||
1308 | Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||
1309 | Result = Context.getUnsignedWCharType(); | ||||||||||
1310 | } | ||||||||||
1311 | break; | ||||||||||
1312 | case DeclSpec::TST_char8: | ||||||||||
1313 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1314 | "Unknown TSS value")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1315 | Result = Context.Char8Ty; | ||||||||||
1316 | break; | ||||||||||
1317 | case DeclSpec::TST_char16: | ||||||||||
1318 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1319 | "Unknown TSS value")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1320 | Result = Context.Char16Ty; | ||||||||||
1321 | break; | ||||||||||
1322 | case DeclSpec::TST_char32: | ||||||||||
1323 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1324 | "Unknown TSS value")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1325 | Result = Context.Char32Ty; | ||||||||||
1326 | break; | ||||||||||
1327 | case DeclSpec::TST_unspecified: | ||||||||||
1328 | // If this is a missing declspec in a block literal return context, then it | ||||||||||
1329 | // is inferred from the return statements inside the block. | ||||||||||
1330 | // The declspec is always missing in a lambda expr context; it is either | ||||||||||
1331 | // specified with a trailing return type or inferred. | ||||||||||
1332 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && | ||||||||||
1333 | declarator.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr) { | ||||||||||
1334 | // In C++1y, a lambda's implicit return type is 'auto'. | ||||||||||
1335 | Result = Context.getAutoDeductType(); | ||||||||||
1336 | break; | ||||||||||
1337 | } else if (declarator.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr || | ||||||||||
1338 | checkOmittedBlockReturnType(S, declarator, | ||||||||||
1339 | Context.DependentTy)) { | ||||||||||
1340 | Result = Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||||
1341 | break; | ||||||||||
1342 | } | ||||||||||
1343 | |||||||||||
1344 | // Unspecified typespec defaults to int in C90. However, the C90 grammar | ||||||||||
1345 | // [C90 6.5] only allows a decl-spec if there was *some* type-specifier, | ||||||||||
1346 | // type-qualifier, or storage-class-specifier. If not, emit an extwarn. | ||||||||||
1347 | // Note that the one exception to this is function definitions, which are | ||||||||||
1348 | // allowed to be completely missing a declspec. This is handled in the | ||||||||||
1349 | // parser already though by it pretending to have seen an 'int' in this | ||||||||||
1350 | // case. | ||||||||||
1351 | if (S.getLangOpts().ImplicitInt) { | ||||||||||
1352 | // In C89 mode, we only warn if there is a completely missing declspec | ||||||||||
1353 | // when one is not allowed. | ||||||||||
1354 | if (DS.isEmpty()) { | ||||||||||
1355 | S.Diag(DeclLoc, diag::ext_missing_declspec) | ||||||||||
1356 | << DS.getSourceRange() | ||||||||||
1357 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DS.getBeginLoc(), "int"); | ||||||||||
1358 | } | ||||||||||
1359 | } else if (!DS.hasTypeSpecifier()) { | ||||||||||
1360 | // C99 and C++ require a type specifier. For example, C99 6.7.2p2 says: | ||||||||||
1361 | // "At least one type specifier shall be given in the declaration | ||||||||||
1362 | // specifiers in each declaration, and in the specifier-qualifier list in | ||||||||||
1363 | // each struct declaration and type name." | ||||||||||
1364 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DS.isTypeSpecPipe()) { | ||||||||||
1365 | S.Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_missing_type_specifier) | ||||||||||
1366 | << DS.getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
1367 | |||||||||||
1368 | // When this occurs in C++ code, often something is very broken with the | ||||||||||
1369 | // value being declared, poison it as invalid so we don't get chains of | ||||||||||
1370 | // errors. | ||||||||||
1371 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1372 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 200 && | ||||||||||
1373 | DS.isTypeSpecPipe()) { | ||||||||||
1374 | S.Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_missing_actual_pipe_type) | ||||||||||
1375 | << DS.getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
1376 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1377 | } else { | ||||||||||
1378 | S.Diag(DeclLoc, diag::ext_missing_type_specifier) | ||||||||||
1379 | << DS.getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
1380 | } | ||||||||||
1381 | } | ||||||||||
1382 | |||||||||||
1383 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
1384 | case DeclSpec::TST_int: { | ||||||||||
1385 | if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() != TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned) { | ||||||||||
1386 | switch (DS.getTypeSpecWidth()) { | ||||||||||
1387 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified: | ||||||||||
1388 | Result = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
1389 | break; | ||||||||||
1390 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Short: | ||||||||||
1391 | Result = Context.ShortTy; | ||||||||||
1392 | break; | ||||||||||
1393 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Long: | ||||||||||
1394 | Result = Context.LongTy; | ||||||||||
1395 | break; | ||||||||||
1396 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::LongLong: | ||||||||||
1397 | Result = Context.LongLongTy; | ||||||||||
1398 | |||||||||||
1399 | // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature. | ||||||||||
1400 | if (!S.getLangOpts().C99) { | ||||||||||
1401 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||||
1402 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecWidthLoc(), | ||||||||||
1403 | S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? | ||||||||||
1404 | diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong); | ||||||||||
1405 | else | ||||||||||
1406 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecWidthLoc(), diag::ext_c99_longlong); | ||||||||||
1407 | } | ||||||||||
1408 | break; | ||||||||||
1409 | } | ||||||||||
1410 | } else { | ||||||||||
1411 | switch (DS.getTypeSpecWidth()) { | ||||||||||
1412 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified: | ||||||||||
1413 | Result = Context.UnsignedIntTy; | ||||||||||
1414 | break; | ||||||||||
1415 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Short: | ||||||||||
1416 | Result = Context.UnsignedShortTy; | ||||||||||
1417 | break; | ||||||||||
1418 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Long: | ||||||||||
1419 | Result = Context.UnsignedLongTy; | ||||||||||
1420 | break; | ||||||||||
1421 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::LongLong: | ||||||||||
1422 | Result = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | ||||||||||
1423 | |||||||||||
1424 | // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature. | ||||||||||
1425 | if (!S.getLangOpts().C99) { | ||||||||||
1426 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||||
1427 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecWidthLoc(), | ||||||||||
1428 | S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? | ||||||||||
1429 | diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong); | ||||||||||
1430 | else | ||||||||||
1431 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecWidthLoc(), diag::ext_c99_longlong); | ||||||||||
1432 | } | ||||||||||
1433 | break; | ||||||||||
1434 | } | ||||||||||
1435 | } | ||||||||||
1436 | break; | ||||||||||
1437 | } | ||||||||||
1438 | case DeclSpec::TST_extint: { | ||||||||||
1439 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasExtIntType()) | ||||||||||
1440 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported) | ||||||||||
1441 | << "_ExtInt"; | ||||||||||
1442 | Result = | ||||||||||
1443 | S.BuildExtIntType(DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned, | ||||||||||
1444 | DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getBeginLoc()); | ||||||||||
1445 | if (Result.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
1446 | Result = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
1447 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1448 | } | ||||||||||
1449 | break; | ||||||||||
1450 | } | ||||||||||
1451 | case DeclSpec::TST_accum: { | ||||||||||
1452 | switch (DS.getTypeSpecWidth()) { | ||||||||||
1453 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Short: | ||||||||||
1454 | Result = Context.ShortAccumTy; | ||||||||||
1455 | break; | ||||||||||
1456 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified: | ||||||||||
1457 | Result = Context.AccumTy; | ||||||||||
1458 | break; | ||||||||||
1459 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Long: | ||||||||||
1460 | Result = Context.LongAccumTy; | ||||||||||
1461 | break; | ||||||||||
1462 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::LongLong: | ||||||||||
1463 | llvm_unreachable("Unable to specify long long as _Accum width")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
1464 | } | ||||||||||
1465 | |||||||||||
1466 | if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned) | ||||||||||
1467 | Result = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(Result); | ||||||||||
1468 | |||||||||||
1469 | if (DS.isTypeSpecSat()) | ||||||||||
1470 | Result = Context.getCorrespondingSaturatedType(Result); | ||||||||||
1471 | |||||||||||
1472 | break; | ||||||||||
1473 | } | ||||||||||
1474 | case DeclSpec::TST_fract: { | ||||||||||
1475 | switch (DS.getTypeSpecWidth()) { | ||||||||||
1476 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Short: | ||||||||||
1477 | Result = Context.ShortFractTy; | ||||||||||
1478 | break; | ||||||||||
1479 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified: | ||||||||||
1480 | Result = Context.FractTy; | ||||||||||
1481 | break; | ||||||||||
1482 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::Long: | ||||||||||
1483 | Result = Context.LongFractTy; | ||||||||||
1484 | break; | ||||||||||
1485 | case TypeSpecifierWidth::LongLong: | ||||||||||
1486 | llvm_unreachable("Unable to specify long long as _Fract width")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
1487 | } | ||||||||||
1488 | |||||||||||
1489 | if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned) | ||||||||||
1490 | Result = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(Result); | ||||||||||
1491 | |||||||||||
1492 | if (DS.isTypeSpecSat()) | ||||||||||
1493 | Result = Context.getCorrespondingSaturatedType(Result); | ||||||||||
1494 | |||||||||||
1495 | break; | ||||||||||
1496 | } | ||||||||||
1497 | case DeclSpec::TST_int128: | ||||||||||
1498 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() && | ||||||||||
1499 | !S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice && | ||||||||||
1500 | !(S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice)) | ||||||||||
1501 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported) | ||||||||||
1502 | << "__int128"; | ||||||||||
1503 | if (DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unsigned) | ||||||||||
1504 | Result = Context.UnsignedInt128Ty; | ||||||||||
1505 | else | ||||||||||
1506 | Result = Context.Int128Ty; | ||||||||||
1507 | break; | ||||||||||
1508 | case DeclSpec::TST_float16: | ||||||||||
1509 | // CUDA host and device may have different _Float16 support, therefore | ||||||||||
1510 | // do not diagnose _Float16 usage to avoid false alarm. | ||||||||||
1511 | // ToDo: more precise diagnostics for CUDA. | ||||||||||
1512 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat16Type() && !S.getLangOpts().CUDA && | ||||||||||
1513 | !(S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice)) | ||||||||||
1514 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported) | ||||||||||
1515 | << "_Float16"; | ||||||||||
1516 | Result = Context.Float16Ty; | ||||||||||
1517 | break; | ||||||||||
1518 | case DeclSpec::TST_half: Result = Context.HalfTy; break; | ||||||||||
1519 | case DeclSpec::TST_BFloat16: | ||||||||||
1520 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasBFloat16Type()) | ||||||||||
1521 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported) | ||||||||||
1522 | << "__bf16"; | ||||||||||
1523 | Result = Context.BFloat16Ty; | ||||||||||
1524 | break; | ||||||||||
1525 | case DeclSpec::TST_float: Result = Context.FloatTy; break; | ||||||||||
1526 | case DeclSpec::TST_double: | ||||||||||
1527 | if (DS.getTypeSpecWidth() == TypeSpecifierWidth::Long) | ||||||||||
1528 | Result = Context.LongDoubleTy; | ||||||||||
1529 | else | ||||||||||
1530 | Result = Context.DoubleTy; | ||||||||||
1531 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
1532 | if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isSupported("cl_khr_fp64", S.getLangOpts())) | ||||||||||
1533 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_opencl_requires_extension) | ||||||||||
1534 | << 0 << Result | ||||||||||
1535 | << (S.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() == 300 | ||||||||||
1536 | ? "cl_khr_fp64 and __opencl_c_fp64" | ||||||||||
1537 | : "cl_khr_fp64"); | ||||||||||
1538 | else if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp64", S.getLangOpts())) | ||||||||||
1539 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::ext_opencl_double_without_pragma); | ||||||||||
1540 | } | ||||||||||
1541 | break; | ||||||||||
1542 | case DeclSpec::TST_float128: | ||||||||||
1543 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() && | ||||||||||
1544 | !S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice && | ||||||||||
1545 | !(S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice)) | ||||||||||
1546 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_type_unsupported) | ||||||||||
1547 | << "__float128"; | ||||||||||
1548 | Result = Context.Float128Ty; | ||||||||||
1549 | break; | ||||||||||
1550 | case DeclSpec::TST_bool: | ||||||||||
1551 | Result = Context.BoolTy; // _Bool or bool | ||||||||||
1552 | break; | ||||||||||
1553 | case DeclSpec::TST_decimal32: // _Decimal32 | ||||||||||
1554 | case DeclSpec::TST_decimal64: // _Decimal64 | ||||||||||
1555 | case DeclSpec::TST_decimal128: // _Decimal128 | ||||||||||
1556 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decimal_unsupported); | ||||||||||
1557 | Result = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
1558 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1559 | break; | ||||||||||
1560 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: | ||||||||||
1561 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: | ||||||||||
1562 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: | ||||||||||
1563 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: | ||||||||||
1564 | case DeclSpec::TST_interface: { | ||||||||||
1565 | TagDecl *D = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl()); | ||||||||||
1566 | if (!D) { | ||||||||||
1567 | // This can happen in C++ with ambiguous lookups. | ||||||||||
1568 | Result = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
1569 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1570 | break; | ||||||||||
1571 | } | ||||||||||
1572 | |||||||||||
1573 | // If the type is deprecated or unavailable, diagnose it. | ||||||||||
1574 | S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, DS.getTypeSpecTypeNameLoc()); | ||||||||||
1575 | |||||||||||
1576 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecWidth() == TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1577 | DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == 0 &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1578 | DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1579 | "No qualifiers on tag names!")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1580 | |||||||||||
1581 | // TypeQuals handled by caller. | ||||||||||
1582 | Result = Context.getTypeDeclType(D); | ||||||||||
1583 | |||||||||||
1584 | // In both C and C++, make an ElaboratedType. | ||||||||||
1585 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword | ||||||||||
1586 | = ElaboratedType::getKeywordForTypeSpec(DS.getTypeSpecType()); | ||||||||||
1587 | Result = S.getElaboratedType(Keyword, DS.getTypeSpecScope(), Result, | ||||||||||
1588 | DS.isTypeSpecOwned() ? D : nullptr); | ||||||||||
1589 | break; | ||||||||||
1590 | } | ||||||||||
1591 | case DeclSpec::TST_typename: { | ||||||||||
1592 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecWidth() == TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1593 | DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == 0 &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1594 | DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
1595 | "Can't handle qualifiers on typedef names yet!")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1596 | Result = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType()); | ||||||||||
1597 | if (Result.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
1598 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1599 | } | ||||||||||
1600 | |||||||||||
1601 | // TypeQuals handled by caller. | ||||||||||
1602 | break; | ||||||||||
1603 | } | ||||||||||
1604 | case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: | ||||||||||
1605 | // FIXME: Preserve type source info. | ||||||||||
1606 | Result = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType()); | ||||||||||
1607 | assert(!Result.isNull() && "Didn't get a type for typeof?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1608 | if (!Result->isDependentType()) | ||||||||||
1609 | if (const TagType *TT = Result->getAs<TagType>()) | ||||||||||
1610 | S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(TT->getDecl(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
1611 | // TypeQuals handled by caller. | ||||||||||
1612 | Result = Context.getTypeOfType(Result); | ||||||||||
1613 | break; | ||||||||||
1614 | case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { | ||||||||||
1615 | Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); | ||||||||||
1616 | assert(E && "Didn't get an expression for typeof?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1617 | // TypeQuals handled by caller. | ||||||||||
1618 | Result = S.BuildTypeofExprType(E, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
1619 | if (Result.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
1620 | Result = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
1621 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1622 | } | ||||||||||
1623 | break; | ||||||||||
1624 | } | ||||||||||
1625 | case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { | ||||||||||
1626 | Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); | ||||||||||
1627 | assert(E && "Didn't get an expression for decltype?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1628 | // TypeQuals handled by caller. | ||||||||||
1629 | Result = S.BuildDecltypeType(E, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
1630 | if (Result.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
1631 | Result = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
1632 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1633 | } | ||||||||||
1634 | break; | ||||||||||
1635 | } | ||||||||||
1636 | case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: | ||||||||||
1637 | Result = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType()); | ||||||||||
1638 | assert(!Result.isNull() && "Didn't get a type for __underlying_type?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1639 | Result = S.BuildUnaryTransformType(Result, | ||||||||||
1640 | UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType, | ||||||||||
1641 | DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
1642 | if (Result.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
1643 | Result = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
1644 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1645 | } | ||||||||||
1646 | break; | ||||||||||
1647 | |||||||||||
1648 | case DeclSpec::TST_auto: | ||||||||||
1649 | case DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto: { | ||||||||||
1650 | auto AutoKW = DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto | ||||||||||
1651 | ? AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto | ||||||||||
1652 | : AutoTypeKeyword::Auto; | ||||||||||
1653 | |||||||||||
1654 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept = nullptr; | ||||||||||
1655 | llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 8> TemplateArgs; | ||||||||||
1656 | if (DS.isConstrainedAuto()) { | ||||||||||
1657 | if (TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = DS.getRepAsTemplateId()) { | ||||||||||
1658 | TypeConstraintConcept = | ||||||||||
1659 | cast<ConceptDecl>(TemplateId->Template.get().getAsTemplateDecl()); | ||||||||||
1660 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsInfo; | ||||||||||
1661 | TemplateArgsInfo.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1662 | TemplateArgsInfo.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
1663 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), | ||||||||||
1664 | TemplateId->NumArgs); | ||||||||||
1665 | S.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgsInfo); | ||||||||||
1666 | for (const auto &ArgLoc : TemplateArgsInfo.arguments()) | ||||||||||
1667 | TemplateArgs.push_back(ArgLoc.getArgument()); | ||||||||||
1668 | } else { | ||||||||||
1669 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1670 | } | ||||||||||
1671 | } | ||||||||||
1672 | Result = S.Context.getAutoType(QualType(), AutoKW, | ||||||||||
1673 | /*IsDependent*/ false, /*IsPack=*/false, | ||||||||||
1674 | TypeConstraintConcept, TemplateArgs); | ||||||||||
1675 | break; | ||||||||||
1676 | } | ||||||||||
1677 | |||||||||||
1678 | case DeclSpec::TST_auto_type: | ||||||||||
1679 | Result = Context.getAutoType(QualType(), AutoTypeKeyword::GNUAutoType, false); | ||||||||||
1680 | break; | ||||||||||
1681 | |||||||||||
1682 | case DeclSpec::TST_unknown_anytype: | ||||||||||
1683 | Result = Context.UnknownAnyTy; | ||||||||||
1684 | break; | ||||||||||
1685 | |||||||||||
1686 | case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: | ||||||||||
1687 | Result = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType()); | ||||||||||
1688 | assert(!Result.isNull() && "Didn't get a type for _Atomic?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1689 | Result = S.BuildAtomicType(Result, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
1690 | if (Result.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
1691 | Result = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
1692 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1693 | } | ||||||||||
1694 | break; | ||||||||||
1695 | |||||||||||
1696 | #define GENERIC_IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id) \ | ||||||||||
1697 | case DeclSpec::TST_##ImgType##_t: \ | ||||||||||
1698 | switch (getImageAccess(DS.getAttributes())) { \ | ||||||||||
1699 | case OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_write_only: \ | ||||||||||
1700 | Result = Context.Id##WOTy; \ | ||||||||||
1701 | break; \ | ||||||||||
1702 | case OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_read_write: \ | ||||||||||
1703 | Result = Context.Id##RWTy; \ | ||||||||||
1704 | break; \ | ||||||||||
1705 | case OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_read_only: \ | ||||||||||
1706 | Result = Context.Id##ROTy; \ | ||||||||||
1707 | break; \ | ||||||||||
1708 | case OpenCLAccessAttr::SpellingNotCalculated: \ | ||||||||||
1709 | llvm_unreachable("Spelling not yet calculated")__builtin_unreachable(); \ | ||||||||||
1710 | } \ | ||||||||||
1711 | break; | ||||||||||
1712 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||||||
1713 | |||||||||||
1714 | case DeclSpec::TST_error: | ||||||||||
1715 | Result = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
1716 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1717 | break; | ||||||||||
1718 | } | ||||||||||
1719 | |||||||||||
1720 | // FIXME: we want resulting declarations to be marked invalid, but claiming | ||||||||||
1721 | // the type is invalid is too strong - e.g. it causes ActOnTypeName to return | ||||||||||
1722 | // a null type. | ||||||||||
1723 | if (Result->containsErrors()) | ||||||||||
1724 | declarator.setInvalidType(); | ||||||||||
1725 | |||||||||||
1726 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
1727 | const auto &OpenCLOptions = S.getOpenCLOptions(); | ||||||||||
1728 | bool IsOpenCLC30 = (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 300); | ||||||||||
1729 | // OpenCL C v3.0 s6.3.3 - OpenCL image types require __opencl_c_images | ||||||||||
1730 | // support. | ||||||||||
1731 | // OpenCL C v3.0 s6.2.1 - OpenCL 3d image write types requires support | ||||||||||
1732 | // for OpenCL C 2.0, or OpenCL C 3.0 or newer and the | ||||||||||
1733 | // __opencl_c_3d_image_writes feature. OpenCL C v3.0 API s4.2 - For devices | ||||||||||
1734 | // that support OpenCL 3.0, cl_khr_3d_image_writes must be returned when and | ||||||||||
1735 | // only when the optional feature is supported | ||||||||||
1736 | if ((Result->isImageType() || Result->isSamplerT()) && | ||||||||||
1737 | (IsOpenCLC30 && | ||||||||||
1738 | !OpenCLOptions.isSupported("__opencl_c_images", S.getLangOpts()))) { | ||||||||||
1739 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_opencl_requires_extension) | ||||||||||
1740 | << 0 << Result << "__opencl_c_images"; | ||||||||||
1741 | declarator.setInvalidType(); | ||||||||||
1742 | } else if (Result->isOCLImage3dWOType() && | ||||||||||
1743 | !OpenCLOptions.isSupported("cl_khr_3d_image_writes", | ||||||||||
1744 | S.getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||||
1745 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_opencl_requires_extension) | ||||||||||
1746 | << 0 << Result | ||||||||||
1747 | << (IsOpenCLC30 | ||||||||||
1748 | ? "cl_khr_3d_image_writes and __opencl_c_3d_image_writes" | ||||||||||
1749 | : "cl_khr_3d_image_writes"); | ||||||||||
1750 | declarator.setInvalidType(); | ||||||||||
1751 | } | ||||||||||
1752 | } | ||||||||||
1753 | |||||||||||
1754 | bool IsFixedPointType = DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_accum || | ||||||||||
1755 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_fract; | ||||||||||
1756 | |||||||||||
1757 | // Only fixed point types can be saturated | ||||||||||
1758 | if (DS.isTypeSpecSat() && !IsFixedPointType) | ||||||||||
1759 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecSatLoc(), diag::err_invalid_saturation_spec) | ||||||||||
1760 | << DS.getSpecifierName(DS.getTypeSpecType(), | ||||||||||
1761 | Context.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||||||||
1762 | |||||||||||
1763 | // Handle complex types. | ||||||||||
1764 | if (DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_complex) { | ||||||||||
1765 | if (S.getLangOpts().Freestanding) | ||||||||||
1766 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecComplexLoc(), diag::ext_freestanding_complex); | ||||||||||
1767 | Result = Context.getComplexType(Result); | ||||||||||
1768 | } else if (DS.isTypeAltiVecVector()) { | ||||||||||
1769 | unsigned typeSize = static_cast<unsigned>(Context.getTypeSize(Result)); | ||||||||||
1770 | assert(typeSize > 0 && "type size for vector must be greater than 0 bits")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1771 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind = VectorType::AltiVecVector; | ||||||||||
1772 | if (DS.isTypeAltiVecPixel()) | ||||||||||
1773 | VecKind = VectorType::AltiVecPixel; | ||||||||||
1774 | else if (DS.isTypeAltiVecBool()) | ||||||||||
1775 | VecKind = VectorType::AltiVecBool; | ||||||||||
1776 | Result = Context.getVectorType(Result, 128/typeSize, VecKind); | ||||||||||
1777 | } | ||||||||||
1778 | |||||||||||
1779 | // FIXME: Imaginary. | ||||||||||
1780 | if (DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_imaginary) | ||||||||||
1781 | S.Diag(DS.getTypeSpecComplexLoc(), diag::err_imaginary_not_supported); | ||||||||||
1782 | |||||||||||
1783 | // Before we process any type attributes, synthesize a block literal | ||||||||||
1784 | // function declarator if necessary. | ||||||||||
1785 | if (declarator.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral) | ||||||||||
1786 | maybeSynthesizeBlockSignature(state, Result); | ||||||||||
1787 | |||||||||||
1788 | // Apply any type attributes from the decl spec. This may cause the | ||||||||||
1789 | // list of type attributes to be temporarily saved while the type | ||||||||||
1790 | // attributes are pushed around. | ||||||||||
1791 | // pipe attributes will be handled later ( at GetFullTypeForDeclarator ) | ||||||||||
1792 | if (!DS.isTypeSpecPipe()) | ||||||||||
1793 | processTypeAttrs(state, Result, TAL_DeclSpec, DS.getAttributes()); | ||||||||||
1794 | |||||||||||
1795 | // Apply const/volatile/restrict qualifiers to T. | ||||||||||
1796 | if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { | ||||||||||
1797 | // Warn about CV qualifiers on function types. | ||||||||||
1798 | // C99 6.7.3p8: | ||||||||||
1799 | // If the specification of a function type includes any type qualifiers, | ||||||||||
1800 | // the behavior is undefined. | ||||||||||
1801 | // C++11 [dcl.fct]p7: | ||||||||||
1802 | // The effect of a cv-qualifier-seq in a function declarator is not the | ||||||||||
1803 | // same as adding cv-qualification on top of the function type. In the | ||||||||||
1804 | // latter case, the cv-qualifiers are ignored. | ||||||||||
1805 | if (Result->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||||
1806 | diagnoseAndRemoveTypeQualifiers( | ||||||||||
1807 | S, DS, TypeQuals, Result, DeclSpec::TQ_const | DeclSpec::TQ_volatile, | ||||||||||
1808 | S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||||
1809 | ? diag::warn_typecheck_function_qualifiers_ignored | ||||||||||
1810 | : diag::warn_typecheck_function_qualifiers_unspecified); | ||||||||||
1811 | // No diagnostic for 'restrict' or '_Atomic' applied to a | ||||||||||
1812 | // function type; we'll diagnose those later, in BuildQualifiedType. | ||||||||||
1813 | } | ||||||||||
1814 | |||||||||||
1815 | // C++11 [dcl.ref]p1: | ||||||||||
1816 | // Cv-qualified references are ill-formed except when the | ||||||||||
1817 | // cv-qualifiers are introduced through the use of a typedef-name | ||||||||||
1818 | // or decltype-specifier, in which case the cv-qualifiers are ignored. | ||||||||||
1819 | // | ||||||||||
1820 | // There don't appear to be any other contexts in which a cv-qualified | ||||||||||
1821 | // reference type could be formed, so the 'ill-formed' clause here appears | ||||||||||
1822 | // to never happen. | ||||||||||
1823 | if (TypeQuals && Result->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||||
1824 | diagnoseAndRemoveTypeQualifiers( | ||||||||||
1825 | S, DS, TypeQuals, Result, | ||||||||||
1826 | DeclSpec::TQ_const | DeclSpec::TQ_volatile | DeclSpec::TQ_atomic, | ||||||||||
1827 | diag::warn_typecheck_reference_qualifiers); | ||||||||||
1828 | } | ||||||||||
1829 | |||||||||||
1830 | // C90 6.5.3 constraints: "The same type qualifier shall not appear more | ||||||||||
1831 | // than once in the same specifier-list or qualifier-list, either directly | ||||||||||
1832 | // or via one or more typedefs." | ||||||||||
1833 | if (!S.getLangOpts().C99 && !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||||||||
1834 | && TypeQuals & Result.getCVRQualifiers()) { | ||||||||||
1835 | if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_const && Result.isConstQualified()) { | ||||||||||
1836 | S.Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_duplicate_declspec) | ||||||||||
1837 | << "const"; | ||||||||||
1838 | } | ||||||||||
1839 | |||||||||||
1840 | if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile && Result.isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||||||||
1841 | S.Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_duplicate_declspec) | ||||||||||
1842 | << "volatile"; | ||||||||||
1843 | } | ||||||||||
1844 | |||||||||||
1845 | // C90 doesn't have restrict nor _Atomic, so it doesn't force us to | ||||||||||
1846 | // produce a warning in this case. | ||||||||||
1847 | } | ||||||||||
1848 | |||||||||||
1849 | QualType Qualified = S.BuildQualifiedType(Result, DeclLoc, TypeQuals, &DS); | ||||||||||
1850 | |||||||||||
1851 | // If adding qualifiers fails, just use the unqualified type. | ||||||||||
1852 | if (Qualified.isNull()) | ||||||||||
1853 | declarator.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
1854 | else | ||||||||||
1855 | Result = Qualified; | ||||||||||
1856 | } | ||||||||||
1857 | |||||||||||
1858 | assert(!Result.isNull() && "This function should not return a null type")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
1859 | return Result; | ||||||||||
1860 | } | ||||||||||
1861 | |||||||||||
1862 | static std::string getPrintableNameForEntity(DeclarationName Entity) { | ||||||||||
1863 | if (Entity) | ||||||||||
1864 | return Entity.getAsString(); | ||||||||||
1865 | |||||||||||
1866 | return "type name"; | ||||||||||
1867 | } | ||||||||||
1868 | |||||||||||
1869 | QualType Sema::BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
1870 | Qualifiers Qs, const DeclSpec *DS) { | ||||||||||
1871 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
1872 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
1873 | |||||||||||
1874 | // Ignore any attempt to form a cv-qualified reference. | ||||||||||
1875 | if (T->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||||
1876 | Qs.removeConst(); | ||||||||||
1877 | Qs.removeVolatile(); | ||||||||||
1878 | } | ||||||||||
1879 | |||||||||||
1880 | // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from | ||||||||||
1881 | // object or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." | ||||||||||
1882 | if (Qs.hasRestrict()) { | ||||||||||
1883 | unsigned DiagID = 0; | ||||||||||
1884 | QualType ProblemTy; | ||||||||||
1885 | |||||||||||
1886 | if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isReferenceType() || | ||||||||||
1887 | T->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||||||
1888 | QualType EltTy; | ||||||||||
1889 | if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||||||||
1890 | EltTy = T; | ||||||||||
1891 | else if (const MemberPointerType *PTy = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||||
1892 | EltTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||||
1893 | else | ||||||||||
1894 | EltTy = T->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||||
1895 | |||||||||||
1896 | // If we have a pointer or reference, the pointee must have an object | ||||||||||
1897 | // incomplete type. | ||||||||||
1898 | if (!EltTy->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { | ||||||||||
1899 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_invalid_pointee; | ||||||||||
1900 | ProblemTy = EltTy; | ||||||||||
1901 | } | ||||||||||
1902 | } else if (!T->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||||
1903 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer; | ||||||||||
1904 | ProblemTy = T; | ||||||||||
1905 | } | ||||||||||
1906 | |||||||||||
1907 | if (DiagID) { | ||||||||||
1908 | Diag(DS ? DS->getRestrictSpecLoc() : Loc, DiagID) << ProblemTy; | ||||||||||
1909 | Qs.removeRestrict(); | ||||||||||
1910 | } | ||||||||||
1911 | } | ||||||||||
1912 | |||||||||||
1913 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs); | ||||||||||
1914 | } | ||||||||||
1915 | |||||||||||
1916 | QualType Sema::BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
1917 | unsigned CVRAU, const DeclSpec *DS) { | ||||||||||
1918 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
1919 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
1920 | |||||||||||
1921 | // Ignore any attempt to form a cv-qualified reference. | ||||||||||
1922 | if (T->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||||
1923 | CVRAU &= | ||||||||||
1924 | ~(DeclSpec::TQ_const | DeclSpec::TQ_volatile | DeclSpec::TQ_atomic); | ||||||||||
1925 | |||||||||||
1926 | // Convert from DeclSpec::TQ to Qualifiers::TQ by just dropping TQ_atomic and | ||||||||||
1927 | // TQ_unaligned; | ||||||||||
1928 | unsigned CVR = CVRAU & ~(DeclSpec::TQ_atomic | DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned); | ||||||||||
1929 | |||||||||||
1930 | // C11 6.7.3/5: | ||||||||||
1931 | // If the same qualifier appears more than once in the same | ||||||||||
1932 | // specifier-qualifier-list, either directly or via one or more typedefs, | ||||||||||
1933 | // the behavior is the same as if it appeared only once. | ||||||||||
1934 | // | ||||||||||
1935 | // It's not specified what happens when the _Atomic qualifier is applied to | ||||||||||
1936 | // a type specified with the _Atomic specifier, but we assume that this | ||||||||||
1937 | // should be treated as if the _Atomic qualifier appeared multiple times. | ||||||||||
1938 | if (CVRAU & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic && !T->isAtomicType()) { | ||||||||||
1939 | // C11 6.7.3/5: | ||||||||||
1940 | // If other qualifiers appear along with the _Atomic qualifier in a | ||||||||||
1941 | // specifier-qualifier-list, the resulting type is the so-qualified | ||||||||||
1942 | // atomic type. | ||||||||||
1943 | // | ||||||||||
1944 | // Don't need to worry about array types here, since _Atomic can't be | ||||||||||
1945 | // applied to such types. | ||||||||||
1946 | SplitQualType Split = T.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||||
1947 | T = BuildAtomicType(QualType(Split.Ty, 0), | ||||||||||
1948 | DS ? DS->getAtomicSpecLoc() : Loc); | ||||||||||
1949 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
1950 | return T; | ||||||||||
1951 | Split.Quals.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); | ||||||||||
1952 | return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Split.Quals); | ||||||||||
1953 | } | ||||||||||
1954 | |||||||||||
1955 | Qualifiers Q = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR); | ||||||||||
1956 | Q.setUnaligned(CVRAU & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned); | ||||||||||
1957 | return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Q, DS); | ||||||||||
1958 | } | ||||||||||
1959 | |||||||||||
1960 | /// Build a paren type including \p T. | ||||||||||
1961 | QualType Sema::BuildParenType(QualType T) { | ||||||||||
1962 | return Context.getParenType(T); | ||||||||||
1963 | } | ||||||||||
1964 | |||||||||||
1965 | /// Given that we're building a pointer or reference to the given | ||||||||||
1966 | static QualType inferARCLifetimeForPointee(Sema &S, QualType type, | ||||||||||
1967 | SourceLocation loc, | ||||||||||
1968 | bool isReference) { | ||||||||||
1969 | // Bail out if retention is unrequired or already specified. | ||||||||||
1970 | if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||||||
1971 | type.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) | ||||||||||
1972 | return type; | ||||||||||
1973 | |||||||||||
1974 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime implicitLifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; | ||||||||||
1975 | |||||||||||
1976 | // If the object type is const-qualified, we can safely use | ||||||||||
1977 | // __unsafe_unretained. This is safe (because there are no read | ||||||||||
1978 | // barriers), and it'll be safe to coerce anything but __weak* to | ||||||||||
1979 | // the resulting type. | ||||||||||
1980 | if (type.isConstQualified()) { | ||||||||||
1981 | implicitLifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; | ||||||||||
1982 | |||||||||||
1983 | // Otherwise, check whether the static type does not require | ||||||||||
1984 | // retaining. This currently only triggers for Class (possibly | ||||||||||
1985 | // protocol-qualifed, and arrays thereof). | ||||||||||
1986 | } else if (type->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) { | ||||||||||
1987 | implicitLifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; | ||||||||||
1988 | |||||||||||
1989 | // If we are in an unevaluated context, like sizeof, skip adding a | ||||||||||
1990 | // qualification. | ||||||||||
1991 | } else if (S.isUnevaluatedContext()) { | ||||||||||
1992 | return type; | ||||||||||
1993 | |||||||||||
1994 | // If that failed, give an error and recover using __strong. __strong | ||||||||||
1995 | // is the option most likely to prevent spurious second-order diagnostics, | ||||||||||
1996 | // like when binding a reference to a field. | ||||||||||
1997 | } else { | ||||||||||
1998 | // These types can show up in private ivars in system headers, so | ||||||||||
1999 | // we need this to not be an error in those cases. Instead we | ||||||||||
2000 | // want to delay. | ||||||||||
2001 | if (S.DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) { | ||||||||||
2002 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.add( | ||||||||||
2003 | sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(loc, | ||||||||||
2004 | diag::err_arc_indirect_no_ownership, type, isReference)); | ||||||||||
2005 | } else { | ||||||||||
2006 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_indirect_no_ownership) << type << isReference; | ||||||||||
2007 | } | ||||||||||
2008 | implicitLifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_Strong; | ||||||||||
2009 | } | ||||||||||
2010 | assert(implicitLifetime && "didn't infer any lifetime!")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
2011 | |||||||||||
2012 | Qualifiers qs; | ||||||||||
2013 | qs.addObjCLifetime(implicitLifetime); | ||||||||||
2014 | return S.Context.getQualifiedType(type, qs); | ||||||||||
2015 | } | ||||||||||
2016 | |||||||||||
2017 | static std::string getFunctionQualifiersAsString(const FunctionProtoType *FnTy){ | ||||||||||
2018 | std::string Quals = FnTy->getMethodQuals().getAsString(); | ||||||||||
2019 | |||||||||||
2020 | switch (FnTy->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||||||
2021 | case RQ_None: | ||||||||||
2022 | break; | ||||||||||
2023 | |||||||||||
2024 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||||||||
2025 | if (!Quals.empty()) | ||||||||||
2026 | Quals += ' '; | ||||||||||
2027 | Quals += '&'; | ||||||||||
2028 | break; | ||||||||||
2029 | |||||||||||
2030 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||||||||
2031 | if (!Quals.empty()) | ||||||||||
2032 | Quals += ' '; | ||||||||||
2033 | Quals += "&&"; | ||||||||||
2034 | break; | ||||||||||
2035 | } | ||||||||||
2036 | |||||||||||
2037 | return Quals; | ||||||||||
2038 | } | ||||||||||
2039 | |||||||||||
2040 | namespace { | ||||||||||
2041 | /// Kinds of declarator that cannot contain a qualified function type. | ||||||||||
2042 | /// | ||||||||||
2043 | /// C++98 [dcl.fct]p4 / C++11 [dcl.fct]p6: | ||||||||||
2044 | /// a function type with a cv-qualifier or a ref-qualifier can only appear | ||||||||||
2045 | /// at the topmost level of a type. | ||||||||||
2046 | /// | ||||||||||
2047 | /// Parens and member pointers are permitted. We don't diagnose array and | ||||||||||
2048 | /// function declarators, because they don't allow function types at all. | ||||||||||
2049 | /// | ||||||||||
2050 | /// The values of this enum are used in diagnostics. | ||||||||||
2051 | enum QualifiedFunctionKind { QFK_BlockPointer, QFK_Pointer, QFK_Reference }; | ||||||||||
2052 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||||
2053 | |||||||||||
2054 | /// Check whether the type T is a qualified function type, and if it is, | ||||||||||
2055 | /// diagnose that it cannot be contained within the given kind of declarator. | ||||||||||
2056 | static bool checkQualifiedFunction(Sema &S, QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
2057 | QualifiedFunctionKind QFK) { | ||||||||||
2058 | // Does T refer to a function type with a cv-qualifier or a ref-qualifier? | ||||||||||
2059 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||||
2060 | if (!FPT || | ||||||||||
2061 | (FPT->getMethodQuals().empty() && FPT->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) | ||||||||||
2062 | return false; | ||||||||||
2063 | |||||||||||
2064 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_compound_qualified_function_type) | ||||||||||
2065 | << QFK << isa<FunctionType>(T.IgnoreParens()) << T | ||||||||||
2066 | << getFunctionQualifiersAsString(FPT); | ||||||||||
2067 | return true; | ||||||||||
2068 | } | ||||||||||
2069 | |||||||||||
2070 | bool Sema::CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
2071 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||||
2072 | if (!FPT || | ||||||||||
2073 | (FPT->getMethodQuals().empty() && FPT->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) | ||||||||||
2074 | return false; | ||||||||||
2075 | |||||||||||
2076 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_qualified_function_typeid) | ||||||||||
2077 | << T << getFunctionQualifiersAsString(FPT); | ||||||||||
2078 | return true; | ||||||||||
2079 | } | ||||||||||
2080 | |||||||||||
2081 | // Helper to deduce addr space of a pointee type in OpenCL mode. | ||||||||||
2082 | static QualType deduceOpenCLPointeeAddrSpace(Sema &S, QualType PointeeType) { | ||||||||||
2083 | if (!PointeeType->isUndeducedAutoType() && !PointeeType->isDependentType() && | ||||||||||
2084 | !PointeeType->isSamplerT() && | ||||||||||
2085 | !PointeeType.hasAddressSpace()) | ||||||||||
2086 | PointeeType = S.getASTContext().getAddrSpaceQualType( | ||||||||||
2087 | PointeeType, S.getLangOpts().OpenCLGenericAddressSpace | ||||||||||
2088 | ? LangAS::opencl_generic | ||||||||||
2089 | : LangAS::opencl_private); | ||||||||||
2090 | return PointeeType; | ||||||||||
2091 | } | ||||||||||
2092 | |||||||||||
2093 | /// Build a pointer type. | ||||||||||
2094 | /// | ||||||||||
2095 | /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a pointer. | ||||||||||
2096 | /// | ||||||||||
2097 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this | ||||||||||
2098 | /// pointer type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the | ||||||||||
2099 | /// type that will have pointer type. | ||||||||||
2100 | /// | ||||||||||
2101 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the pointer | ||||||||||
2102 | /// type, if known. | ||||||||||
2103 | /// | ||||||||||
2104 | /// \returns A suitable pointer type, if there are no | ||||||||||
2105 | /// errors. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. | ||||||||||
2106 | QualType Sema::BuildPointerType(QualType T, | ||||||||||
2107 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity) { | ||||||||||
2108 | if (T->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||||
2109 | // C++ 8.3.2p4: There shall be no ... pointers to references ... | ||||||||||
2110 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_pointer_to_reference) | ||||||||||
2111 | << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity) << T; | ||||||||||
2112 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2113 | } | ||||||||||
2114 | |||||||||||
2115 | if (T->isFunctionType() && getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||||
2116 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers", | ||||||||||
2117 | getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||||
2118 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_function_pointer) << /*pointer*/ 0; | ||||||||||
2119 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2120 | } | ||||||||||
2121 | |||||||||||
2122 | if (checkQualifiedFunction(*this, T, Loc, QFK_Pointer)) | ||||||||||
2123 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2124 | |||||||||||
2125 | assert(!T->isObjCObjectType() && "Should build ObjCObjectPointerType")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
2126 | |||||||||||
2127 | // In ARC, it is forbidden to build pointers to unqualified pointers. | ||||||||||
2128 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||||
2129 | T = inferARCLifetimeForPointee(*this, T, Loc, /*reference*/ false); | ||||||||||
2130 | |||||||||||
2131 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) | ||||||||||
2132 | T = deduceOpenCLPointeeAddrSpace(*this, T); | ||||||||||
2133 | |||||||||||
2134 | // Build the pointer type. | ||||||||||
2135 | return Context.getPointerType(T); | ||||||||||
2136 | } | ||||||||||
2137 | |||||||||||
2138 | /// Build a reference type. | ||||||||||
2139 | /// | ||||||||||
2140 | /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a reference. | ||||||||||
2141 | /// | ||||||||||
2142 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this | ||||||||||
2143 | /// reference type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the | ||||||||||
2144 | /// type that will have reference type. | ||||||||||
2145 | /// | ||||||||||
2146 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the reference | ||||||||||
2147 | /// type, if known. | ||||||||||
2148 | /// | ||||||||||
2149 | /// \returns A suitable reference type, if there are no | ||||||||||
2150 | /// errors. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. | ||||||||||
2151 | QualType Sema::BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue, | ||||||||||
2152 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
2153 | DeclarationName Entity) { | ||||||||||
2154 | assert(Context.getCanonicalType(T) != Context.OverloadTy &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
2155 | "Unresolved overloaded function type")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
2156 | |||||||||||
2157 | // C++0x [dcl.ref]p6: | ||||||||||
2158 | // If a typedef (7.1.3), a type template-parameter (14.3.1), or a | ||||||||||
2159 | // decltype-specifier (7.1.6.2) denotes a type TR that is a reference to a | ||||||||||
2160 | // type T, an attempt to create the type "lvalue reference to cv TR" creates | ||||||||||
2161 | // the type "lvalue reference to T", while an attempt to create the type | ||||||||||
2162 | // "rvalue reference to cv TR" creates the type TR. | ||||||||||
2163 | bool LValueRef = SpelledAsLValue || T->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||||||
2164 | |||||||||||
2165 | // C++ [dcl.ref]p4: There shall be no references to references. | ||||||||||
2166 | // | ||||||||||
2167 | // According to C++ DR 106, references to references are only | ||||||||||
2168 | // diagnosed when they are written directly (e.g., "int & &"), | ||||||||||
2169 | // but not when they happen via a typedef: | ||||||||||
2170 | // | ||||||||||
2171 | // typedef int& intref; | ||||||||||
2172 | // typedef intref& intref2; | ||||||||||
2173 | // | ||||||||||
2174 | // Parser::ParseDeclaratorInternal diagnoses the case where | ||||||||||
2175 | // references are written directly; here, we handle the | ||||||||||
2176 | // collapsing of references-to-references as described in C++0x. | ||||||||||
2177 | // DR 106 and 540 introduce reference-collapsing into C++98/03. | ||||||||||
2178 | |||||||||||
2179 | // C++ [dcl.ref]p1: | ||||||||||
2180 | // A declarator that specifies the type "reference to cv void" | ||||||||||
2181 | // is ill-formed. | ||||||||||
2182 | if (T->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||||
2183 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_void); | ||||||||||
2184 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2185 | } | ||||||||||
2186 | |||||||||||
2187 | if (checkQualifiedFunction(*this, T, Loc, QFK_Reference)) | ||||||||||
2188 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2189 | |||||||||||
2190 | if (T->isFunctionType() && getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||||
2191 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers", | ||||||||||
2192 | getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||||
2193 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_function_pointer) << /*reference*/ 1; | ||||||||||
2194 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2195 | } | ||||||||||
2196 | |||||||||||
2197 | // In ARC, it is forbidden to build references to unqualified pointers. | ||||||||||
2198 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||||
2199 | T = inferARCLifetimeForPointee(*this, T, Loc, /*reference*/ true); | ||||||||||
2200 | |||||||||||
2201 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) | ||||||||||
2202 | T = deduceOpenCLPointeeAddrSpace(*this, T); | ||||||||||
2203 | |||||||||||
2204 | // Handle restrict on references. | ||||||||||
2205 | if (LValueRef) | ||||||||||
2206 | return Context.getLValueReferenceType(T, SpelledAsLValue); | ||||||||||
2207 | return Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); | ||||||||||
2208 | } | ||||||||||
2209 | |||||||||||
2210 | /// Build a Read-only Pipe type. | ||||||||||
2211 | /// | ||||||||||
2212 | /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a Pipe. | ||||||||||
2213 | /// | ||||||||||
2214 | /// \param Loc We do not use it for now. | ||||||||||
2215 | /// | ||||||||||
2216 | /// \returns A suitable pipe type, if there are no errors. Otherwise, returns a | ||||||||||
2217 | /// NULL type. | ||||||||||
2218 | QualType Sema::BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
2219 | return Context.getReadPipeType(T); | ||||||||||
2220 | } | ||||||||||
2221 | |||||||||||
2222 | /// Build a Write-only Pipe type. | ||||||||||
2223 | /// | ||||||||||
2224 | /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a Pipe. | ||||||||||
2225 | /// | ||||||||||
2226 | /// \param Loc We do not use it for now. | ||||||||||
2227 | /// | ||||||||||
2228 | /// \returns A suitable pipe type, if there are no errors. Otherwise, returns a | ||||||||||
2229 | /// NULL type. | ||||||||||
2230 | QualType Sema::BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
2231 | return Context.getWritePipeType(T); | ||||||||||
2232 | } | ||||||||||
2233 | |||||||||||
2234 | /// Build a extended int type. | ||||||||||
2235 | /// | ||||||||||
2236 | /// \param IsUnsigned Boolean representing the signedness of the type. | ||||||||||
2237 | /// | ||||||||||
2238 | /// \param BitWidth Size of this int type in bits, or an expression representing | ||||||||||
2239 | /// that. | ||||||||||
2240 | /// | ||||||||||
2241 | /// \param Loc Location of the keyword. | ||||||||||
2242 | QualType Sema::BuildExtIntType(bool IsUnsigned, Expr *BitWidth, | ||||||||||
2243 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
2244 | if (BitWidth->isInstantiationDependent()) | ||||||||||
2245 | return Context.getDependentExtIntType(IsUnsigned, BitWidth); | ||||||||||
2246 | |||||||||||
2247 | llvm::APSInt Bits(32); | ||||||||||
2248 | ExprResult ICE = | ||||||||||
2249 | VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Bits, /*FIXME*/ AllowFold); | ||||||||||
2250 | |||||||||||
2251 | if (ICE.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
2252 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2253 | |||||||||||
2254 | int64_t NumBits = Bits.getSExtValue(); | ||||||||||
2255 | if (!IsUnsigned && NumBits < 2) { | ||||||||||
2256 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ext_int_bad_size) << 0; | ||||||||||
2257 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2258 | } | ||||||||||
2259 | |||||||||||
2260 | if (IsUnsigned && NumBits < 1) { | ||||||||||
2261 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ext_int_bad_size) << 1; | ||||||||||
2262 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2263 | } | ||||||||||
2264 | |||||||||||
2265 | if (NumBits > llvm::IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS) { | ||||||||||
2266 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ext_int_max_size) << IsUnsigned | ||||||||||
2267 | << llvm::IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS; | ||||||||||
2268 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2269 | } | ||||||||||
2270 | |||||||||||
2271 | return Context.getExtIntType(IsUnsigned, NumBits); | ||||||||||
2272 | } | ||||||||||
2273 | |||||||||||
2274 | /// Check whether the specified array bound can be evaluated using the relevant | ||||||||||
2275 | /// language rules. If so, returns the possibly-converted expression and sets | ||||||||||
2276 | /// SizeVal to the size. If not, but the expression might be a VLA bound, | ||||||||||
2277 | /// returns ExprResult(). Otherwise, produces a diagnostic and returns | ||||||||||
2278 | /// ExprError(). | ||||||||||
2279 | static ExprResult checkArraySize(Sema &S, Expr *&ArraySize, | ||||||||||
2280 | llvm::APSInt &SizeVal, unsigned VLADiag, | ||||||||||
2281 | bool VLAIsError) { | ||||||||||
2282 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && | ||||||||||
2283 | (VLAIsError || | ||||||||||
2284 | !ArraySize->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())) { | ||||||||||
2285 | // C++14 [dcl.array]p1: | ||||||||||
2286 | // The constant-expression shall be a converted constant expression of | ||||||||||
2287 | // type std::size_t. | ||||||||||
2288 | // | ||||||||||
2289 | // Don't apply this rule if we might be forming a VLA: in that case, we | ||||||||||
2290 | // allow non-constant expressions and constant-folding. We only need to use | ||||||||||
2291 | // the converted constant expression rules (to properly convert the source) | ||||||||||
2292 | // when the source expression is of class type. | ||||||||||
2293 | return S.CheckConvertedConstantExpression( | ||||||||||
2294 | ArraySize, S.Context.getSizeType(), SizeVal, Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound); | ||||||||||
2295 | } | ||||||||||
2296 | |||||||||||
2297 | // If the size is an ICE, it certainly isn't a VLA. If we're in a GNU mode | ||||||||||
2298 | // (like gnu99, but not c99) accept any evaluatable value as an extension. | ||||||||||
2299 | class VLADiagnoser : public Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser { | ||||||||||
2300 | public: | ||||||||||
2301 | unsigned VLADiag; | ||||||||||
2302 | bool VLAIsError; | ||||||||||
2303 | bool IsVLA = false; | ||||||||||
2304 | |||||||||||
2305 | VLADiagnoser(unsigned VLADiag, bool VLAIsError) | ||||||||||
2306 | : VLADiag(VLADiag), VLAIsError(VLAIsError) {} | ||||||||||
2307 | |||||||||||
2308 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
2309 | QualType T) override { | ||||||||||
2310 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_non_int) << T; | ||||||||||
2311 | } | ||||||||||
2312 | |||||||||||
2313 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, | ||||||||||
2314 | SourceLocation Loc) override { | ||||||||||
2315 | IsVLA = !VLAIsError; | ||||||||||
2316 | return S.Diag(Loc, VLADiag); | ||||||||||
2317 | } | ||||||||||
2318 | |||||||||||
2319 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseFold(Sema &S, | ||||||||||
2320 | SourceLocation Loc) override { | ||||||||||
2321 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); | ||||||||||
2322 | } | ||||||||||
2323 | } Diagnoser(VLADiag, VLAIsError); | ||||||||||
2324 | |||||||||||
2325 | ExprResult R = | ||||||||||
2326 | S.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(ArraySize, &SizeVal, Diagnoser); | ||||||||||
2327 | if (Diagnoser.IsVLA) | ||||||||||
2328 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||||||
2329 | return R; | ||||||||||
2330 | } | ||||||||||
2331 | |||||||||||
2332 | /// Build an array type. | ||||||||||
2333 | /// | ||||||||||
2334 | /// \param T The type of each element in the array. | ||||||||||
2335 | /// | ||||||||||
2336 | /// \param ASM C99 array size modifier (e.g., '*', 'static'). | ||||||||||
2337 | /// | ||||||||||
2338 | /// \param ArraySize Expression describing the size of the array. | ||||||||||
2339 | /// | ||||||||||
2340 | /// \param Brackets The range from the opening '[' to the closing ']'. | ||||||||||
2341 | /// | ||||||||||
2342 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the array | ||||||||||
2343 | /// type, if known. | ||||||||||
2344 | /// | ||||||||||
2345 | /// \returns A suitable array type, if there are no errors. Otherwise, | ||||||||||
2346 | /// returns a NULL type. | ||||||||||
2347 | QualType Sema::BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, | ||||||||||
2348 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, | ||||||||||
2349 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity) { | ||||||||||
2350 | |||||||||||
2351 | SourceLocation Loc = Brackets.getBegin(); | ||||||||||
2352 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||||
2353 | // C++ [dcl.array]p1: | ||||||||||
2354 | // T is called the array element type; this type shall not be a reference | ||||||||||
2355 | // type, the (possibly cv-qualified) type void, a function type or an | ||||||||||
2356 | // abstract class type. | ||||||||||
2357 | // | ||||||||||
2358 | // C++ [dcl.array]p3: | ||||||||||
2359 | // When several "array of" specifications are adjacent, [...] only the | ||||||||||
2360 | // first of the constant expressions that specify the bounds of the arrays | ||||||||||
2361 | // may be omitted. | ||||||||||
2362 | // | ||||||||||
2363 | // Note: function types are handled in the common path with C. | ||||||||||
2364 | if (T->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||||
2365 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_array_of_references) | ||||||||||
2366 | << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity) << T; | ||||||||||
2367 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2368 | } | ||||||||||
2369 | |||||||||||
2370 | if (T->isVoidType() || T->isIncompleteArrayType()) { | ||||||||||
2371 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type) << 0 << T; | ||||||||||
2372 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2373 | } | ||||||||||
2374 | |||||||||||
2375 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(Brackets.getBegin(), T, | ||||||||||
2376 | diag::err_array_of_abstract_type)) | ||||||||||
2377 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2378 | |||||||||||
2379 | // Mentioning a member pointer type for an array type causes us to lock in | ||||||||||
2380 | // an inheritance model, even if it's inside an unused typedef. | ||||||||||
2381 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||||||||
2382 | if (const MemberPointerType *MPTy = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||||
2383 | if (!MPTy->getClass()->isDependentType()) | ||||||||||
2384 | (void)isCompleteType(Loc, T); | ||||||||||
2385 | |||||||||||
2386 | } else { | ||||||||||
2387 | // C99 6.7.5.2p1: If the element type is an incomplete or function type, | ||||||||||
2388 | // reject it (e.g. void ary[7], struct foo ary[7], void ary[7]()) | ||||||||||
2389 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, T, | ||||||||||
2390 | diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type)) | ||||||||||
2391 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2392 | } | ||||||||||
2393 | |||||||||||
2394 | if (T->isSizelessType()) { | ||||||||||
2395 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type) << 1 << T; | ||||||||||
2396 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2397 | } | ||||||||||
2398 | |||||||||||
2399 | if (T->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||||
2400 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_array_of_functions) | ||||||||||
2401 | << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity) << T; | ||||||||||
2402 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2403 | } | ||||||||||
2404 | |||||||||||
2405 | if (const RecordType *EltTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||||
2406 | // If the element type is a struct or union that contains a variadic | ||||||||||
2407 | // array, accept it as a GNU extension: C99 6.7.2.1p2. | ||||||||||
2408 | if (EltTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) | ||||||||||
2409 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_flexible_array_in_array) << T; | ||||||||||
2410 | } else if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||||||||
2411 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_array_of_interfaces) << T; | ||||||||||
2412 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2413 | } | ||||||||||
2414 | |||||||||||
2415 | // Do placeholder conversions on the array size expression. | ||||||||||
2416 | if (ArraySize && ArraySize->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||||
2417 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); | ||||||||||
2418 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2419 | ArraySize = Result.get(); | ||||||||||
2420 | } | ||||||||||
2421 | |||||||||||
2422 | // Do lvalue-to-rvalue conversions on the array size expression. | ||||||||||
2423 | if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isPRValue()) { | ||||||||||
2424 | ExprResult Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(ArraySize); | ||||||||||
2425 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
2426 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2427 | |||||||||||
2428 | ArraySize = Result.get(); | ||||||||||
2429 | } | ||||||||||
2430 | |||||||||||
2431 | // C99 6.7.5.2p1: The size expression shall have integer type. | ||||||||||
2432 | // C++11 allows contextual conversions to such types. | ||||||||||
2433 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && | ||||||||||
2434 | ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||||||
2435 | !ArraySize->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { | ||||||||||
2436 | Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_array_size_non_int) | ||||||||||
2437 | << ArraySize->getType() << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2438 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2439 | } | ||||||||||
2440 | |||||||||||
2441 | // VLAs always produce at least a -Wvla diagnostic, sometimes an error. | ||||||||||
2442 | unsigned VLADiag; | ||||||||||
2443 | bool VLAIsError; | ||||||||||
2444 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
2445 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.d: variable length arrays are not supported. | ||||||||||
2446 | VLADiag = diag::err_opencl_vla; | ||||||||||
2447 | VLAIsError = true; | ||||||||||
2448 | } else if (getLangOpts().C99) { | ||||||||||
2449 | VLADiag = diag::warn_vla_used; | ||||||||||
2450 | VLAIsError = false; | ||||||||||
2451 | } else if (isSFINAEContext()) { | ||||||||||
2452 | VLADiag = diag::err_vla_in_sfinae; | ||||||||||
2453 | VLAIsError = true; | ||||||||||
2454 | } else { | ||||||||||
2455 | VLADiag = diag::ext_vla; | ||||||||||
2456 | VLAIsError = false; | ||||||||||
2457 | } | ||||||||||
2458 | |||||||||||
2459 | llvm::APSInt ConstVal(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType())); | ||||||||||
2460 | if (!ArraySize) { | ||||||||||
2461 | if (ASM == ArrayType::Star) { | ||||||||||
2462 | Diag(Loc, VLADiag); | ||||||||||
2463 | if (VLAIsError) | ||||||||||
2464 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2465 | |||||||||||
2466 | T = Context.getVariableArrayType(T, nullptr, ASM, Quals, Brackets); | ||||||||||
2467 | } else { | ||||||||||
2468 | T = Context.getIncompleteArrayType(T, ASM, Quals); | ||||||||||
2469 | } | ||||||||||
2470 | } else if (ArraySize->isTypeDependent() || ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||||
2471 | T = Context.getDependentSizedArrayType(T, ArraySize, ASM, Quals, Brackets); | ||||||||||
2472 | } else { | ||||||||||
2473 | ExprResult R = | ||||||||||
2474 | checkArraySize(*this, ArraySize, ConstVal, VLADiag, VLAIsError); | ||||||||||
2475 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
2476 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2477 | |||||||||||
2478 | if (!R.isUsable()) { | ||||||||||
2479 | // C99: an array with a non-ICE size is a VLA. We accept any expression | ||||||||||
2480 | // that we can fold to a non-zero positive value as a non-VLA as an | ||||||||||
2481 | // extension. | ||||||||||
2482 | T = Context.getVariableArrayType(T, ArraySize, ASM, Quals, Brackets); | ||||||||||
2483 | } else if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIncompleteType() && | ||||||||||
2484 | !T->isConstantSizeType()) { | ||||||||||
2485 | // C99: an array with an element type that has a non-constant-size is a | ||||||||||
2486 | // VLA. | ||||||||||
2487 | // FIXME: Add a note to explain why this isn't a VLA. | ||||||||||
2488 | Diag(Loc, VLADiag); | ||||||||||
2489 | if (VLAIsError) | ||||||||||
2490 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2491 | T = Context.getVariableArrayType(T, ArraySize, ASM, Quals, Brackets); | ||||||||||
2492 | } else { | ||||||||||
2493 | // C99 6.7.5.2p1: If the expression is a constant expression, it shall | ||||||||||
2494 | // have a value greater than zero. | ||||||||||
2495 | // In C++, this follows from narrowing conversions being disallowed. | ||||||||||
2496 | if (ConstVal.isSigned() && ConstVal.isNegative()) { | ||||||||||
2497 | if (Entity) | ||||||||||
2498 | Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_decl_negative_array_size) | ||||||||||
2499 | << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity) | ||||||||||
2500 | << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2501 | else | ||||||||||
2502 | Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
2503 | diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) | ||||||||||
2504 | << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2505 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2506 | } | ||||||||||
2507 | if (ConstVal == 0) { | ||||||||||
2508 | // GCC accepts zero sized static arrays. We allow them when | ||||||||||
2509 | // we're not in a SFINAE context. | ||||||||||
2510 | Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
2511 | isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_zero_array_size | ||||||||||
2512 | : diag::ext_typecheck_zero_array_size) | ||||||||||
2513 | << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2514 | } | ||||||||||
2515 | |||||||||||
2516 | // Is the array too large? | ||||||||||
2517 | unsigned ActiveSizeBits = | ||||||||||
2518 | (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isVariablyModifiedType() && | ||||||||||
2519 | !T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isUndeducedType()) | ||||||||||
2520 | ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, T, ConstVal) | ||||||||||
2521 | : ConstVal.getActiveBits(); | ||||||||||
2522 | if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { | ||||||||||
2523 | Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) | ||||||||||
2524 | << toString(ConstVal, 10) << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2525 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2526 | } | ||||||||||
2527 | |||||||||||
2528 | T = Context.getConstantArrayType(T, ConstVal, ArraySize, ASM, Quals); | ||||||||||
2529 | } | ||||||||||
2530 | } | ||||||||||
2531 | |||||||||||
2532 | if (T->isVariableArrayType() && !Context.getTargetInfo().isVLASupported()) { | ||||||||||
2533 | // CUDA device code and some other targets don't support VLAs. | ||||||||||
2534 | targetDiag(Loc, (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) | ||||||||||
2535 | ? diag::err_cuda_vla | ||||||||||
2536 | : diag::err_vla_unsupported) | ||||||||||
2537 | << ((getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) | ||||||||||
2538 | ? CurrentCUDATarget() | ||||||||||
2539 | : CFT_InvalidTarget); | ||||||||||
2540 | } | ||||||||||
2541 | |||||||||||
2542 | // If this is not C99, diagnose array size modifiers on non-VLAs. | ||||||||||
2543 | if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !T->isVariableArrayType() && | ||||||||||
2544 | (ASM != ArrayType::Normal || Quals != 0)) { | ||||||||||
2545 | Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? diag::err_c99_array_usage_cxx | ||||||||||
2546 | : diag::ext_c99_array_usage) | ||||||||||
2547 | << ASM; | ||||||||||
2548 | } | ||||||||||
2549 | |||||||||||
2550 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Arrays of blocks are not supported. | ||||||||||
2551 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.16.13.1 - Arrays of pipe type are not supported. | ||||||||||
2552 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Arrays of image/sampler type are not supported. | ||||||||||
2553 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
2554 | const QualType ArrType = Context.getBaseElementType(T); | ||||||||||
2555 | if (ArrType->isBlockPointerType() || ArrType->isPipeType() || | ||||||||||
2556 | ArrType->isSamplerT() || ArrType->isImageType()) { | ||||||||||
2557 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_invalid_type_array) << ArrType; | ||||||||||
2558 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2559 | } | ||||||||||
2560 | } | ||||||||||
2561 | |||||||||||
2562 | return T; | ||||||||||
2563 | } | ||||||||||
2564 | |||||||||||
2565 | QualType Sema::BuildVectorType(QualType CurType, Expr *SizeExpr, | ||||||||||
2566 | SourceLocation AttrLoc) { | ||||||||||
2567 | // The base type must be integer (not Boolean or enumeration) or float, and | ||||||||||
2568 | // can't already be a vector. | ||||||||||
2569 | if ((!CurType->isDependentType() && | ||||||||||
2570 | (!CurType->isBuiltinType() || CurType->isBooleanType() || | ||||||||||
2571 | (!CurType->isIntegerType() && !CurType->isRealFloatingType()))) || | ||||||||||
2572 | CurType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||||
2573 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_invalid_vector_type) << CurType; | ||||||||||
2574 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2575 | } | ||||||||||
2576 | |||||||||||
2577 | if (SizeExpr->isTypeDependent() || SizeExpr->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||||
2578 | return Context.getDependentVectorType(CurType, SizeExpr, AttrLoc, | ||||||||||
2579 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||||||
2580 | |||||||||||
2581 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> VecSize = SizeExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context); | ||||||||||
2582 | if (!VecSize) { | ||||||||||
2583 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||||||
2584 | << "vector_size" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||||||||
2585 | << SizeExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2586 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2587 | } | ||||||||||
2588 | |||||||||||
2589 | if (CurType->isDependentType()) | ||||||||||
2590 | return Context.getDependentVectorType(CurType, SizeExpr, AttrLoc, | ||||||||||
2591 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||||||
2592 | |||||||||||
2593 | // vecSize is specified in bytes - convert to bits. | ||||||||||
2594 | if (!VecSize->isIntN(61)) { | ||||||||||
2595 | // Bit size will overflow uint64. | ||||||||||
2596 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large) | ||||||||||
2597 | << SizeExpr->getSourceRange() << "vector"; | ||||||||||
2598 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2599 | } | ||||||||||
2600 | uint64_t VectorSizeBits = VecSize->getZExtValue() * 8; | ||||||||||
2601 | unsigned TypeSize = static_cast<unsigned>(Context.getTypeSize(CurType)); | ||||||||||
2602 | |||||||||||
2603 | if (VectorSizeBits == 0) { | ||||||||||
2604 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size) | ||||||||||
2605 | << SizeExpr->getSourceRange() << "vector"; | ||||||||||
2606 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2607 | } | ||||||||||
2608 | |||||||||||
2609 | if (VectorSizeBits % TypeSize) { | ||||||||||
2610 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_invalid_size) | ||||||||||
2611 | << SizeExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2612 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2613 | } | ||||||||||
2614 | |||||||||||
2615 | if (VectorSizeBits / TypeSize > std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max()) { | ||||||||||
2616 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large) | ||||||||||
2617 | << SizeExpr->getSourceRange() << "vector"; | ||||||||||
2618 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2619 | } | ||||||||||
2620 | |||||||||||
2621 | return Context.getVectorType(CurType, VectorSizeBits / TypeSize, | ||||||||||
2622 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||||||||
2623 | } | ||||||||||
2624 | |||||||||||
2625 | /// Build an ext-vector type. | ||||||||||
2626 | /// | ||||||||||
2627 | /// Run the required checks for the extended vector type. | ||||||||||
2628 | QualType Sema::BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, | ||||||||||
2629 | SourceLocation AttrLoc) { | ||||||||||
2630 | // Unlike gcc's vector_size attribute, we do not allow vectors to be defined | ||||||||||
2631 | // in conjunction with complex types (pointers, arrays, functions, etc.). | ||||||||||
2632 | // | ||||||||||
2633 | // Additionally, OpenCL prohibits vectors of booleans (they're considered a | ||||||||||
2634 | // reserved data type under OpenCL v2.0 s6.1.4), we don't support selects | ||||||||||
2635 | // on bitvectors, and we have no well-defined ABI for bitvectors, so vectors | ||||||||||
2636 | // of bool aren't allowed. | ||||||||||
2637 | if ((!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||||
2638 | !T->isRealFloatingType()) || | ||||||||||
2639 | T->isBooleanType()) { | ||||||||||
2640 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_invalid_vector_type) << T; | ||||||||||
2641 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2642 | } | ||||||||||
2643 | |||||||||||
2644 | if (!ArraySize->isTypeDependent() && !ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||||
2645 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> vecSize = ArraySize->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context); | ||||||||||
2646 | if (!vecSize) { | ||||||||||
2647 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||||||
2648 | << "ext_vector_type" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||||||||
2649 | << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2650 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2651 | } | ||||||||||
2652 | |||||||||||
2653 | if (!vecSize->isIntN(32)) { | ||||||||||
2654 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large) | ||||||||||
2655 | << ArraySize->getSourceRange() << "vector"; | ||||||||||
2656 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2657 | } | ||||||||||
2658 | // Unlike gcc's vector_size attribute, the size is specified as the | ||||||||||
2659 | // number of elements, not the number of bytes. | ||||||||||
2660 | unsigned vectorSize = static_cast<unsigned>(vecSize->getZExtValue()); | ||||||||||
2661 | |||||||||||
2662 | if (vectorSize == 0) { | ||||||||||
2663 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size) | ||||||||||
2664 | << ArraySize->getSourceRange() << "vector"; | ||||||||||
2665 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2666 | } | ||||||||||
2667 | |||||||||||
2668 | return Context.getExtVectorType(T, vectorSize); | ||||||||||
2669 | } | ||||||||||
2670 | |||||||||||
2671 | return Context.getDependentSizedExtVectorType(T, ArraySize, AttrLoc); | ||||||||||
2672 | } | ||||||||||
2673 | |||||||||||
2674 | QualType Sema::BuildMatrixType(QualType ElementTy, Expr *NumRows, Expr *NumCols, | ||||||||||
2675 | SourceLocation AttrLoc) { | ||||||||||
2676 | assert(Context.getLangOpts().MatrixTypes &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
2677 | "Should never build a matrix type when it is disabled")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
2678 | |||||||||||
2679 | // Check element type, if it is not dependent. | ||||||||||
2680 | if (!ElementTy->isDependentType() && | ||||||||||
2681 | !MatrixType::isValidElementType(ElementTy)) { | ||||||||||
2682 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_invalid_matrix_type) << ElementTy; | ||||||||||
2683 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2684 | } | ||||||||||
2685 | |||||||||||
2686 | if (NumRows->isTypeDependent() || NumCols->isTypeDependent() || | ||||||||||
2687 | NumRows->isValueDependent() || NumCols->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||||
2688 | return Context.getDependentSizedMatrixType(ElementTy, NumRows, NumCols, | ||||||||||
2689 | AttrLoc); | ||||||||||
2690 | |||||||||||
2691 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> ValueRows = NumRows->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context); | ||||||||||
2692 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> ValueColumns = | ||||||||||
2693 | NumCols->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context); | ||||||||||
2694 | |||||||||||
2695 | auto const RowRange = NumRows->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2696 | auto const ColRange = NumCols->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
2697 | |||||||||||
2698 | // Both are row and column expressions are invalid. | ||||||||||
2699 | if (!ValueRows && !ValueColumns) { | ||||||||||
2700 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||||||
2701 | << "matrix_type" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << RowRange | ||||||||||
2702 | << ColRange; | ||||||||||
2703 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2704 | } | ||||||||||
2705 | |||||||||||
2706 | // Only the row expression is invalid. | ||||||||||
2707 | if (!ValueRows) { | ||||||||||
2708 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||||||
2709 | << "matrix_type" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << RowRange; | ||||||||||
2710 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2711 | } | ||||||||||
2712 | |||||||||||
2713 | // Only the column expression is invalid. | ||||||||||
2714 | if (!ValueColumns) { | ||||||||||
2715 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||||||
2716 | << "matrix_type" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << ColRange; | ||||||||||
2717 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2718 | } | ||||||||||
2719 | |||||||||||
2720 | // Check the matrix dimensions. | ||||||||||
2721 | unsigned MatrixRows = static_cast<unsigned>(ValueRows->getZExtValue()); | ||||||||||
2722 | unsigned MatrixColumns = static_cast<unsigned>(ValueColumns->getZExtValue()); | ||||||||||
2723 | if (MatrixRows == 0 && MatrixColumns == 0) { | ||||||||||
2724 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size) | ||||||||||
2725 | << "matrix" << RowRange << ColRange; | ||||||||||
2726 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2727 | } | ||||||||||
2728 | if (MatrixRows == 0) { | ||||||||||
2729 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size) << "matrix" << RowRange; | ||||||||||
2730 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2731 | } | ||||||||||
2732 | if (MatrixColumns == 0) { | ||||||||||
2733 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_zero_size) << "matrix" << ColRange; | ||||||||||
2734 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2735 | } | ||||||||||
2736 | if (!ConstantMatrixType::isDimensionValid(MatrixRows)) { | ||||||||||
2737 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large) | ||||||||||
2738 | << RowRange << "matrix row"; | ||||||||||
2739 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2740 | } | ||||||||||
2741 | if (!ConstantMatrixType::isDimensionValid(MatrixColumns)) { | ||||||||||
2742 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_size_too_large) | ||||||||||
2743 | << ColRange << "matrix column"; | ||||||||||
2744 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2745 | } | ||||||||||
2746 | return Context.getConstantMatrixType(ElementTy, MatrixRows, MatrixColumns); | ||||||||||
2747 | } | ||||||||||
2748 | |||||||||||
2749 | bool Sema::CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
2750 | if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||||
2751 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_func_returning_array_function) | ||||||||||
2752 | << T->isFunctionType() << T; | ||||||||||
2753 | return true; | ||||||||||
2754 | } | ||||||||||
2755 | |||||||||||
2756 | // Functions cannot return half FP. | ||||||||||
2757 | if (T->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().HalfArgsAndReturns) { | ||||||||||
2758 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_parameters_retval_cannot_have_fp16_type) << 1 << | ||||||||||
2759 | FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "*"); | ||||||||||
2760 | return true; | ||||||||||
2761 | } | ||||||||||
2762 | |||||||||||
2763 | // Methods cannot return interface types. All ObjC objects are | ||||||||||
2764 | // passed by reference. | ||||||||||
2765 | if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||||||||
2766 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) | ||||||||||
2767 | << 0 << T << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "*"); | ||||||||||
2768 | return true; | ||||||||||
2769 | } | ||||||||||
2770 | |||||||||||
2771 | if (T.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || | ||||||||||
2772 | T.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) | ||||||||||
2773 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(T, Loc, NTCUC_FunctionReturn, | ||||||||||
2774 | NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); | ||||||||||
2775 | |||||||||||
2776 | // C++2a [dcl.fct]p12: | ||||||||||
2777 | // A volatile-qualified return type is deprecated | ||||||||||
2778 | if (T.isVolatileQualified() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||||||||
2779 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_volatile_return) << T; | ||||||||||
2780 | |||||||||||
2781 | return false; | ||||||||||
2782 | } | ||||||||||
2783 | |||||||||||
2784 | /// Check the extended parameter information. Most of the necessary | ||||||||||
2785 | /// checking should occur when applying the parameter attribute; the | ||||||||||
2786 | /// only other checks required are positional restrictions. | ||||||||||
2787 | static void checkExtParameterInfos(Sema &S, ArrayRef<QualType> paramTypes, | ||||||||||
2788 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI, | ||||||||||
2789 | llvm::function_ref<SourceLocation(unsigned)> getParamLoc) { | ||||||||||
2790 | assert(EPI.ExtParameterInfos && "shouldn't get here without param infos")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
2791 | |||||||||||
2792 | bool emittedError = false; | ||||||||||
2793 | auto actualCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); | ||||||||||
2794 | enum class RequiredCC { OnlySwift, SwiftOrSwiftAsync }; | ||||||||||
2795 | auto checkCompatible = [&](unsigned paramIndex, RequiredCC required) { | ||||||||||
2796 | bool isCompatible = | ||||||||||
2797 | (required == RequiredCC::OnlySwift) | ||||||||||
2798 | ? (actualCC == CC_Swift) | ||||||||||
2799 | : (actualCC == CC_Swift || actualCC == CC_SwiftAsync); | ||||||||||
2800 | if (isCompatible || emittedError) | ||||||||||
2801 | return; | ||||||||||
2802 | S.Diag(getParamLoc(paramIndex), diag::err_swift_param_attr_not_swiftcall) | ||||||||||
2803 | << getParameterABISpelling(EPI.ExtParameterInfos[paramIndex].getABI()) | ||||||||||
2804 | << (required == RequiredCC::OnlySwift); | ||||||||||
2805 | emittedError = true; | ||||||||||
2806 | }; | ||||||||||
2807 | for (size_t paramIndex = 0, numParams = paramTypes.size(); | ||||||||||
2808 | paramIndex != numParams; ++paramIndex) { | ||||||||||
2809 | switch (EPI.ExtParameterInfos[paramIndex].getABI()) { | ||||||||||
2810 | // Nothing interesting to check for orindary-ABI parameters. | ||||||||||
2811 | case ParameterABI::Ordinary: | ||||||||||
2812 | continue; | ||||||||||
2813 | |||||||||||
2814 | // swift_indirect_result parameters must be a prefix of the function | ||||||||||
2815 | // arguments. | ||||||||||
2816 | case ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult: | ||||||||||
2817 | checkCompatible(paramIndex, RequiredCC::SwiftOrSwiftAsync); | ||||||||||
2818 | if (paramIndex != 0 && | ||||||||||
2819 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos[paramIndex - 1].getABI() | ||||||||||
2820 | != ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult) { | ||||||||||
2821 | S.Diag(getParamLoc(paramIndex), | ||||||||||
2822 | diag::err_swift_indirect_result_not_first); | ||||||||||
2823 | } | ||||||||||
2824 | continue; | ||||||||||
2825 | |||||||||||
2826 | case ParameterABI::SwiftContext: | ||||||||||
2827 | checkCompatible(paramIndex, RequiredCC::SwiftOrSwiftAsync); | ||||||||||
2828 | continue; | ||||||||||
2829 | |||||||||||
2830 | // SwiftAsyncContext is not limited to swiftasynccall functions. | ||||||||||
2831 | case ParameterABI::SwiftAsyncContext: | ||||||||||
2832 | continue; | ||||||||||
2833 | |||||||||||
2834 | // swift_error parameters must be preceded by a swift_context parameter. | ||||||||||
2835 | case ParameterABI::SwiftErrorResult: | ||||||||||
2836 | checkCompatible(paramIndex, RequiredCC::OnlySwift); | ||||||||||
2837 | if (paramIndex == 0 || | ||||||||||
2838 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos[paramIndex - 1].getABI() != | ||||||||||
2839 | ParameterABI::SwiftContext) { | ||||||||||
2840 | S.Diag(getParamLoc(paramIndex), | ||||||||||
2841 | diag::err_swift_error_result_not_after_swift_context); | ||||||||||
2842 | } | ||||||||||
2843 | continue; | ||||||||||
2844 | } | ||||||||||
2845 | llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
2846 | } | ||||||||||
2847 | } | ||||||||||
2848 | |||||||||||
2849 | QualType Sema::BuildFunctionType(QualType T, | ||||||||||
2850 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, | ||||||||||
2851 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, | ||||||||||
2852 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) { | ||||||||||
2853 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||||||||
2854 | |||||||||||
2855 | Invalid |= CheckFunctionReturnType(T, Loc); | ||||||||||
2856 | |||||||||||
2857 | for (unsigned Idx = 0, Cnt = ParamTypes.size(); Idx < Cnt; ++Idx) { | ||||||||||
2858 | // FIXME: Loc is too inprecise here, should use proper locations for args. | ||||||||||
2859 | QualType ParamType = Context.getAdjustedParameterType(ParamTypes[Idx]); | ||||||||||
2860 | if (ParamType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||||
2861 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_param_with_void_type); | ||||||||||
2862 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||
2863 | } else if (ParamType->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().HalfArgsAndReturns) { | ||||||||||
2864 | // Disallow half FP arguments. | ||||||||||
2865 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_parameters_retval_cannot_have_fp16_type) << 0 << | ||||||||||
2866 | FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "*"); | ||||||||||
2867 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||
2868 | } | ||||||||||
2869 | |||||||||||
2870 | // C++2a [dcl.fct]p4: | ||||||||||
2871 | // A parameter with volatile-qualified type is deprecated | ||||||||||
2872 | if (ParamType.isVolatileQualified() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||||||||
2873 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_volatile_param) << ParamType; | ||||||||||
2874 | |||||||||||
2875 | ParamTypes[Idx] = ParamType; | ||||||||||
2876 | } | ||||||||||
2877 | |||||||||||
2878 | if (EPI.ExtParameterInfos) { | ||||||||||
2879 | checkExtParameterInfos(*this, ParamTypes, EPI, | ||||||||||
2880 | [=](unsigned i) { return Loc; }); | ||||||||||
2881 | } | ||||||||||
2882 | |||||||||||
2883 | if (EPI.ExtInfo.getProducesResult()) { | ||||||||||
2884 | // This is just a warning, so we can't fail to build if we see it. | ||||||||||
2885 | checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(Loc, T); | ||||||||||
2886 | } | ||||||||||
2887 | |||||||||||
2888 | if (Invalid) | ||||||||||
2889 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2890 | |||||||||||
2891 | return Context.getFunctionType(T, ParamTypes, EPI); | ||||||||||
2892 | } | ||||||||||
2893 | |||||||||||
2894 | /// Build a member pointer type \c T Class::*. | ||||||||||
2895 | /// | ||||||||||
2896 | /// \param T the type to which the member pointer refers. | ||||||||||
2897 | /// \param Class the class type into which the member pointer points. | ||||||||||
2898 | /// \param Loc the location where this type begins | ||||||||||
2899 | /// \param Entity the name of the entity that will have this member pointer type | ||||||||||
2900 | /// | ||||||||||
2901 | /// \returns a member pointer type, if successful, or a NULL type if there was | ||||||||||
2902 | /// an error. | ||||||||||
2903 | QualType Sema::BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, | ||||||||||
2904 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
2905 | DeclarationName Entity) { | ||||||||||
2906 | // Verify that we're not building a pointer to pointer to function with | ||||||||||
2907 | // exception specification. | ||||||||||
2908 | if (CheckDistantExceptionSpec(T)) { | ||||||||||
2909 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_distant_exception_spec); | ||||||||||
2910 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2911 | } | ||||||||||
2912 | |||||||||||
2913 | // C++ 8.3.3p3: A pointer to member shall not point to ... a member | ||||||||||
2914 | // with reference type, or "cv void." | ||||||||||
2915 | if (T->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||||
2916 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_mempointer_to_reference) | ||||||||||
2917 | << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity) << T; | ||||||||||
2918 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2919 | } | ||||||||||
2920 | |||||||||||
2921 | if (T->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||||
2922 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_mempointer_to_void) | ||||||||||
2923 | << getPrintableNameForEntity(Entity); | ||||||||||
2924 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2925 | } | ||||||||||
2926 | |||||||||||
2927 | if (!Class->isDependentType() && !Class->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||||
2928 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_mempointer_in_nonclass_type) << Class; | ||||||||||
2929 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2930 | } | ||||||||||
2931 | |||||||||||
2932 | if (T->isFunctionType() && getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||||||||
2933 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers", | ||||||||||
2934 | getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||||
2935 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_function_pointer) << /*pointer*/ 0; | ||||||||||
2936 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2937 | } | ||||||||||
2938 | |||||||||||
2939 | // Adjust the default free function calling convention to the default method | ||||||||||
2940 | // calling convention. | ||||||||||
2941 | bool IsCtorOrDtor = | ||||||||||
2942 | (Entity.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) || | ||||||||||
2943 | (Entity.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName); | ||||||||||
2944 | if (T->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
2945 | adjustMemberFunctionCC(T, /*IsStatic=*/false, IsCtorOrDtor, Loc); | ||||||||||
2946 | |||||||||||
2947 | return Context.getMemberPointerType(T, Class.getTypePtr()); | ||||||||||
2948 | } | ||||||||||
2949 | |||||||||||
2950 | /// Build a block pointer type. | ||||||||||
2951 | /// | ||||||||||
2952 | /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a block pointer. | ||||||||||
2953 | /// | ||||||||||
2954 | /// \param Loc The source location, used for diagnostics. | ||||||||||
2955 | /// | ||||||||||
2956 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the block pointer | ||||||||||
2957 | /// type, if known. | ||||||||||
2958 | /// | ||||||||||
2959 | /// \returns A suitable block pointer type, if there are no | ||||||||||
2960 | /// errors. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. | ||||||||||
2961 | QualType Sema::BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, | ||||||||||
2962 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
2963 | DeclarationName Entity) { | ||||||||||
2964 | if (!T->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||||
2965 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_nonfunction_block_type); | ||||||||||
2966 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2967 | } | ||||||||||
2968 | |||||||||||
2969 | if (checkQualifiedFunction(*this, T, Loc, QFK_BlockPointer)) | ||||||||||
2970 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2971 | |||||||||||
2972 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) | ||||||||||
2973 | T = deduceOpenCLPointeeAddrSpace(*this, T); | ||||||||||
2974 | |||||||||||
2975 | return Context.getBlockPointerType(T); | ||||||||||
2976 | } | ||||||||||
2977 | |||||||||||
2978 | QualType Sema::GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo) { | ||||||||||
2979 | QualType QT = Ty.get(); | ||||||||||
2980 | if (QT.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
2981 | if (TInfo
| ||||||||||
2982 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
2983 | } | ||||||||||
2984 | |||||||||||
2985 | TypeSourceInfo *DI = nullptr; | ||||||||||
2986 | if (const LocInfoType *LIT = dyn_cast<LocInfoType>(QT)) { | ||||||||||
2987 | QT = LIT->getType(); | ||||||||||
2988 | DI = LIT->getTypeSourceInfo(); | ||||||||||
2989 | } | ||||||||||
2990 | |||||||||||
2991 | if (TInfo) *TInfo = DI; | ||||||||||
2992 | return QT; | ||||||||||
2993 | } | ||||||||||
2994 | |||||||||||
2995 | static void transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
2996 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership, | ||||||||||
2997 | unsigned chunkIndex); | ||||||||||
2998 | |||||||||||
2999 | /// Given that this is the declaration of a parameter under ARC, | ||||||||||
3000 | /// attempt to infer attributes and such for pointer-to-whatever | ||||||||||
3001 | /// types. | ||||||||||
3002 | static void inferARCWriteback(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
3003 | QualType &declSpecType) { | ||||||||||
3004 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
3005 | Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
3006 | |||||||||||
3007 | // TODO: should we care about decl qualifiers? | ||||||||||
3008 | |||||||||||
3009 | // Check whether the declarator has the expected form. We walk | ||||||||||
3010 | // from the inside out in order to make the block logic work. | ||||||||||
3011 | unsigned outermostPointerIndex = 0; | ||||||||||
3012 | bool isBlockPointer = false; | ||||||||||
3013 | unsigned numPointers = 0; | ||||||||||
3014 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = declarator.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||||
3015 | unsigned chunkIndex = i; | ||||||||||
3016 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(chunkIndex); | ||||||||||
3017 | switch (chunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
3018 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
3019 | // Ignore parens. | ||||||||||
3020 | break; | ||||||||||
3021 | |||||||||||
3022 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
3023 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
3024 | // Count the number of pointers. Treat references | ||||||||||
3025 | // interchangeably as pointers; if they're mis-ordered, normal | ||||||||||
3026 | // type building will discover that. | ||||||||||
3027 | outermostPointerIndex = chunkIndex; | ||||||||||
3028 | numPointers++; | ||||||||||
3029 | break; | ||||||||||
3030 | |||||||||||
3031 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
3032 | // If we have a pointer to block pointer, that's an acceptable | ||||||||||
3033 | // indirect reference; anything else is not an application of | ||||||||||
3034 | // the rules. | ||||||||||
3035 | if (numPointers != 1) return; | ||||||||||
3036 | numPointers++; | ||||||||||
3037 | outermostPointerIndex = chunkIndex; | ||||||||||
3038 | isBlockPointer = true; | ||||||||||
3039 | |||||||||||
3040 | // We don't care about pointer structure in return values here. | ||||||||||
3041 | goto done; | ||||||||||
3042 | |||||||||||
3043 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: // suppress if written (id[])? | ||||||||||
3044 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
3045 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
3046 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
3047 | return; | ||||||||||
3048 | } | ||||||||||
3049 | } | ||||||||||
3050 | done: | ||||||||||
3051 | |||||||||||
3052 | // If we have *one* pointer, then we want to throw the qualifier on | ||||||||||
3053 | // the declaration-specifiers, which means that it needs to be a | ||||||||||
3054 | // retainable object type. | ||||||||||
3055 | if (numPointers == 1) { | ||||||||||
3056 | // If it's not a retainable object type, the rule doesn't apply. | ||||||||||
3057 | if (!declSpecType->isObjCRetainableType()) return; | ||||||||||
3058 | |||||||||||
3059 | // If it already has lifetime, don't do anything. | ||||||||||
3060 | if (declSpecType.getObjCLifetime()) return; | ||||||||||
3061 | |||||||||||
3062 | // Otherwise, modify the type in-place. | ||||||||||
3063 | Qualifiers qs; | ||||||||||
3064 | |||||||||||
3065 | if (declSpecType->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) | ||||||||||
3066 | qs.addObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); | ||||||||||
3067 | else | ||||||||||
3068 | qs.addObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||||||||
3069 | declSpecType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(declSpecType, qs); | ||||||||||
3070 | |||||||||||
3071 | // If we have *two* pointers, then we want to throw the qualifier on | ||||||||||
3072 | // the outermost pointer. | ||||||||||
3073 | } else if (numPointers == 2) { | ||||||||||
3074 | // If we don't have a block pointer, we need to check whether the | ||||||||||
3075 | // declaration-specifiers gave us something that will turn into a | ||||||||||
3076 | // retainable object pointer after we slap the first pointer on it. | ||||||||||
3077 | if (!isBlockPointer && !declSpecType->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||||||||
3078 | return; | ||||||||||
3079 | |||||||||||
3080 | // Look for an explicit lifetime attribute there. | ||||||||||
3081 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(outermostPointerIndex); | ||||||||||
3082 | if (chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Pointer && | ||||||||||
3083 | chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer) | ||||||||||
3084 | return; | ||||||||||
3085 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : chunk.getAttrs()) | ||||||||||
3086 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) | ||||||||||
3087 | return; | ||||||||||
3088 | |||||||||||
3089 | transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(state, Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing, | ||||||||||
3090 | outermostPointerIndex); | ||||||||||
3091 | |||||||||||
3092 | // Any other number of pointers/references does not trigger the rule. | ||||||||||
3093 | } else return; | ||||||||||
3094 | |||||||||||
3095 | // TODO: mark whether we did this inference? | ||||||||||
3096 | } | ||||||||||
3097 | |||||||||||
3098 | void Sema::diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, | ||||||||||
3099 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, | ||||||||||
3100 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc, | ||||||||||
3101 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc, | ||||||||||
3102 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc, | ||||||||||
3103 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc, | ||||||||||
3104 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc) { | ||||||||||
3105 | if (!Quals) | ||||||||||
3106 | return; | ||||||||||
3107 | |||||||||||
3108 | struct Qual { | ||||||||||
3109 | const char *Name; | ||||||||||
3110 | unsigned Mask; | ||||||||||
3111 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||||||
3112 | } const QualKinds[5] = { | ||||||||||
3113 | { "const", DeclSpec::TQ_const, ConstQualLoc }, | ||||||||||
3114 | { "volatile", DeclSpec::TQ_volatile, VolatileQualLoc }, | ||||||||||
3115 | { "restrict", DeclSpec::TQ_restrict, RestrictQualLoc }, | ||||||||||
3116 | { "__unaligned", DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned, UnalignedQualLoc }, | ||||||||||
3117 | { "_Atomic", DeclSpec::TQ_atomic, AtomicQualLoc } | ||||||||||
3118 | }; | ||||||||||
3119 | |||||||||||
3120 | SmallString<32> QualStr; | ||||||||||
3121 | unsigned NumQuals = 0; | ||||||||||
3122 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||||||
3123 | FixItHint FixIts[5]; | ||||||||||
3124 | |||||||||||
3125 | // Build a string naming the redundant qualifiers. | ||||||||||
3126 | for (auto &E : QualKinds) { | ||||||||||
3127 | if (Quals & E.Mask) { | ||||||||||
3128 | if (!QualStr.empty()) QualStr += ' '; | ||||||||||
3129 | QualStr += E.Name; | ||||||||||
3130 | |||||||||||
3131 | // If we have a location for the qualifier, offer a fixit. | ||||||||||
3132 | SourceLocation QualLoc = E.Loc; | ||||||||||
3133 | if (QualLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||||
3134 | FixIts[NumQuals] = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(QualLoc); | ||||||||||
3135 | if (Loc.isInvalid() || | ||||||||||
3136 | getSourceManager().isBeforeInTranslationUnit(QualLoc, Loc)) | ||||||||||
3137 | Loc = QualLoc; | ||||||||||
3138 | } | ||||||||||
3139 | |||||||||||
3140 | ++NumQuals; | ||||||||||
3141 | } | ||||||||||
3142 | } | ||||||||||
3143 | |||||||||||
3144 | Diag(Loc.isInvalid() ? FallbackLoc : Loc, DiagID) | ||||||||||
3145 | << QualStr << NumQuals << FixIts[0] << FixIts[1] << FixIts[2] << FixIts[3]; | ||||||||||
3146 | } | ||||||||||
3147 | |||||||||||
3148 | // Diagnose pointless type qualifiers on the return type of a function. | ||||||||||
3149 | static void diagnoseRedundantReturnTypeQualifiers(Sema &S, QualType RetTy, | ||||||||||
3150 | Declarator &D, | ||||||||||
3151 | unsigned FunctionChunkIndex) { | ||||||||||
3152 | const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = | ||||||||||
3153 | D.getTypeObject(FunctionChunkIndex).Fun; | ||||||||||
3154 | if (FTI.hasTrailingReturnType()) { | ||||||||||
3155 | S.diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(diag::warn_qual_return_type, | ||||||||||
3156 | RetTy.getLocalCVRQualifiers(), | ||||||||||
3157 | FTI.getTrailingReturnTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
3158 | return; | ||||||||||
3159 | } | ||||||||||
3160 | |||||||||||
3161 | for (unsigned OuterChunkIndex = FunctionChunkIndex + 1, | ||||||||||
3162 | End = D.getNumTypeObjects(); | ||||||||||
3163 | OuterChunkIndex != End; ++OuterChunkIndex) { | ||||||||||
3164 | DeclaratorChunk &OuterChunk = D.getTypeObject(OuterChunkIndex); | ||||||||||
3165 | switch (OuterChunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
3166 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
3167 | continue; | ||||||||||
3168 | |||||||||||
3169 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: { | ||||||||||
3170 | DeclaratorChunk::PointerTypeInfo &PTI = OuterChunk.Ptr; | ||||||||||
3171 | S.diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers( | ||||||||||
3172 | diag::warn_qual_return_type, | ||||||||||
3173 | PTI.TypeQuals, | ||||||||||
3174 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||||
3175 | PTI.ConstQualLoc, | ||||||||||
3176 | PTI.VolatileQualLoc, | ||||||||||
3177 | PTI.RestrictQualLoc, | ||||||||||
3178 | PTI.AtomicQualLoc, | ||||||||||
3179 | PTI.UnalignedQualLoc); | ||||||||||
3180 | return; | ||||||||||
3181 | } | ||||||||||
3182 | |||||||||||
3183 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
3184 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
3185 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
3186 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
3187 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
3188 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
3189 | // FIXME: We can't currently provide an accurate source location and a | ||||||||||
3190 | // fix-it hint for these. | ||||||||||
3191 | unsigned AtomicQual = RetTy->isAtomicType() ? DeclSpec::TQ_atomic : 0; | ||||||||||
3192 | S.diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(diag::warn_qual_return_type, | ||||||||||
3193 | RetTy.getCVRQualifiers() | AtomicQual, | ||||||||||
3194 | D.getIdentifierLoc()); | ||||||||||
3195 | return; | ||||||||||
3196 | } | ||||||||||
3197 | |||||||||||
3198 | llvm_unreachable("unknown declarator chunk kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
3199 | } | ||||||||||
3200 | |||||||||||
3201 | // If the qualifiers come from a conversion function type, don't diagnose | ||||||||||
3202 | // them -- they're not necessarily redundant, since such a conversion | ||||||||||
3203 | // operator can be explicitly called as "x.operator const int()". | ||||||||||
3204 | if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId) | ||||||||||
3205 | return; | ||||||||||
3206 | |||||||||||
3207 | // Just parens all the way out to the decl specifiers. Diagnose any qualifiers | ||||||||||
3208 | // which are present there. | ||||||||||
3209 | S.diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(diag::warn_qual_return_type, | ||||||||||
3210 | D.getDeclSpec().getTypeQualifiers(), | ||||||||||
3211 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), | ||||||||||
3212 | D.getDeclSpec().getConstSpecLoc(), | ||||||||||
3213 | D.getDeclSpec().getVolatileSpecLoc(), | ||||||||||
3214 | D.getDeclSpec().getRestrictSpecLoc(), | ||||||||||
3215 | D.getDeclSpec().getAtomicSpecLoc(), | ||||||||||
3216 | D.getDeclSpec().getUnalignedSpecLoc()); | ||||||||||
3217 | } | ||||||||||
3218 | |||||||||||
3219 | static std::pair<QualType, TypeSourceInfo *> | ||||||||||
3220 | InventTemplateParameter(TypeProcessingState &state, QualType T, | ||||||||||
3221 | TypeSourceInfo *TrailingTSI, AutoType *Auto, | ||||||||||
3222 | InventedTemplateParameterInfo &Info) { | ||||||||||
3223 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
3224 | Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
3225 | |||||||||||
3226 | const unsigned TemplateParameterDepth = Info.AutoTemplateParameterDepth; | ||||||||||
3227 | const unsigned AutoParameterPosition = Info.TemplateParams.size(); | ||||||||||
3228 | const bool IsParameterPack = D.hasEllipsis(); | ||||||||||
3229 | |||||||||||
3230 | // If auto is mentioned in a lambda parameter or abbreviated function | ||||||||||
3231 | // template context, convert it to a template parameter type. | ||||||||||
3232 | |||||||||||
3233 | // Create the TemplateTypeParmDecl here to retrieve the corresponding | ||||||||||
3234 | // template parameter type. Template parameters are temporarily added | ||||||||||
3235 | // to the TU until the associated TemplateDecl is created. | ||||||||||
3236 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *InventedTemplateParam = | ||||||||||
3237 | TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create( | ||||||||||
3238 | S.Context, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), | ||||||||||
3239 | /*KeyLoc=*/D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), | ||||||||||
3240 | /*NameLoc=*/D.getIdentifierLoc(), | ||||||||||
3241 | TemplateParameterDepth, AutoParameterPosition, | ||||||||||
3242 | S.InventAbbreviatedTemplateParameterTypeName( | ||||||||||
3243 | D.getIdentifier(), AutoParameterPosition), false, | ||||||||||
3244 | IsParameterPack, /*HasTypeConstraint=*/Auto->isConstrained()); | ||||||||||
3245 | InventedTemplateParam->setImplicit(); | ||||||||||
3246 | Info.TemplateParams.push_back(InventedTemplateParam); | ||||||||||
3247 | |||||||||||
3248 | // Attach type constraints to the new parameter. | ||||||||||
3249 | if (Auto->isConstrained()) { | ||||||||||
3250 | if (TrailingTSI) { | ||||||||||
3251 | // The 'auto' appears in a trailing return type we've already built; | ||||||||||
3252 | // extract its type constraints to attach to the template parameter. | ||||||||||
3253 | AutoTypeLoc AutoLoc = TrailingTSI->getTypeLoc().getContainedAutoTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||
3254 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TAL(AutoLoc.getLAngleLoc(), AutoLoc.getRAngleLoc()); | ||||||||||
3255 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||||||||
3256 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < AutoLoc.getNumArgs(); ++Idx) { | ||||||||||
3257 | if (D.getEllipsisLoc().isInvalid() && !Invalid && | ||||||||||
3258 | S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(AutoLoc.getArgLoc(Idx), | ||||||||||
3259 | Sema::UPPC_TypeConstraint)) | ||||||||||
3260 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||
3261 | TAL.addArgument(AutoLoc.getArgLoc(Idx)); | ||||||||||
3262 | } | ||||||||||
3263 | |||||||||||
3264 | if (!Invalid) { | ||||||||||
3265 | S.AttachTypeConstraint( | ||||||||||
3266 | AutoLoc.getNestedNameSpecifierLoc(), AutoLoc.getConceptNameInfo(), | ||||||||||
3267 | AutoLoc.getNamedConcept(), | ||||||||||
3268 | AutoLoc.hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TAL : nullptr, | ||||||||||
3269 | InventedTemplateParam, D.getEllipsisLoc()); | ||||||||||
3270 | } | ||||||||||
3271 | } else { | ||||||||||
3272 | // The 'auto' appears in the decl-specifiers; we've not finished forming | ||||||||||
3273 | // TypeSourceInfo for it yet. | ||||||||||
3274 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsTemplateId(); | ||||||||||
3275 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsInfo; | ||||||||||
3276 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||||||||
3277 | if (TemplateId->LAngleLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||||
3278 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), | ||||||||||
3279 | TemplateId->NumArgs); | ||||||||||
3280 | S.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgsInfo); | ||||||||||
3281 | |||||||||||
3282 | if (D.getEllipsisLoc().isInvalid()) { | ||||||||||
3283 | for (TemplateArgumentLoc Arg : TemplateArgsInfo.arguments()) { | ||||||||||
3284 | if (S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Arg, | ||||||||||
3285 | Sema::UPPC_TypeConstraint)) { | ||||||||||
3286 | Invalid = true; | ||||||||||
3287 | break; | ||||||||||
3288 | } | ||||||||||
3289 | } | ||||||||||
3290 | } | ||||||||||
3291 | } | ||||||||||
3292 | if (!Invalid) { | ||||||||||
3293 | S.AttachTypeConstraint( | ||||||||||
3294 | D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecScope().getWithLocInContext(S.Context), | ||||||||||
3295 | DeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationName(TemplateId->Name), | ||||||||||
3296 | TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc), | ||||||||||
3297 | cast<ConceptDecl>(TemplateId->Template.get().getAsTemplateDecl()), | ||||||||||
3298 | TemplateId->LAngleLoc.isValid() ? &TemplateArgsInfo : nullptr, | ||||||||||
3299 | InventedTemplateParam, D.getEllipsisLoc()); | ||||||||||
3300 | } | ||||||||||
3301 | } | ||||||||||
3302 | } | ||||||||||
3303 | |||||||||||
3304 | // Replace the 'auto' in the function parameter with this invented | ||||||||||
3305 | // template type parameter. | ||||||||||
3306 | // FIXME: Retain some type sugar to indicate that this was written | ||||||||||
3307 | // as 'auto'? | ||||||||||
3308 | QualType Replacement(InventedTemplateParam->getTypeForDecl(), 0); | ||||||||||
3309 | QualType NewT = state.ReplaceAutoType(T, Replacement); | ||||||||||
3310 | TypeSourceInfo *NewTSI = | ||||||||||
3311 | TrailingTSI ? S.ReplaceAutoTypeSourceInfo(TrailingTSI, Replacement) | ||||||||||
3312 | : nullptr; | ||||||||||
3313 | return {NewT, NewTSI}; | ||||||||||
3314 | } | ||||||||||
3315 | |||||||||||
3316 | static TypeSourceInfo * | ||||||||||
3317 | GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &State, | ||||||||||
3318 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); | ||||||||||
3319 | |||||||||||
3320 | static QualType GetDeclSpecTypeForDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
3321 | TypeSourceInfo *&ReturnTypeInfo) { | ||||||||||
3322 | Sema &SemaRef = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
3323 | Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
3324 | QualType T; | ||||||||||
3325 | ReturnTypeInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
3326 | |||||||||||
3327 | // The TagDecl owned by the DeclSpec. | ||||||||||
3328 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||||
3329 | |||||||||||
3330 | switch (D.getName().getKind()) { | ||||||||||
3331 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: | ||||||||||
3332 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: | ||||||||||
3333 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: | ||||||||||
3334 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: | ||||||||||
3335 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: | ||||||||||
3336 | T = ConvertDeclSpecToType(state); | ||||||||||
3337 | |||||||||||
3338 | if (!D.isInvalidType() && D.getDeclSpec().isTypeSpecOwned()) { | ||||||||||
3339 | OwnedTagDecl = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); | ||||||||||
3340 | // Owned declaration is embedded in declarator. | ||||||||||
3341 | OwnedTagDecl->setEmbeddedInDeclarator(true); | ||||||||||
3342 | } | ||||||||||
3343 | break; | ||||||||||
3344 | |||||||||||
3345 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: | ||||||||||
3346 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: | ||||||||||
3347 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: | ||||||||||
3348 | // Constructors and destructors don't have return types. Use | ||||||||||
3349 | // "void" instead. | ||||||||||
3350 | T = SemaRef.Context.VoidTy; | ||||||||||
3351 | processTypeAttrs(state, T, TAL_DeclSpec, | ||||||||||
3352 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes()); | ||||||||||
3353 | break; | ||||||||||
3354 | |||||||||||
3355 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: | ||||||||||
3356 | // Deduction guides have a trailing return type and no type in their | ||||||||||
3357 | // decl-specifier sequence. Use a placeholder return type for now. | ||||||||||
3358 | T = SemaRef.Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||||
3359 | break; | ||||||||||
3360 | |||||||||||
3361 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: | ||||||||||
3362 | // The result type of a conversion function is the type that it | ||||||||||
3363 | // converts to. | ||||||||||
3364 | T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(D.getName().ConversionFunctionId, | ||||||||||
3365 | &ReturnTypeInfo); | ||||||||||
3366 | break; | ||||||||||
3367 | } | ||||||||||
3368 | |||||||||||
3369 | if (!D.getAttributes().empty()) | ||||||||||
3370 | distributeTypeAttrsFromDeclarator(state, T); | ||||||||||
3371 | |||||||||||
3372 | // Find the deduced type in this type. Look in the trailing return type if we | ||||||||||
3373 | // have one, otherwise in the DeclSpec type. | ||||||||||
3374 | // FIXME: The standard wording doesn't currently describe this. | ||||||||||
3375 | DeducedType *Deduced = T->getContainedDeducedType(); | ||||||||||
3376 | bool DeducedIsTrailingReturnType = false; | ||||||||||
3377 | if (Deduced && isa<AutoType>(Deduced) && D.hasTrailingReturnType()) { | ||||||||||
3378 | QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(D.getTrailingReturnType()); | ||||||||||
3379 | Deduced = T.isNull() ? nullptr : T->getContainedDeducedType(); | ||||||||||
3380 | DeducedIsTrailingReturnType = true; | ||||||||||
3381 | } | ||||||||||
3382 | |||||||||||
3383 | // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p5: reject 'auto' if it is not in an allowed context. | ||||||||||
3384 | if (Deduced) { | ||||||||||
3385 | AutoType *Auto = dyn_cast<AutoType>(Deduced); | ||||||||||
3386 | int Error = -1; | ||||||||||
3387 | |||||||||||
3388 | // Is this a 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)' type (as opposed to __auto_type or | ||||||||||
3389 | // class template argument deduction)? | ||||||||||
3390 | bool IsCXXAutoType = | ||||||||||
3391 | (Auto && Auto->getKeyword() != AutoTypeKeyword::GNUAutoType); | ||||||||||
3392 | bool IsDeducedReturnType = false; | ||||||||||
3393 | |||||||||||
3394 | switch (D.getContext()) { | ||||||||||
3395 | case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr: | ||||||||||
3396 | // Declared return type of a lambda-declarator is implicit and is always | ||||||||||
3397 | // 'auto'. | ||||||||||
3398 | break; | ||||||||||
3399 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter: | ||||||||||
3400 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult: | ||||||||||
3401 | Error = 0; | ||||||||||
3402 | break; | ||||||||||
3403 | case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr: | ||||||||||
3404 | Error = 22; | ||||||||||
3405 | break; | ||||||||||
3406 | case DeclaratorContext::Prototype: | ||||||||||
3407 | case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter: { | ||||||||||
3408 | InventedTemplateParameterInfo *Info = nullptr; | ||||||||||
3409 | if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Prototype) { | ||||||||||
3410 | // With concepts we allow 'auto' in function parameters. | ||||||||||
3411 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 || !Auto || | ||||||||||
3412 | Auto->getKeyword() != AutoTypeKeyword::Auto) { | ||||||||||
3413 | Error = 0; | ||||||||||
3414 | break; | ||||||||||
3415 | } else if (!SemaRef.getCurScope()->isFunctionDeclarationScope()) { | ||||||||||
3416 | Error = 21; | ||||||||||
3417 | break; | ||||||||||
3418 | } | ||||||||||
3419 | |||||||||||
3420 | Info = &SemaRef.InventedParameterInfos.back(); | ||||||||||
3421 | } else { | ||||||||||
3422 | // In C++14, generic lambdas allow 'auto' in their parameters. | ||||||||||
3423 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 || !Auto || | ||||||||||
3424 | Auto->getKeyword() != AutoTypeKeyword::Auto) { | ||||||||||
3425 | Error = 16; | ||||||||||
3426 | break; | ||||||||||
3427 | } | ||||||||||
3428 | Info = SemaRef.getCurLambda(); | ||||||||||
3429 | assert(Info && "No LambdaScopeInfo on the stack!")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
3430 | } | ||||||||||
3431 | |||||||||||
3432 | // We'll deal with inventing template parameters for 'auto' in trailing | ||||||||||
3433 | // return types when we pick up the trailing return type when processing | ||||||||||
3434 | // the function chunk. | ||||||||||
3435 | if (!DeducedIsTrailingReturnType) | ||||||||||
3436 | T = InventTemplateParameter(state, T, nullptr, Auto, *Info).first; | ||||||||||
3437 | break; | ||||||||||
3438 | } | ||||||||||
3439 | case DeclaratorContext::Member: { | ||||||||||
3440 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_static || | ||||||||||
3441 | D.isFunctionDeclarator()) | ||||||||||
3442 | break; | ||||||||||
3443 | bool Cxx = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||||||||
3444 | if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) { | ||||||||||
3445 | Error = 6; // Interface member. | ||||||||||
3446 | } else { | ||||||||||
3447 | switch (cast<TagDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getTagKind()) { | ||||||||||
3448 | case TTK_Enum: llvm_unreachable("unhandled tag kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
3449 | case TTK_Struct: Error = Cxx ? 1 : 2; /* Struct member */ break; | ||||||||||
3450 | case TTK_Union: Error = Cxx ? 3 : 4; /* Union member */ break; | ||||||||||
3451 | case TTK_Class: Error = 5; /* Class member */ break; | ||||||||||
3452 | case TTK_Interface: Error = 6; /* Interface member */ break; | ||||||||||
3453 | } | ||||||||||
3454 | } | ||||||||||
3455 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) | ||||||||||
3456 | Error = 20; // Friend type | ||||||||||
3457 | break; | ||||||||||
3458 | } | ||||||||||
3459 | case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch: | ||||||||||
3460 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch: | ||||||||||
3461 | Error = 7; // Exception declaration | ||||||||||
3462 | break; | ||||||||||
3463 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam: | ||||||||||
3464 | if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) && | ||||||||||
3465 | !SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||||||||
3466 | Error = 19; // Template parameter (until C++20) | ||||||||||
3467 | else if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | ||||||||||
3468 | Error = 8; // Template parameter (until C++17) | ||||||||||
3469 | break; | ||||||||||
3470 | case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral: | ||||||||||
3471 | Error = 9; // Block literal | ||||||||||
3472 | break; | ||||||||||
3473 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg: | ||||||||||
3474 | // Within a template argument list, a deduced template specialization | ||||||||||
3475 | // type will be reinterpreted as a template template argument. | ||||||||||
3476 | if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) && | ||||||||||
3477 | !D.getNumTypeObjects() && | ||||||||||
3478 | D.getDeclSpec().getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier) | ||||||||||
3479 | break; | ||||||||||
3480 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
3481 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg: | ||||||||||
3482 | Error = 10; // Template type argument | ||||||||||
3483 | break; | ||||||||||
3484 | case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl: | ||||||||||
3485 | case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate: | ||||||||||
3486 | Error = 12; // Type alias | ||||||||||
3487 | break; | ||||||||||
3488 | case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn: | ||||||||||
3489 | case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar: | ||||||||||
3490 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 || !IsCXXAutoType) | ||||||||||
3491 | Error = 13; // Function return type | ||||||||||
3492 | IsDeducedReturnType = true; | ||||||||||
3493 | break; | ||||||||||
3494 | case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId: | ||||||||||
3495 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 || !IsCXXAutoType) | ||||||||||
3496 | Error = 14; // conversion-type-id | ||||||||||
3497 | IsDeducedReturnType = true; | ||||||||||
3498 | break; | ||||||||||
3499 | case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast: | ||||||||||
3500 | if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) | ||||||||||
3501 | break; | ||||||||||
3502 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
3503 | case DeclaratorContext::TypeName: | ||||||||||
3504 | Error = 15; // Generic | ||||||||||
3505 | break; | ||||||||||
3506 | case DeclaratorContext::File: | ||||||||||
3507 | case DeclaratorContext::Block: | ||||||||||
3508 | case DeclaratorContext::ForInit: | ||||||||||
3509 | case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit: | ||||||||||
3510 | case DeclaratorContext::Condition: | ||||||||||
3511 | // FIXME: P0091R3 (erroneously) does not permit class template argument | ||||||||||
3512 | // deduction in conditions, for-init-statements, and other declarations | ||||||||||
3513 | // that are not simple-declarations. | ||||||||||
3514 | break; | ||||||||||
3515 | case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew: | ||||||||||
3516 | // FIXME: P0091R3 does not permit class template argument deduction here, | ||||||||||
3517 | // but we follow GCC and allow it anyway. | ||||||||||
3518 | if (!IsCXXAutoType && !isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) | ||||||||||
3519 | Error = 17; // 'new' type | ||||||||||
3520 | break; | ||||||||||
3521 | case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList: | ||||||||||
3522 | Error = 18; // K&R function parameter | ||||||||||
3523 | break; | ||||||||||
3524 | } | ||||||||||
3525 | |||||||||||
3526 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) | ||||||||||
3527 | Error = 11; | ||||||||||
3528 | |||||||||||
3529 | // In Objective-C it is an error to use 'auto' on a function declarator | ||||||||||
3530 | // (and everywhere for '__auto_type'). | ||||||||||
3531 | if (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && | ||||||||||
3532 | (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || !IsCXXAutoType)) | ||||||||||
3533 | Error = 13; | ||||||||||
3534 | |||||||||||
3535 | SourceRange AutoRange = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||
3536 | if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId) | ||||||||||
3537 | AutoRange = D.getName().getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
3538 | |||||||||||
3539 | if (Error != -1) { | ||||||||||
3540 | unsigned Kind; | ||||||||||
3541 | if (Auto) { | ||||||||||
3542 | switch (Auto->getKeyword()) { | ||||||||||
3543 | case AutoTypeKeyword::Auto: Kind = 0; break; | ||||||||||
3544 | case AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto: Kind = 1; break; | ||||||||||
3545 | case AutoTypeKeyword::GNUAutoType: Kind = 2; break; | ||||||||||
3546 | } | ||||||||||
3547 | } else { | ||||||||||
3548 | assert(isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
3549 | "unknown auto type")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
3550 | Kind = 3; | ||||||||||
3551 | } | ||||||||||
3552 | |||||||||||
3553 | auto *DTST = dyn_cast<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced); | ||||||||||
3554 | TemplateName TN = DTST ? DTST->getTemplateName() : TemplateName(); | ||||||||||
3555 | |||||||||||
3556 | SemaRef.Diag(AutoRange.getBegin(), diag::err_auto_not_allowed) | ||||||||||
3557 | << Kind << Error << (int)SemaRef.getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) | ||||||||||
3558 | << QualType(Deduced, 0) << AutoRange; | ||||||||||
3559 | if (auto *TD = TN.getAsTemplateDecl()) | ||||||||||
3560 | SemaRef.Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); | ||||||||||
3561 | |||||||||||
3562 | T = SemaRef.Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
3563 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
3564 | } else if (Auto && D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr) { | ||||||||||
3565 | // If there was a trailing return type, we already got | ||||||||||
3566 | // warn_cxx98_compat_trailing_return_type in the parser. | ||||||||||
3567 | SemaRef.Diag(AutoRange.getBegin(), | ||||||||||
3568 | D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter | ||||||||||
3569 | ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_generic_lambda | ||||||||||
3570 | : IsDeducedReturnType | ||||||||||
3571 | ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_deduced_return_type | ||||||||||
3572 | : diag::warn_cxx98_compat_auto_type_specifier) | ||||||||||
3573 | << AutoRange; | ||||||||||
3574 | } | ||||||||||
3575 | } | ||||||||||
3576 | |||||||||||
3577 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||||
3578 | OwnedTagDecl && OwnedTagDecl->isCompleteDefinition()) { | ||||||||||
3579 | // Check the contexts where C++ forbids the declaration of a new class | ||||||||||
3580 | // or enumeration in a type-specifier-seq. | ||||||||||
3581 | unsigned DiagID = 0; | ||||||||||
3582 | switch (D.getContext()) { | ||||||||||
3583 | case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn: | ||||||||||
3584 | case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar: | ||||||||||
3585 | // Class and enumeration definitions are syntactically not allowed in | ||||||||||
3586 | // trailing return types. | ||||||||||
3587 | llvm_unreachable("parser should not have allowed this")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
3588 | break; | ||||||||||
3589 | case DeclaratorContext::File: | ||||||||||
3590 | case DeclaratorContext::Member: | ||||||||||
3591 | case DeclaratorContext::Block: | ||||||||||
3592 | case DeclaratorContext::ForInit: | ||||||||||
3593 | case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit: | ||||||||||
3594 | case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral: | ||||||||||
3595 | case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr: | ||||||||||
3596 | // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: | ||||||||||
3597 | // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration unless | ||||||||||
3598 | // it appears in the type-id of an alias-declaration (7.1.3) that is not | ||||||||||
3599 | // the declaration of a template-declaration. | ||||||||||
3600 | case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl: | ||||||||||
3601 | break; | ||||||||||
3602 | case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate: | ||||||||||
3603 | DiagID = diag::err_type_defined_in_alias_template; | ||||||||||
3604 | break; | ||||||||||
3605 | case DeclaratorContext::TypeName: | ||||||||||
3606 | case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast: | ||||||||||
3607 | case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId: | ||||||||||
3608 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam: | ||||||||||
3609 | case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew: | ||||||||||
3610 | case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch: | ||||||||||
3611 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch: | ||||||||||
3612 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg: | ||||||||||
3613 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg: | ||||||||||
3614 | DiagID = diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier; | ||||||||||
3615 | break; | ||||||||||
3616 | case DeclaratorContext::Prototype: | ||||||||||
3617 | case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter: | ||||||||||
3618 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter: | ||||||||||
3619 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult: | ||||||||||
3620 | case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList: | ||||||||||
3621 | case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr: | ||||||||||
3622 | // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: | ||||||||||
3623 | // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. | ||||||||||
3624 | DiagID = diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type; | ||||||||||
3625 | break; | ||||||||||
3626 | case DeclaratorContext::Condition: | ||||||||||
3627 | // C++ 6.4p2: | ||||||||||
3628 | // The type-specifier-seq shall not contain typedef and shall not declare | ||||||||||
3629 | // a new class or enumeration. | ||||||||||
3630 | DiagID = diag::err_type_defined_in_condition; | ||||||||||
3631 | break; | ||||||||||
3632 | } | ||||||||||
3633 | |||||||||||
3634 | if (DiagID != 0) { | ||||||||||
3635 | SemaRef.Diag(OwnedTagDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) | ||||||||||
3636 | << SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedTagDecl); | ||||||||||
3637 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
3638 | } | ||||||||||
3639 | } | ||||||||||
3640 | |||||||||||
3641 | assert(!T.isNull() && "This function should not return a null type")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
3642 | return T; | ||||||||||
3643 | } | ||||||||||
3644 | |||||||||||
3645 | /// Produce an appropriate diagnostic for an ambiguity between a function | ||||||||||
3646 | /// declarator and a C++ direct-initializer. | ||||||||||
3647 | static void warnAboutAmbiguousFunction(Sema &S, Declarator &D, | ||||||||||
3648 | DeclaratorChunk &DeclType, QualType RT) { | ||||||||||
3649 | const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = DeclType.Fun; | ||||||||||
3650 | assert(FTI.isAmbiguous && "no direct-initializer / function ambiguity")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
3651 | |||||||||||
3652 | // If the return type is void there is no ambiguity. | ||||||||||
3653 | if (RT->isVoidType()) | ||||||||||
3654 | return; | ||||||||||
3655 | |||||||||||
3656 | // An initializer for a non-class type can have at most one argument. | ||||||||||
3657 | if (!RT->isRecordType() && FTI.NumParams > 1) | ||||||||||
3658 | return; | ||||||||||
3659 | |||||||||||
3660 | // An initializer for a reference must have exactly one argument. | ||||||||||
3661 | if (RT->isReferenceType() && FTI.NumParams != 1) | ||||||||||
3662 | return; | ||||||||||
3663 | |||||||||||
3664 | // Only warn if this declarator is declaring a function at block scope, and | ||||||||||
3665 | // doesn't have a storage class (such as 'extern') specified. | ||||||||||
3666 | if (!D.isFunctionDeclarator() || | ||||||||||
3667 | D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() != FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration || | ||||||||||
3668 | !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || | ||||||||||
3669 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) | ||||||||||
3670 | return; | ||||||||||
3671 | |||||||||||
3672 | // Inside a condition, a direct initializer is not permitted. We allow one to | ||||||||||
3673 | // be parsed in order to give better diagnostics in condition parsing. | ||||||||||
3674 | if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Condition) | ||||||||||
3675 | return; | ||||||||||
3676 | |||||||||||
3677 | SourceRange ParenRange(DeclType.Loc, DeclType.EndLoc); | ||||||||||
3678 | |||||||||||
3679 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, | ||||||||||
3680 | FTI.NumParams ? diag::warn_parens_disambiguated_as_function_declaration | ||||||||||
3681 | : diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) | ||||||||||
3682 | << ParenRange; | ||||||||||
3683 | |||||||||||
3684 | // If the declaration looks like: | ||||||||||
3685 | // T var1, | ||||||||||
3686 | // f(); | ||||||||||
3687 | // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was | ||||||||||
3688 | // probably intended to be a ';'. | ||||||||||
3689 | if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) { | ||||||||||
3690 | FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), S.SourceMgr); | ||||||||||
3691 | FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), S.SourceMgr); | ||||||||||
3692 | if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() || | ||||||||||
3693 | Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) { | ||||||||||
3694 | LookupResult Result(S, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||||
3695 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||||
3696 | if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) | ||||||||||
3697 | S.Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call) | ||||||||||
3698 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") | ||||||||||
3699 | << D.getIdentifier(); | ||||||||||
3700 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||||
3701 | } | ||||||||||
3702 | } | ||||||||||
3703 | |||||||||||
3704 | if (FTI.NumParams > 0) { | ||||||||||
3705 | // For a declaration with parameters, eg. "T var(T());", suggest adding | ||||||||||
3706 | // parens around the first parameter to turn the declaration into a | ||||||||||
3707 | // variable declaration. | ||||||||||
3708 | SourceRange Range = FTI.Params[0].Param->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
3709 | SourceLocation B = Range.getBegin(); | ||||||||||
3710 | SourceLocation E = S.getLocForEndOfToken(Range.getEnd()); | ||||||||||
3711 | // FIXME: Maybe we should suggest adding braces instead of parens | ||||||||||
3712 | // in C++11 for classes that don't have an initializer_list constructor. | ||||||||||
3713 | S.Diag(B, diag::note_additional_parens_for_variable_declaration) | ||||||||||
3714 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(B, "(") | ||||||||||
3715 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E, ")"); | ||||||||||
3716 | } else { | ||||||||||
3717 | // For a declaration without parameters, eg. "T var();", suggest replacing | ||||||||||
3718 | // the parens with an initializer to turn the declaration into a variable | ||||||||||
3719 | // declaration. | ||||||||||
3720 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = RT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||||||
3721 | |||||||||||
3722 | // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean | ||||||||||
3723 | // default initialization. These are equivalent if the default | ||||||||||
3724 | // constructor is user-provided or if zero-initialization is a | ||||||||||
3725 | // no-op. | ||||||||||
3726 | if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() && | ||||||||||
3727 | (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor())) | ||||||||||
3728 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor) | ||||||||||
3729 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange); | ||||||||||
3730 | else { | ||||||||||
3731 | std::string Init = | ||||||||||
3732 | S.getFixItZeroInitializerForType(RT, ParenRange.getBegin()); | ||||||||||
3733 | if (Init.empty() && S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) | ||||||||||
3734 | Init = "{}"; | ||||||||||
3735 | if (!Init.empty()) | ||||||||||
3736 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize) | ||||||||||
3737 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init); | ||||||||||
3738 | } | ||||||||||
3739 | } | ||||||||||
3740 | } | ||||||||||
3741 | |||||||||||
3742 | /// Produce an appropriate diagnostic for a declarator with top-level | ||||||||||
3743 | /// parentheses. | ||||||||||
3744 | static void warnAboutRedundantParens(Sema &S, Declarator &D, QualType T) { | ||||||||||
3745 | DeclaratorChunk &Paren = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); | ||||||||||
3746 | assert(Paren.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Paren &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
3747 | "do not have redundant top-level parentheses")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
3748 | |||||||||||
3749 | // This is a syntactic check; we're not interested in cases that arise | ||||||||||
3750 | // during template instantiation. | ||||||||||
3751 | if (S.inTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||||||||
3752 | return; | ||||||||||
3753 | |||||||||||
3754 | // Check whether this could be intended to be a construction of a temporary | ||||||||||
3755 | // object in C++ via a function-style cast. | ||||||||||
3756 | bool CouldBeTemporaryObject = | ||||||||||
3757 | S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.isExpressionContext() && | ||||||||||
3758 | !D.isInvalidType() && D.getIdentifier() && | ||||||||||
3759 | D.getDeclSpec().getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier && | ||||||||||
3760 | (T->isRecordType() || T->isDependentType()) && | ||||||||||
3761 | D.getDeclSpec().getTypeQualifiers() == 0 && D.isFirstDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
3762 | |||||||||||
3763 | bool StartsWithDeclaratorId = true; | ||||||||||
3764 | for (auto &C : D.type_objects()) { | ||||||||||
3765 | switch (C.Kind) { | ||||||||||
3766 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
3767 | if (&C == &Paren) | ||||||||||
3768 | continue; | ||||||||||
3769 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
3770 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
3771 | StartsWithDeclaratorId = false; | ||||||||||
3772 | continue; | ||||||||||
3773 | |||||||||||
3774 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
3775 | if (!C.Arr.NumElts) | ||||||||||
3776 | CouldBeTemporaryObject = false; | ||||||||||
3777 | continue; | ||||||||||
3778 | |||||||||||
3779 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
3780 | // FIXME: Suppress the warning here if there is no initializer; we're | ||||||||||
3781 | // going to give an error anyway. | ||||||||||
3782 | // We assume that something like 'T (&x) = y;' is highly likely to not | ||||||||||
3783 | // be intended to be a temporary object. | ||||||||||
3784 | CouldBeTemporaryObject = false; | ||||||||||
3785 | StartsWithDeclaratorId = false; | ||||||||||
3786 | continue; | ||||||||||
3787 | |||||||||||
3788 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
3789 | // In a new-type-id, function chunks require parentheses. | ||||||||||
3790 | if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::CXXNew) | ||||||||||
3791 | return; | ||||||||||
3792 | // FIXME: "A(f())" deserves a vexing-parse warning, not just a | ||||||||||
3793 | // redundant-parens warning, but we don't know whether the function | ||||||||||
3794 | // chunk was syntactically valid as an expression here. | ||||||||||
3795 | CouldBeTemporaryObject = false; | ||||||||||
3796 | continue; | ||||||||||
3797 | |||||||||||
3798 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
3799 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
3800 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
3801 | // These cannot appear in expressions. | ||||||||||
3802 | CouldBeTemporaryObject = false; | ||||||||||
3803 | StartsWithDeclaratorId = false; | ||||||||||
3804 | continue; | ||||||||||
3805 | } | ||||||||||
3806 | } | ||||||||||
3807 | |||||||||||
3808 | // FIXME: If there is an initializer, assume that this is not intended to be | ||||||||||
3809 | // a construction of a temporary object. | ||||||||||
3810 | |||||||||||
3811 | // Check whether the name has already been declared; if not, this is not a | ||||||||||
3812 | // function-style cast. | ||||||||||
3813 | if (CouldBeTemporaryObject) { | ||||||||||
3814 | LookupResult Result(S, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||||
3815 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||||
3816 | if (!S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) | ||||||||||
3817 | CouldBeTemporaryObject = false; | ||||||||||
3818 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||||
3819 | } | ||||||||||
3820 | |||||||||||
3821 | SourceRange ParenRange(Paren.Loc, Paren.EndLoc); | ||||||||||
3822 | |||||||||||
3823 | if (!CouldBeTemporaryObject) { | ||||||||||
3824 | // If we have A (::B), the parentheses affect the meaning of the program. | ||||||||||
3825 | // Suppress the warning in that case. Don't bother looking at the DeclSpec | ||||||||||
3826 | // here: even (e.g.) "int ::x" is visually ambiguous even though it's | ||||||||||
3827 | // formally unambiguous. | ||||||||||
3828 | if (StartsWithDeclaratorId && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isValid()) { | ||||||||||
3829 | for (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep(); NNS; | ||||||||||
3830 | NNS = NNS->getPrefix()) { | ||||||||||
3831 | if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Global) | ||||||||||
3832 | return; | ||||||||||
3833 | } | ||||||||||
3834 | } | ||||||||||
3835 | |||||||||||
3836 | S.Diag(Paren.Loc, diag::warn_redundant_parens_around_declarator) | ||||||||||
3837 | << ParenRange << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Paren.Loc) | ||||||||||
3838 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Paren.EndLoc); | ||||||||||
3839 | return; | ||||||||||
3840 | } | ||||||||||
3841 | |||||||||||
3842 | S.Diag(Paren.Loc, diag::warn_parens_disambiguated_as_variable_declaration) | ||||||||||
3843 | << ParenRange << D.getIdentifier(); | ||||||||||
3844 | auto *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||||||||
3845 | if (!RD || !RD->hasDefinition() || RD->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) | ||||||||||
3846 | S.Diag(Paren.Loc, diag::note_raii_guard_add_name) | ||||||||||
3847 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Paren.Loc, " varname") << T | ||||||||||
3848 | << D.getIdentifier(); | ||||||||||
3849 | // FIXME: A cast to void is probably a better suggestion in cases where it's | ||||||||||
3850 | // valid (when there is no initializer and we're not in a condition). | ||||||||||
3851 | S.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::note_function_style_cast_add_parentheses) | ||||||||||
3852 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getBeginLoc(), "(") | ||||||||||
3853 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(D.getEndLoc()), ")"); | ||||||||||
3854 | S.Diag(Paren.Loc, diag::note_remove_parens_for_variable_declaration) | ||||||||||
3855 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Paren.Loc) | ||||||||||
3856 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Paren.EndLoc); | ||||||||||
3857 | } | ||||||||||
3858 | |||||||||||
3859 | /// Helper for figuring out the default CC for a function declarator type. If | ||||||||||
3860 | /// this is the outermost chunk, then we can determine the CC from the | ||||||||||
3861 | /// declarator context. If not, then this could be either a member function | ||||||||||
3862 | /// type or normal function type. | ||||||||||
3863 | static CallingConv getCCForDeclaratorChunk( | ||||||||||
3864 | Sema &S, Declarator &D, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, | ||||||||||
3865 | const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI, unsigned ChunkIndex) { | ||||||||||
3866 | assert(D.getTypeObject(ChunkIndex).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
3867 | |||||||||||
3868 | // Check for an explicit CC attribute. | ||||||||||
3869 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : AttrList) { | ||||||||||
3870 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||||||||
3871 | CALLING_CONV_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr ::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI : case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr ::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr ::AT_PreserveAll : { | ||||||||||
3872 | // Ignore attributes that don't validate or can't apply to the | ||||||||||
3873 | // function type. We'll diagnose the failure to apply them in | ||||||||||
3874 | // handleFunctionTypeAttr. | ||||||||||
3875 | CallingConv CC; | ||||||||||
3876 | if (!S.CheckCallingConvAttr(AL, CC) && | ||||||||||
3877 | (!FTI.isVariadic || supportsVariadicCall(CC))) { | ||||||||||
3878 | return CC; | ||||||||||
3879 | } | ||||||||||
3880 | break; | ||||||||||
3881 | } | ||||||||||
3882 | |||||||||||
3883 | default: | ||||||||||
3884 | break; | ||||||||||
3885 | } | ||||||||||
3886 | } | ||||||||||
3887 | |||||||||||
3888 | bool IsCXXInstanceMethod = false; | ||||||||||
3889 | |||||||||||
3890 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||||
3891 | // Look inwards through parentheses to see if this chunk will form a | ||||||||||
3892 | // member pointer type or if we're the declarator. Any type attributes | ||||||||||
3893 | // between here and there will override the CC we choose here. | ||||||||||
3894 | unsigned I = ChunkIndex; | ||||||||||
3895 | bool FoundNonParen = false; | ||||||||||
3896 | while (I && !FoundNonParen) { | ||||||||||
3897 | --I; | ||||||||||
3898 | if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren) | ||||||||||
3899 | FoundNonParen = true; | ||||||||||
3900 | } | ||||||||||
3901 | |||||||||||
3902 | if (FoundNonParen) { | ||||||||||
3903 | // If we're not the declarator, we're a regular function type unless we're | ||||||||||
3904 | // in a member pointer. | ||||||||||
3905 | IsCXXInstanceMethod = | ||||||||||
3906 | D.getTypeObject(I).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer; | ||||||||||
3907 | } else if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr) { | ||||||||||
3908 | // This can only be a call operator for a lambda, which is an instance | ||||||||||
3909 | // method. | ||||||||||
3910 | IsCXXInstanceMethod = true; | ||||||||||
3911 | } else { | ||||||||||
3912 | // We're the innermost decl chunk, so must be a function declarator. | ||||||||||
3913 | assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
3914 | |||||||||||
3915 | // If we're inside a record, we're declaring a method, but it could be | ||||||||||
3916 | // explicitly or implicitly static. | ||||||||||
3917 | IsCXXInstanceMethod = | ||||||||||
3918 | D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember() && | ||||||||||
3919 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && | ||||||||||
3920 | !D.isStaticMember(); | ||||||||||
3921 | } | ||||||||||
3922 | } | ||||||||||
3923 | |||||||||||
3924 | CallingConv CC = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(FTI.isVariadic, | ||||||||||
3925 | IsCXXInstanceMethod); | ||||||||||
3926 | |||||||||||
3927 | // Attribute AT_OpenCLKernel affects the calling convention for SPIR | ||||||||||
3928 | // and AMDGPU targets, hence it cannot be treated as a calling | ||||||||||
3929 | // convention attribute. This is the simplest place to infer | ||||||||||
3930 | // calling convention for OpenCL kernels. | ||||||||||
3931 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
3932 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : D.getDeclSpec().getAttributes()) { | ||||||||||
3933 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLKernel) { | ||||||||||
3934 | CC = CC_OpenCLKernel; | ||||||||||
3935 | break; | ||||||||||
3936 | } | ||||||||||
3937 | } | ||||||||||
3938 | } | ||||||||||
3939 | |||||||||||
3940 | return CC; | ||||||||||
3941 | } | ||||||||||
3942 | |||||||||||
3943 | namespace { | ||||||||||
3944 | /// A simple notion of pointer kinds, which matches up with the various | ||||||||||
3945 | /// pointer declarators. | ||||||||||
3946 | enum class SimplePointerKind { | ||||||||||
3947 | Pointer, | ||||||||||
3948 | BlockPointer, | ||||||||||
3949 | MemberPointer, | ||||||||||
3950 | Array, | ||||||||||
3951 | }; | ||||||||||
3952 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||||
3953 | |||||||||||
3954 | IdentifierInfo *Sema::getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability) { | ||||||||||
3955 | switch (nullability) { | ||||||||||
3956 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: | ||||||||||
3957 | if (!Ident__Nonnull) | ||||||||||
3958 | Ident__Nonnull = PP.getIdentifierInfo("_Nonnull"); | ||||||||||
3959 | return Ident__Nonnull; | ||||||||||
3960 | |||||||||||
3961 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: | ||||||||||
3962 | if (!Ident__Nullable) | ||||||||||
3963 | Ident__Nullable = PP.getIdentifierInfo("_Nullable"); | ||||||||||
3964 | return Ident__Nullable; | ||||||||||
3965 | |||||||||||
3966 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: | ||||||||||
3967 | if (!Ident__Nullable_result) | ||||||||||
3968 | Ident__Nullable_result = PP.getIdentifierInfo("_Nullable_result"); | ||||||||||
3969 | return Ident__Nullable_result; | ||||||||||
3970 | |||||||||||
3971 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: | ||||||||||
3972 | if (!Ident__Null_unspecified) | ||||||||||
3973 | Ident__Null_unspecified = PP.getIdentifierInfo("_Null_unspecified"); | ||||||||||
3974 | return Ident__Null_unspecified; | ||||||||||
3975 | } | ||||||||||
3976 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
3977 | } | ||||||||||
3978 | |||||||||||
3979 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". | ||||||||||
3980 | IdentifierInfo *Sema::getNSErrorIdent() { | ||||||||||
3981 | if (!Ident_NSError) | ||||||||||
3982 | Ident_NSError = PP.getIdentifierInfo("NSError"); | ||||||||||
3983 | |||||||||||
3984 | return Ident_NSError; | ||||||||||
3985 | } | ||||||||||
3986 | |||||||||||
3987 | /// Check whether there is a nullability attribute of any kind in the given | ||||||||||
3988 | /// attribute list. | ||||||||||
3989 | static bool hasNullabilityAttr(const ParsedAttributesView &attrs) { | ||||||||||
3990 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : attrs) { | ||||||||||
3991 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull || | ||||||||||
3992 | AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable || | ||||||||||
3993 | AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult || | ||||||||||
3994 | AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified) | ||||||||||
3995 | return true; | ||||||||||
3996 | } | ||||||||||
3997 | |||||||||||
3998 | return false; | ||||||||||
3999 | } | ||||||||||
4000 | |||||||||||
4001 | namespace { | ||||||||||
4002 | /// Describes the kind of a pointer a declarator describes. | ||||||||||
4003 | enum class PointerDeclaratorKind { | ||||||||||
4004 | // Not a pointer. | ||||||||||
4005 | NonPointer, | ||||||||||
4006 | // Single-level pointer. | ||||||||||
4007 | SingleLevelPointer, | ||||||||||
4008 | // Multi-level pointer (of any pointer kind). | ||||||||||
4009 | MultiLevelPointer, | ||||||||||
4010 | // CFFooRef* | ||||||||||
4011 | MaybePointerToCFRef, | ||||||||||
4012 | // CFErrorRef* | ||||||||||
4013 | CFErrorRefPointer, | ||||||||||
4014 | // NSError** | ||||||||||
4015 | NSErrorPointerPointer, | ||||||||||
4016 | }; | ||||||||||
4017 | |||||||||||
4018 | /// Describes a declarator chunk wrapping a pointer that marks inference as | ||||||||||
4019 | /// unexpected. | ||||||||||
4020 | // These values must be kept in sync with diagnostics. | ||||||||||
4021 | enum class PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind { | ||||||||||
4022 | /// Pointer is top-level. | ||||||||||
4023 | None = -1, | ||||||||||
4024 | /// Pointer is an array element. | ||||||||||
4025 | Array = 0, | ||||||||||
4026 | /// Pointer is the referent type of a C++ reference. | ||||||||||
4027 | Reference = 1 | ||||||||||
4028 | }; | ||||||||||
4029 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||||
4030 | |||||||||||
4031 | /// Classify the given declarator, whose type-specified is \c type, based on | ||||||||||
4032 | /// what kind of pointer it refers to. | ||||||||||
4033 | /// | ||||||||||
4034 | /// This is used to determine the default nullability. | ||||||||||
4035 | static PointerDeclaratorKind | ||||||||||
4036 | classifyPointerDeclarator(Sema &S, QualType type, Declarator &declarator, | ||||||||||
4037 | PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind &wrappingKind) { | ||||||||||
4038 | unsigned numNormalPointers = 0; | ||||||||||
4039 | |||||||||||
4040 | // For any dependent type, we consider it a non-pointer. | ||||||||||
4041 | if (type->isDependentType()) | ||||||||||
4042 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::NonPointer; | ||||||||||
4043 | |||||||||||
4044 | // Look through the declarator chunks to identify pointers. | ||||||||||
4045 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = declarator.getNumTypeObjects(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||||||||
4046 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i); | ||||||||||
4047 | switch (chunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
4048 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
4049 | if (numNormalPointers == 0) | ||||||||||
4050 | wrappingKind = PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::Array; | ||||||||||
4051 | break; | ||||||||||
4052 | |||||||||||
4053 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
4054 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
4055 | break; | ||||||||||
4056 | |||||||||||
4057 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
4058 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
4059 | return numNormalPointers > 0 ? PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer | ||||||||||
4060 | : PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer; | ||||||||||
4061 | |||||||||||
4062 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
4063 | break; | ||||||||||
4064 | |||||||||||
4065 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
4066 | if (numNormalPointers == 0) | ||||||||||
4067 | wrappingKind = PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::Reference; | ||||||||||
4068 | break; | ||||||||||
4069 | |||||||||||
4070 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
4071 | ++numNormalPointers; | ||||||||||
4072 | if (numNormalPointers > 2) | ||||||||||
4073 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer; | ||||||||||
4074 | break; | ||||||||||
4075 | } | ||||||||||
4076 | } | ||||||||||
4077 | |||||||||||
4078 | // Then, dig into the type specifier itself. | ||||||||||
4079 | unsigned numTypeSpecifierPointers = 0; | ||||||||||
4080 | do { | ||||||||||
4081 | // Decompose normal pointers. | ||||||||||
4082 | if (auto ptrType = type->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||||
4083 | ++numNormalPointers; | ||||||||||
4084 | |||||||||||
4085 | if (numNormalPointers > 2) | ||||||||||
4086 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer; | ||||||||||
4087 | |||||||||||
4088 | type = ptrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||||
4089 | ++numTypeSpecifierPointers; | ||||||||||
4090 | continue; | ||||||||||
4091 | } | ||||||||||
4092 | |||||||||||
4093 | // Decompose block pointers. | ||||||||||
4094 | if (type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||||||
4095 | return numNormalPointers > 0 ? PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer | ||||||||||
4096 | : PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer; | ||||||||||
4097 | } | ||||||||||
4098 | |||||||||||
4099 | // Decompose member pointers. | ||||||||||
4100 | if (type->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) { | ||||||||||
4101 | return numNormalPointers > 0 ? PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer | ||||||||||
4102 | : PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer; | ||||||||||
4103 | } | ||||||||||
4104 | |||||||||||
4105 | // Look at Objective-C object pointers. | ||||||||||
4106 | if (auto objcObjectPtr = type->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||||
4107 | ++numNormalPointers; | ||||||||||
4108 | ++numTypeSpecifierPointers; | ||||||||||
4109 | |||||||||||
4110 | // If this is NSError**, report that. | ||||||||||
4111 | if (auto objcClassDecl = objcObjectPtr->getInterfaceDecl()) { | ||||||||||
4112 | if (objcClassDecl->getIdentifier() == S.getNSErrorIdent() && | ||||||||||
4113 | numNormalPointers == 2 && numTypeSpecifierPointers < 2) { | ||||||||||
4114 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::NSErrorPointerPointer; | ||||||||||
4115 | } | ||||||||||
4116 | } | ||||||||||
4117 | |||||||||||
4118 | break; | ||||||||||
4119 | } | ||||||||||
4120 | |||||||||||
4121 | // Look at Objective-C class types. | ||||||||||
4122 | if (auto objcClass = type->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { | ||||||||||
4123 | if (objcClass->getInterface()->getIdentifier() == S.getNSErrorIdent()) { | ||||||||||
4124 | if (numNormalPointers == 2 && numTypeSpecifierPointers < 2) | ||||||||||
4125 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::NSErrorPointerPointer; | ||||||||||
4126 | } | ||||||||||
4127 | |||||||||||
4128 | break; | ||||||||||
4129 | } | ||||||||||
4130 | |||||||||||
4131 | // If at this point we haven't seen a pointer, we won't see one. | ||||||||||
4132 | if (numNormalPointers == 0) | ||||||||||
4133 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::NonPointer; | ||||||||||
4134 | |||||||||||
4135 | if (auto recordType = type->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||||
4136 | RecordDecl *recordDecl = recordType->getDecl(); | ||||||||||
4137 | |||||||||||
4138 | // If this is CFErrorRef*, report it as such. | ||||||||||
4139 | if (numNormalPointers == 2 && numTypeSpecifierPointers < 2 && | ||||||||||
4140 | S.isCFError(recordDecl)) { | ||||||||||
4141 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::CFErrorRefPointer; | ||||||||||
4142 | } | ||||||||||
4143 | break; | ||||||||||
4144 | } | ||||||||||
4145 | |||||||||||
4146 | break; | ||||||||||
4147 | } while (true); | ||||||||||
4148 | |||||||||||
4149 | switch (numNormalPointers) { | ||||||||||
4150 | case 0: | ||||||||||
4151 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::NonPointer; | ||||||||||
4152 | |||||||||||
4153 | case 1: | ||||||||||
4154 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer; | ||||||||||
4155 | |||||||||||
4156 | case 2: | ||||||||||
4157 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::MaybePointerToCFRef; | ||||||||||
4158 | |||||||||||
4159 | default: | ||||||||||
4160 | return PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer; | ||||||||||
4161 | } | ||||||||||
4162 | } | ||||||||||
4163 | |||||||||||
4164 | bool Sema::isCFError(RecordDecl *RD) { | ||||||||||
4165 | // If we already know about CFError, test it directly. | ||||||||||
4166 | if (CFError) | ||||||||||
4167 | return CFError == RD; | ||||||||||
4168 | |||||||||||
4169 | // Check whether this is CFError, which we identify based on its bridge to | ||||||||||
4170 | // NSError. CFErrorRef used to be declared with "objc_bridge" but is now | ||||||||||
4171 | // declared with "objc_bridge_mutable", so look for either one of the two | ||||||||||
4172 | // attributes. | ||||||||||
4173 | if (RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct) { | ||||||||||
4174 | IdentifierInfo *bridgedType = nullptr; | ||||||||||
4175 | if (auto bridgeAttr = RD->getAttr<ObjCBridgeAttr>()) | ||||||||||
4176 | bridgedType = bridgeAttr->getBridgedType(); | ||||||||||
4177 | else if (auto bridgeAttr = RD->getAttr<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>()) | ||||||||||
4178 | bridgedType = bridgeAttr->getBridgedType(); | ||||||||||
4179 | |||||||||||
4180 | if (bridgedType == getNSErrorIdent()) { | ||||||||||
4181 | CFError = RD; | ||||||||||
4182 | return true; | ||||||||||
4183 | } | ||||||||||
4184 | } | ||||||||||
4185 | |||||||||||
4186 | return false; | ||||||||||
4187 | } | ||||||||||
4188 | |||||||||||
4189 | static FileID getNullabilityCompletenessCheckFileID(Sema &S, | ||||||||||
4190 | SourceLocation loc) { | ||||||||||
4191 | // If we're anywhere in a function, method, or closure context, don't perform | ||||||||||
4192 | // completeness checks. | ||||||||||
4193 | for (DeclContext *ctx = S.CurContext; ctx; ctx = ctx->getParent()) { | ||||||||||
4194 | if (ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) | ||||||||||
4195 | return FileID(); | ||||||||||
4196 | |||||||||||
4197 | if (ctx->isFileContext()) | ||||||||||
4198 | break; | ||||||||||
4199 | } | ||||||||||
4200 | |||||||||||
4201 | // We only care about the expansion location. | ||||||||||
4202 | loc = S.SourceMgr.getExpansionLoc(loc); | ||||||||||
4203 | FileID file = S.SourceMgr.getFileID(loc); | ||||||||||
4204 | if (file.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
4205 | return FileID(); | ||||||||||
4206 | |||||||||||
4207 | // Retrieve file information. | ||||||||||
4208 | bool invalid = false; | ||||||||||
4209 | const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &sloc = S.SourceMgr.getSLocEntry(file, &invalid); | ||||||||||
4210 | if (invalid || !sloc.isFile()) | ||||||||||
4211 | return FileID(); | ||||||||||
4212 | |||||||||||
4213 | // We don't want to perform completeness checks on the main file or in | ||||||||||
4214 | // system headers. | ||||||||||
4215 | const SrcMgr::FileInfo &fileInfo = sloc.getFile(); | ||||||||||
4216 | if (fileInfo.getIncludeLoc().isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
4217 | return FileID(); | ||||||||||
4218 | if (fileInfo.getFileCharacteristic() != SrcMgr::C_User && | ||||||||||
4219 | S.Diags.getSuppressSystemWarnings()) { | ||||||||||
4220 | return FileID(); | ||||||||||
4221 | } | ||||||||||
4222 | |||||||||||
4223 | return file; | ||||||||||
4224 | } | ||||||||||
4225 | |||||||||||
4226 | /// Creates a fix-it to insert a C-style nullability keyword at \p pointerLoc, | ||||||||||
4227 | /// taking into account whitespace before and after. | ||||||||||
4228 | template <typename DiagBuilderT> | ||||||||||
4229 | static void fixItNullability(Sema &S, DiagBuilderT &Diag, | ||||||||||
4230 | SourceLocation PointerLoc, | ||||||||||
4231 | NullabilityKind Nullability) { | ||||||||||
4232 | assert(PointerLoc.isValid())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
4233 | if (PointerLoc.isMacroID()) | ||||||||||
4234 | return; | ||||||||||
4235 | |||||||||||
4236 | SourceLocation FixItLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(PointerLoc); | ||||||||||
4237 | if (!FixItLoc.isValid() || FixItLoc == PointerLoc) | ||||||||||
4238 | return; | ||||||||||
4239 | |||||||||||
4240 | const char *NextChar = S.SourceMgr.getCharacterData(FixItLoc); | ||||||||||
4241 | if (!NextChar) | ||||||||||
4242 | return; | ||||||||||
4243 | |||||||||||
4244 | SmallString<32> InsertionTextBuf{" "}; | ||||||||||
4245 | InsertionTextBuf += getNullabilitySpelling(Nullability); | ||||||||||
4246 | InsertionTextBuf += " "; | ||||||||||
4247 | StringRef InsertionText = InsertionTextBuf.str(); | ||||||||||
4248 | |||||||||||
4249 | if (isWhitespace(*NextChar)) { | ||||||||||
4250 | InsertionText = InsertionText.drop_back(); | ||||||||||
4251 | } else if (NextChar[-1] == '[') { | ||||||||||
4252 | if (NextChar[0] == ']') | ||||||||||
4253 | InsertionText = InsertionText.drop_back().drop_front(); | ||||||||||
4254 | else | ||||||||||
4255 | InsertionText = InsertionText.drop_front(); | ||||||||||
4256 | } else if (!isIdentifierBody(NextChar[0], /*allow dollar*/true) && | ||||||||||
4257 | !isIdentifierBody(NextChar[-1], /*allow dollar*/true)) { | ||||||||||
4258 | InsertionText = InsertionText.drop_back().drop_front(); | ||||||||||
4259 | } | ||||||||||
4260 | |||||||||||
4261 | Diag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixItLoc, InsertionText); | ||||||||||
4262 | } | ||||||||||
4263 | |||||||||||
4264 | static void emitNullabilityConsistencyWarning(Sema &S, | ||||||||||
4265 | SimplePointerKind PointerKind, | ||||||||||
4266 | SourceLocation PointerLoc, | ||||||||||
4267 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc) { | ||||||||||
4268 | assert(PointerLoc.isValid())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
4269 | |||||||||||
4270 | if (PointerKind == SimplePointerKind::Array) { | ||||||||||
4271 | S.Diag(PointerLoc, diag::warn_nullability_missing_array); | ||||||||||
4272 | } else { | ||||||||||
4273 | S.Diag(PointerLoc, diag::warn_nullability_missing) | ||||||||||
4274 | << static_cast<unsigned>(PointerKind); | ||||||||||
4275 | } | ||||||||||
4276 | |||||||||||
4277 | auto FixItLoc = PointerEndLoc.isValid() ? PointerEndLoc : PointerLoc; | ||||||||||
4278 | if (FixItLoc.isMacroID()) | ||||||||||
4279 | return; | ||||||||||
4280 | |||||||||||
4281 | auto addFixIt = [&](NullabilityKind Nullability) { | ||||||||||
4282 | auto Diag = S.Diag(FixItLoc, diag::note_nullability_fix_it); | ||||||||||
4283 | Diag << static_cast<unsigned>(Nullability); | ||||||||||
4284 | Diag << static_cast<unsigned>(PointerKind); | ||||||||||
4285 | fixItNullability(S, Diag, FixItLoc, Nullability); | ||||||||||
4286 | }; | ||||||||||
4287 | addFixIt(NullabilityKind::Nullable); | ||||||||||
4288 | addFixIt(NullabilityKind::NonNull); | ||||||||||
4289 | } | ||||||||||
4290 | |||||||||||
4291 | /// Complains about missing nullability if the file containing \p pointerLoc | ||||||||||
4292 | /// has other uses of nullability (either the keywords or the \c assume_nonnull | ||||||||||
4293 | /// pragma). | ||||||||||
4294 | /// | ||||||||||
4295 | /// If the file has \e not seen other uses of nullability, this particular | ||||||||||
4296 | /// pointer is saved for possible later diagnosis. See recordNullabilitySeen(). | ||||||||||
4297 | static void | ||||||||||
4298 | checkNullabilityConsistency(Sema &S, SimplePointerKind pointerKind, | ||||||||||
4299 | SourceLocation pointerLoc, | ||||||||||
4300 | SourceLocation pointerEndLoc = SourceLocation()) { | ||||||||||
4301 | // Determine which file we're performing consistency checking for. | ||||||||||
4302 | FileID file = getNullabilityCompletenessCheckFileID(S, pointerLoc); | ||||||||||
4303 | if (file.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
4304 | return; | ||||||||||
4305 | |||||||||||
4306 | // If we haven't seen any type nullability in this file, we won't warn now | ||||||||||
4307 | // about anything. | ||||||||||
4308 | FileNullability &fileNullability = S.NullabilityMap[file]; | ||||||||||
4309 | if (!fileNullability.SawTypeNullability) { | ||||||||||
4310 | // If this is the first pointer declarator in the file, and the appropriate | ||||||||||
4311 | // warning is on, record it in case we need to diagnose it retroactively. | ||||||||||
4312 | diag::kind diagKind; | ||||||||||
4313 | if (pointerKind == SimplePointerKind::Array) | ||||||||||
4314 | diagKind = diag::warn_nullability_missing_array; | ||||||||||
4315 | else | ||||||||||
4316 | diagKind = diag::warn_nullability_missing; | ||||||||||
4317 | |||||||||||
4318 | if (fileNullability.PointerLoc.isInvalid() && | ||||||||||
4319 | !S.Context.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diagKind, pointerLoc)) { | ||||||||||
4320 | fileNullability.PointerLoc = pointerLoc; | ||||||||||
4321 | fileNullability.PointerEndLoc = pointerEndLoc; | ||||||||||
4322 | fileNullability.PointerKind = static_cast<unsigned>(pointerKind); | ||||||||||
4323 | } | ||||||||||
4324 | |||||||||||
4325 | return; | ||||||||||
4326 | } | ||||||||||
4327 | |||||||||||
4328 | // Complain about missing nullability. | ||||||||||
4329 | emitNullabilityConsistencyWarning(S, pointerKind, pointerLoc, pointerEndLoc); | ||||||||||
4330 | } | ||||||||||
4331 | |||||||||||
4332 | /// Marks that a nullability feature has been used in the file containing | ||||||||||
4333 | /// \p loc. | ||||||||||
4334 | /// | ||||||||||
4335 | /// If this file already had pointer types in it that were missing nullability, | ||||||||||
4336 | /// the first such instance is retroactively diagnosed. | ||||||||||
4337 | /// | ||||||||||
4338 | /// \sa checkNullabilityConsistency | ||||||||||
4339 | static void recordNullabilitySeen(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc) { | ||||||||||
4340 | FileID file = getNullabilityCompletenessCheckFileID(S, loc); | ||||||||||
4341 | if (file.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
4342 | return; | ||||||||||
4343 | |||||||||||
4344 | FileNullability &fileNullability = S.NullabilityMap[file]; | ||||||||||
4345 | if (fileNullability.SawTypeNullability) | ||||||||||
4346 | return; | ||||||||||
4347 | fileNullability.SawTypeNullability = true; | ||||||||||
4348 | |||||||||||
4349 | // If we haven't seen any type nullability before, now we have. Retroactively | ||||||||||
4350 | // diagnose the first unannotated pointer, if there was one. | ||||||||||
4351 | if (fileNullability.PointerLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
4352 | return; | ||||||||||
4353 | |||||||||||
4354 | auto kind = static_cast<SimplePointerKind>(fileNullability.PointerKind); | ||||||||||
4355 | emitNullabilityConsistencyWarning(S, kind, fileNullability.PointerLoc, | ||||||||||
4356 | fileNullability.PointerEndLoc); | ||||||||||
4357 | } | ||||||||||
4358 | |||||||||||
4359 | /// Returns true if any of the declarator chunks before \p endIndex include a | ||||||||||
4360 | /// level of indirection: array, pointer, reference, or pointer-to-member. | ||||||||||
4361 | /// | ||||||||||
4362 | /// Because declarator chunks are stored in outer-to-inner order, testing | ||||||||||
4363 | /// every chunk before \p endIndex is testing all chunks that embed the current | ||||||||||
4364 | /// chunk as part of their type. | ||||||||||
4365 | /// | ||||||||||
4366 | /// It is legal to pass the result of Declarator::getNumTypeObjects() as the | ||||||||||
4367 | /// end index, in which case all chunks are tested. | ||||||||||
4368 | static bool hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(const Declarator &D, unsigned endIndex) { | ||||||||||
4369 | unsigned i = endIndex; | ||||||||||
4370 | while (i != 0) { | ||||||||||
4371 | // Walk outwards along the declarator chunks. | ||||||||||
4372 | --i; | ||||||||||
4373 | const DeclaratorChunk &DC = D.getTypeObject(i); | ||||||||||
4374 | switch (DC.Kind) { | ||||||||||
4375 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
4376 | break; | ||||||||||
4377 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
4378 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
4379 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
4380 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
4381 | return true; | ||||||||||
4382 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
4383 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
4384 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
4385 | // These are invalid anyway, so just ignore. | ||||||||||
4386 | break; | ||||||||||
4387 | } | ||||||||||
4388 | } | ||||||||||
4389 | return false; | ||||||||||
4390 | } | ||||||||||
4391 | |||||||||||
4392 | static bool IsNoDerefableChunk(DeclaratorChunk Chunk) { | ||||||||||
4393 | return (Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer || | ||||||||||
4394 | Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array); | ||||||||||
4395 | } | ||||||||||
4396 | |||||||||||
4397 | template<typename AttrT> | ||||||||||
4398 | static AttrT *createSimpleAttr(ASTContext &Ctx, ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||||||||
4399 | AL.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
4400 | return ::new (Ctx) AttrT(Ctx, AL); | ||||||||||
4401 | } | ||||||||||
4402 | |||||||||||
4403 | static Attr *createNullabilityAttr(ASTContext &Ctx, ParsedAttr &Attr, | ||||||||||
4404 | NullabilityKind NK) { | ||||||||||
4405 | switch (NK) { | ||||||||||
4406 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: | ||||||||||
4407 | return createSimpleAttr<TypeNonNullAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
4408 | |||||||||||
4409 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: | ||||||||||
4410 | return createSimpleAttr<TypeNullableAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
4411 | |||||||||||
4412 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: | ||||||||||
4413 | return createSimpleAttr<TypeNullableResultAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
4414 | |||||||||||
4415 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: | ||||||||||
4416 | return createSimpleAttr<TypeNullUnspecifiedAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
4417 | } | ||||||||||
4418 | llvm_unreachable("unknown NullabilityKind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
4419 | } | ||||||||||
4420 | |||||||||||
4421 | // Diagnose whether this is a case with the multiple addr spaces. | ||||||||||
4422 | // Returns true if this is an invalid case. | ||||||||||
4423 | // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.3 (amending C99 6.7.3): "No type shall be qualified | ||||||||||
4424 | // by qualifiers for two or more different address spaces." | ||||||||||
4425 | static bool DiagnoseMultipleAddrSpaceAttributes(Sema &S, LangAS ASOld, | ||||||||||
4426 | LangAS ASNew, | ||||||||||
4427 | SourceLocation AttrLoc) { | ||||||||||
4428 | if (ASOld != LangAS::Default) { | ||||||||||
4429 | if (ASOld != ASNew) { | ||||||||||
4430 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_address_multiple_qualifiers); | ||||||||||
4431 | return true; | ||||||||||
4432 | } | ||||||||||
4433 | // Emit a warning if they are identical; it's likely unintended. | ||||||||||
4434 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, | ||||||||||
4435 | diag::warn_attribute_address_multiple_identical_qualifiers); | ||||||||||
4436 | } | ||||||||||
4437 | return false; | ||||||||||
4438 | } | ||||||||||
4439 | |||||||||||
4440 | static TypeSourceInfo *GetFullTypeForDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
4441 | QualType declSpecType, | ||||||||||
4442 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { | ||||||||||
4443 | // The TypeSourceInfo that this function returns will not be a null type. | ||||||||||
4444 | // If there is an error, this function will fill in a dummy type as fallback. | ||||||||||
4445 | QualType T = declSpecType; | ||||||||||
4446 | Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
4447 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
4448 | ASTContext &Context = S.Context; | ||||||||||
4449 | const LangOptions &LangOpts = S.getLangOpts(); | ||||||||||
4450 | |||||||||||
4451 | // The name we're declaring, if any. | ||||||||||
4452 | DeclarationName Name; | ||||||||||
4453 | if (D.getIdentifier()) | ||||||||||
4454 | Name = D.getIdentifier(); | ||||||||||
4455 | |||||||||||
4456 | // Does this declaration declare a typedef-name? | ||||||||||
4457 | bool IsTypedefName = | ||||||||||
4458 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef || | ||||||||||
| |||||||||||
4459 | D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl || | ||||||||||
4460 | D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate; | ||||||||||
4461 | |||||||||||
4462 | // Does T refer to a function type with a cv-qualifier or a ref-qualifier? | ||||||||||
4463 | bool IsQualifiedFunction = T->isFunctionProtoType() && | ||||||||||
4464 | (!T->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getMethodQuals().empty() || | ||||||||||
4465 | T->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getRefQualifier() != RQ_None); | ||||||||||
4466 | |||||||||||
4467 | // If T is 'decltype(auto)', the only declarators we can have are parens | ||||||||||
4468 | // and at most one function declarator if this is a function declaration. | ||||||||||
4469 | // If T is a deduced class template specialization type, we can have no | ||||||||||
4470 | // declarator chunks at all. | ||||||||||
4471 | if (auto *DT
| ||||||||||
4472 | const AutoType *AT = T->getAs<AutoType>(); | ||||||||||
4473 | bool IsClassTemplateDeduction = isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(DT); | ||||||||||
4474 | if ((AT && AT->isDecltypeAuto()) || IsClassTemplateDeduction) { | ||||||||||
4475 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||||
4476 | unsigned Index = E - I - 1; | ||||||||||
4477 | DeclaratorChunk &DeclChunk = D.getTypeObject(Index); | ||||||||||
4478 | unsigned DiagId = IsClassTemplateDeduction | ||||||||||
4479 | ? diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type | ||||||||||
4480 | : diag::err_decltype_auto_compound_type; | ||||||||||
4481 | unsigned DiagKind = 0; | ||||||||||
4482 | switch (DeclChunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
4483 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
4484 | // FIXME: Rejecting this is a little silly. | ||||||||||
4485 | if (IsClassTemplateDeduction) { | ||||||||||
4486 | DiagKind = 4; | ||||||||||
4487 | break; | ||||||||||
4488 | } | ||||||||||
4489 | continue; | ||||||||||
4490 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: { | ||||||||||
4491 | if (IsClassTemplateDeduction) { | ||||||||||
4492 | DiagKind = 3; | ||||||||||
4493 | break; | ||||||||||
4494 | } | ||||||||||
4495 | unsigned FnIndex; | ||||||||||
4496 | if (D.isFunctionDeclarationContext() && | ||||||||||
4497 | D.isFunctionDeclarator(FnIndex) && FnIndex == Index) | ||||||||||
4498 | continue; | ||||||||||
4499 | DiagId = diag::err_decltype_auto_function_declarator_not_declaration; | ||||||||||
4500 | break; | ||||||||||
4501 | } | ||||||||||
4502 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
4503 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
4504 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
4505 | DiagKind = 0; | ||||||||||
4506 | break; | ||||||||||
4507 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
4508 | DiagKind = 1; | ||||||||||
4509 | break; | ||||||||||
4510 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
4511 | DiagKind = 2; | ||||||||||
4512 | break; | ||||||||||
4513 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
4514 | break; | ||||||||||
4515 | } | ||||||||||
4516 | |||||||||||
4517 | S.Diag(DeclChunk.Loc, DiagId) << DiagKind; | ||||||||||
4518 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
4519 | break; | ||||||||||
4520 | } | ||||||||||
4521 | } | ||||||||||
4522 | } | ||||||||||
4523 | |||||||||||
4524 | // Determine whether we should infer _Nonnull on pointer types. | ||||||||||
4525 | Optional<NullabilityKind> inferNullability; | ||||||||||
4526 | bool inferNullabilityCS = false; | ||||||||||
4527 | bool inferNullabilityInnerOnly = false; | ||||||||||
4528 | bool inferNullabilityInnerOnlyComplete = false; | ||||||||||
4529 | |||||||||||
4530 | // Are we in an assume-nonnull region? | ||||||||||
4531 | bool inAssumeNonNullRegion = false; | ||||||||||
4532 | SourceLocation assumeNonNullLoc = S.PP.getPragmaAssumeNonNullLoc(); | ||||||||||
4533 | if (assumeNonNullLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||||
4534 | inAssumeNonNullRegion = true; | ||||||||||
4535 | recordNullabilitySeen(S, assumeNonNullLoc); | ||||||||||
4536 | } | ||||||||||
4537 | |||||||||||
4538 | // Whether to complain about missing nullability specifiers or not. | ||||||||||
4539 | enum { | ||||||||||
4540 | /// Never complain. | ||||||||||
4541 | CAMN_No, | ||||||||||
4542 | /// Complain on the inner pointers (but not the outermost | ||||||||||
4543 | /// pointer). | ||||||||||
4544 | CAMN_InnerPointers, | ||||||||||
4545 | /// Complain about any pointers that don't have nullability | ||||||||||
4546 | /// specified or inferred. | ||||||||||
4547 | CAMN_Yes | ||||||||||
4548 | } complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_No; | ||||||||||
4549 | unsigned NumPointersRemaining = 0; | ||||||||||
4550 | auto complainAboutInferringWithinChunk = PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::None; | ||||||||||
4551 | |||||||||||
4552 | if (IsTypedefName
| ||||||||||
4553 | // For typedefs, we do not infer any nullability (the default), | ||||||||||
4554 | // and we only complain about missing nullability specifiers on | ||||||||||
4555 | // inner pointers. | ||||||||||
4556 | complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_InnerPointers; | ||||||||||
4557 | |||||||||||
4558 | if (T->canHaveNullability(/*ResultIfUnknown*/false) && | ||||||||||
4559 | !T->getNullability(S.Context)) { | ||||||||||
4560 | // Note that we allow but don't require nullability on dependent types. | ||||||||||
4561 | ++NumPointersRemaining; | ||||||||||
4562 | } | ||||||||||
4563 | |||||||||||
4564 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != n; ++i) { | ||||||||||
4565 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(i); | ||||||||||
4566 | switch (chunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
4567 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
4568 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
4569 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
4570 | break; | ||||||||||
4571 | |||||||||||
4572 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
4573 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
4574 | ++NumPointersRemaining; | ||||||||||
4575 | break; | ||||||||||
4576 | |||||||||||
4577 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
4578 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
4579 | continue; | ||||||||||
4580 | |||||||||||
4581 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
4582 | ++NumPointersRemaining; | ||||||||||
4583 | continue; | ||||||||||
4584 | } | ||||||||||
4585 | } | ||||||||||
4586 | } else { | ||||||||||
4587 | bool isFunctionOrMethod = false; | ||||||||||
4588 | switch (auto context = state.getDeclarator().getContext()) { | ||||||||||
4589 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter: | ||||||||||
4590 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult: | ||||||||||
4591 | case DeclaratorContext::Prototype: | ||||||||||
4592 | case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn: | ||||||||||
4593 | case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar: | ||||||||||
4594 | isFunctionOrMethod = true; | ||||||||||
4595 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
4596 | |||||||||||
4597 | case DeclaratorContext::Member: | ||||||||||
4598 | if (state.getDeclarator().isObjCIvar() && !isFunctionOrMethod) { | ||||||||||
4599 | complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_No; | ||||||||||
4600 | break; | ||||||||||
4601 | } | ||||||||||
4602 | |||||||||||
4603 | // Weak properties are inferred to be nullable. | ||||||||||
4604 | if (state.getDeclarator().isObjCWeakProperty() && inAssumeNonNullRegion) { | ||||||||||
4605 | inferNullability = NullabilityKind::Nullable; | ||||||||||
4606 | break; | ||||||||||
4607 | } | ||||||||||
4608 | |||||||||||
4609 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
4610 | |||||||||||
4611 | case DeclaratorContext::File: | ||||||||||
4612 | case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList: { | ||||||||||
4613 | complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_Yes; | ||||||||||
4614 | |||||||||||
4615 | // Nullability inference depends on the type and declarator. | ||||||||||
4616 | auto wrappingKind = PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::None; | ||||||||||
4617 | switch (classifyPointerDeclarator(S, T, D, wrappingKind)) { | ||||||||||
4618 | case PointerDeclaratorKind::NonPointer: | ||||||||||
4619 | case PointerDeclaratorKind::MultiLevelPointer: | ||||||||||
4620 | // Cannot infer nullability. | ||||||||||
4621 | break; | ||||||||||
4622 | |||||||||||
4623 | case PointerDeclaratorKind::SingleLevelPointer: | ||||||||||
4624 | // Infer _Nonnull if we are in an assumes-nonnull region. | ||||||||||
4625 | if (inAssumeNonNullRegion) { | ||||||||||
4626 | complainAboutInferringWithinChunk = wrappingKind; | ||||||||||
4627 | inferNullability = NullabilityKind::NonNull; | ||||||||||
4628 | inferNullabilityCS = (context == DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter || | ||||||||||
4629 | context == DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult); | ||||||||||
4630 | } | ||||||||||
4631 | break; | ||||||||||
4632 | |||||||||||
4633 | case PointerDeclaratorKind::CFErrorRefPointer: | ||||||||||
4634 | case PointerDeclaratorKind::NSErrorPointerPointer: | ||||||||||
4635 | // Within a function or method signature, infer _Nullable at both | ||||||||||
4636 | // levels. | ||||||||||
4637 | if (isFunctionOrMethod && inAssumeNonNullRegion) | ||||||||||
4638 | inferNullability = NullabilityKind::Nullable; | ||||||||||
4639 | break; | ||||||||||
4640 | |||||||||||
4641 | case PointerDeclaratorKind::MaybePointerToCFRef: | ||||||||||
4642 | if (isFunctionOrMethod) { | ||||||||||
4643 | // On pointer-to-pointer parameters marked cf_returns_retained or | ||||||||||
4644 | // cf_returns_not_retained, if the outer pointer is explicit then | ||||||||||
4645 | // infer the inner pointer as _Nullable. | ||||||||||
4646 | auto hasCFReturnsAttr = | ||||||||||
4647 | [](const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) -> bool { | ||||||||||
4648 | return AttrList.hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained) || | ||||||||||
4649 | AttrList.hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained); | ||||||||||
4650 | }; | ||||||||||
4651 | if (const auto *InnermostChunk = D.getInnermostNonParenChunk()) { | ||||||||||
4652 | if (hasCFReturnsAttr(D.getAttributes()) || | ||||||||||
4653 | hasCFReturnsAttr(InnermostChunk->getAttrs()) || | ||||||||||
4654 | hasCFReturnsAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getAttributes())) { | ||||||||||
4655 | inferNullability = NullabilityKind::Nullable; | ||||||||||
4656 | inferNullabilityInnerOnly = true; | ||||||||||
4657 | } | ||||||||||
4658 | } | ||||||||||
4659 | } | ||||||||||
4660 | break; | ||||||||||
4661 | } | ||||||||||
4662 | break; | ||||||||||
4663 | } | ||||||||||
4664 | |||||||||||
4665 | case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId: | ||||||||||
4666 | complainAboutMissingNullability = CAMN_Yes; | ||||||||||
4667 | break; | ||||||||||
4668 | |||||||||||
4669 | case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl: | ||||||||||
4670 | case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate: | ||||||||||
4671 | case DeclaratorContext::Block: | ||||||||||
4672 | case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral: | ||||||||||
4673 | case DeclaratorContext::Condition: | ||||||||||
4674 | case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch: | ||||||||||
4675 | case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew: | ||||||||||
4676 | case DeclaratorContext::ForInit: | ||||||||||
4677 | case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit: | ||||||||||
4678 | case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr: | ||||||||||
4679 | case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter: | ||||||||||
4680 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch: | ||||||||||
4681 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam: | ||||||||||
4682 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg: | ||||||||||
4683 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg: | ||||||||||
4684 | case DeclaratorContext::TypeName: | ||||||||||
4685 | case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast: | ||||||||||
4686 | case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr: | ||||||||||
4687 | // Don't infer in these contexts. | ||||||||||
4688 | break; | ||||||||||
4689 | } | ||||||||||
4690 | } | ||||||||||
4691 | |||||||||||
4692 | // Local function that returns true if its argument looks like a va_list. | ||||||||||
4693 | auto isVaList = [&S](QualType T) -> bool { | ||||||||||
4694 | auto *typedefTy = T->getAs<TypedefType>(); | ||||||||||
4695 | if (!typedefTy) | ||||||||||
4696 | return false; | ||||||||||
4697 | TypedefDecl *vaListTypedef = S.Context.getBuiltinVaListDecl(); | ||||||||||
4698 | do { | ||||||||||
4699 | if (typedefTy->getDecl() == vaListTypedef) | ||||||||||
4700 | return true; | ||||||||||
4701 | if (auto *name = typedefTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) | ||||||||||
4702 | if (name->isStr("va_list")) | ||||||||||
4703 | return true; | ||||||||||
4704 | typedefTy = typedefTy->desugar()->getAs<TypedefType>(); | ||||||||||
4705 | } while (typedefTy); | ||||||||||
4706 | return false; | ||||||||||
4707 | }; | ||||||||||
4708 | |||||||||||
4709 | // Local function that checks the nullability for a given pointer declarator. | ||||||||||
4710 | // Returns true if _Nonnull was inferred. | ||||||||||
4711 | auto inferPointerNullability = | ||||||||||
4712 | [&](SimplePointerKind pointerKind, SourceLocation pointerLoc, | ||||||||||
4713 | SourceLocation pointerEndLoc, | ||||||||||
4714 | ParsedAttributesView &attrs, AttributePool &Pool) -> ParsedAttr * { | ||||||||||
4715 | // We've seen a pointer. | ||||||||||
4716 | if (NumPointersRemaining > 0) | ||||||||||
4717 | --NumPointersRemaining; | ||||||||||
4718 | |||||||||||
4719 | // If a nullability attribute is present, there's nothing to do. | ||||||||||
4720 | if (hasNullabilityAttr(attrs)) | ||||||||||
4721 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||
4722 | |||||||||||
4723 | // If we're supposed to infer nullability, do so now. | ||||||||||
4724 | if (inferNullability && !inferNullabilityInnerOnlyComplete) { | ||||||||||
4725 | ParsedAttr::Syntax syntax = inferNullabilityCS | ||||||||||
4726 | ? ParsedAttr::AS_ContextSensitiveKeyword | ||||||||||
4727 | : ParsedAttr::AS_Keyword; | ||||||||||
4728 | ParsedAttr *nullabilityAttr = Pool.create( | ||||||||||
4729 | S.getNullabilityKeyword(*inferNullability), SourceRange(pointerLoc), | ||||||||||
4730 | nullptr, SourceLocation(), nullptr, 0, syntax); | ||||||||||
4731 | |||||||||||
4732 | attrs.addAtEnd(nullabilityAttr); | ||||||||||
4733 | |||||||||||
4734 | if (inferNullabilityCS) { | ||||||||||
4735 | state.getDeclarator().getMutableDeclSpec().getObjCQualifiers() | ||||||||||
4736 | ->setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability); | ||||||||||
4737 | } | ||||||||||
4738 | |||||||||||
4739 | if (pointerLoc.isValid() && | ||||||||||
4740 | complainAboutInferringWithinChunk != | ||||||||||
4741 | PointerWrappingDeclaratorKind::None) { | ||||||||||
4742 | auto Diag = | ||||||||||
4743 | S.Diag(pointerLoc, diag::warn_nullability_inferred_on_nested_type); | ||||||||||
4744 | Diag << static_cast<int>(complainAboutInferringWithinChunk); | ||||||||||
4745 | fixItNullability(S, Diag, pointerLoc, NullabilityKind::NonNull); | ||||||||||
4746 | } | ||||||||||
4747 | |||||||||||
4748 | if (inferNullabilityInnerOnly) | ||||||||||
4749 | inferNullabilityInnerOnlyComplete = true; | ||||||||||
4750 | return nullabilityAttr; | ||||||||||
4751 | } | ||||||||||
4752 | |||||||||||
4753 | // If we're supposed to complain about missing nullability, do so | ||||||||||
4754 | // now if it's truly missing. | ||||||||||
4755 | switch (complainAboutMissingNullability) { | ||||||||||
4756 | case CAMN_No: | ||||||||||
4757 | break; | ||||||||||
4758 | |||||||||||
4759 | case CAMN_InnerPointers: | ||||||||||
4760 | if (NumPointersRemaining == 0) | ||||||||||
4761 | break; | ||||||||||
4762 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
4763 | |||||||||||
4764 | case CAMN_Yes: | ||||||||||
4765 | checkNullabilityConsistency(S, pointerKind, pointerLoc, pointerEndLoc); | ||||||||||
4766 | } | ||||||||||
4767 | return nullptr; | ||||||||||
4768 | }; | ||||||||||
4769 | |||||||||||
4770 | // If the type itself could have nullability but does not, infer pointer | ||||||||||
4771 | // nullability and perform consistency checking. | ||||||||||
4772 | if (S.CodeSynthesisContexts.empty()) { | ||||||||||
4773 | if (T->canHaveNullability(/*ResultIfUnknown*/false) && | ||||||||||
4774 | !T->getNullability(S.Context)) { | ||||||||||
4775 | if (isVaList(T)) { | ||||||||||
4776 | // Record that we've seen a pointer, but do nothing else. | ||||||||||
4777 | if (NumPointersRemaining > 0) | ||||||||||
4778 | --NumPointersRemaining; | ||||||||||
4779 | } else { | ||||||||||
4780 | SimplePointerKind pointerKind = SimplePointerKind::Pointer; | ||||||||||
4781 | if (T->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||||||
4782 | pointerKind = SimplePointerKind::BlockPointer; | ||||||||||
4783 | else if (T->isMemberPointerType()) | ||||||||||
4784 | pointerKind = SimplePointerKind::MemberPointer; | ||||||||||
4785 | |||||||||||
4786 | if (auto *attr = inferPointerNullability( | ||||||||||
4787 | pointerKind, D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), | ||||||||||
4788 | D.getDeclSpec().getEndLoc(), | ||||||||||
4789 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes(), | ||||||||||
4790 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributePool())) { | ||||||||||
4791 | T = state.getAttributedType( | ||||||||||
4792 | createNullabilityAttr(Context, *attr, *inferNullability), T, T); | ||||||||||
4793 | } | ||||||||||
4794 | } | ||||||||||
4795 | } | ||||||||||
4796 | |||||||||||
4797 | if (complainAboutMissingNullability == CAMN_Yes && | ||||||||||
4798 | T->isArrayType() && !T->getNullability(S.Context) && !isVaList(T) && | ||||||||||
4799 | D.isPrototypeContext() && | ||||||||||
4800 | !hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(D, D.getNumTypeObjects())) { | ||||||||||
4801 | checkNullabilityConsistency(S, SimplePointerKind::Array, | ||||||||||
4802 | D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
4803 | } | ||||||||||
4804 | } | ||||||||||
4805 | |||||||||||
4806 | bool ExpectNoDerefChunk = | ||||||||||
4807 | state.getCurrentAttributes().hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_NoDeref); | ||||||||||
4808 | |||||||||||
4809 | // Walk the DeclTypeInfo, building the recursive type as we go. | ||||||||||
4810 | // DeclTypeInfos are ordered from the identifier out, which is | ||||||||||
4811 | // opposite of what we want :). | ||||||||||
4812 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||||
4813 | unsigned chunkIndex = e - i - 1; | ||||||||||
4814 | state.setCurrentChunkIndex(chunkIndex); | ||||||||||
4815 | DeclaratorChunk &DeclType = D.getTypeObject(chunkIndex); | ||||||||||
4816 | IsQualifiedFunction &= DeclType.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Paren; | ||||||||||
4817 | switch (DeclType.Kind) { | ||||||||||
4818 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
4819 | if (i == 0) | ||||||||||
4820 | warnAboutRedundantParens(S, D, T); | ||||||||||
4821 | T = S.BuildParenType(T); | ||||||||||
4822 | break; | ||||||||||
4823 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
4824 | // If blocks are disabled, emit an error. | ||||||||||
4825 | if (!LangOpts.Blocks) | ||||||||||
4826 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL; | ||||||||||
4827 | |||||||||||
4828 | // Handle pointer nullability. | ||||||||||
4829 | inferPointerNullability(SimplePointerKind::BlockPointer, DeclType.Loc, | ||||||||||
4830 | DeclType.EndLoc, DeclType.getAttrs(), | ||||||||||
4831 | state.getDeclarator().getAttributePool()); | ||||||||||
4832 | |||||||||||
4833 | T = S.BuildBlockPointerType(T, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); | ||||||||||
4834 | if (DeclType.Cls.TypeQuals || LangOpts.OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
4835 | // OpenCL v2.0, s6.12.5 - Block variable declarations are implicitly | ||||||||||
4836 | // qualified with const. | ||||||||||
4837 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) | ||||||||||
4838 | DeclType.Cls.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const; | ||||||||||
4839 | T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, DeclType.Cls.TypeQuals); | ||||||||||
4840 | } | ||||||||||
4841 | break; | ||||||||||
4842 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
4843 | // Verify that we're not building a pointer to pointer to function with | ||||||||||
4844 | // exception specification. | ||||||||||
4845 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && S.CheckDistantExceptionSpec(T)) { | ||||||||||
4846 | S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_distant_exception_spec); | ||||||||||
4847 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
4848 | // Build the type anyway. | ||||||||||
4849 | } | ||||||||||
4850 | |||||||||||
4851 | // Handle pointer nullability | ||||||||||
4852 | inferPointerNullability(SimplePointerKind::Pointer, DeclType.Loc, | ||||||||||
4853 | DeclType.EndLoc, DeclType.getAttrs(), | ||||||||||
4854 | state.getDeclarator().getAttributePool()); | ||||||||||
4855 | |||||||||||
4856 | if (LangOpts.ObjC && T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { | ||||||||||
4857 | T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); | ||||||||||
4858 | if (DeclType.Ptr.TypeQuals) | ||||||||||
4859 | T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, DeclType.Ptr.TypeQuals); | ||||||||||
4860 | break; | ||||||||||
4861 | } | ||||||||||
4862 | |||||||||||
4863 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9b - Pointer to image/sampler cannot be used. | ||||||||||
4864 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pointer to pipe cannot be used. | ||||||||||
4865 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Pointers to Blocks are not allowed. | ||||||||||
4866 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
4867 | if (T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || T->isPipeType() || | ||||||||||
4868 | T->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||||
4869 | S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_pointer_to_type) << T; | ||||||||||
4870 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
4871 | } | ||||||||||
4872 | } | ||||||||||
4873 | |||||||||||
4874 | T = S.BuildPointerType(T, DeclType.Loc, Name); | ||||||||||
4875 | if (DeclType.Ptr.TypeQuals) | ||||||||||
4876 | T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, DeclType.Ptr.TypeQuals); | ||||||||||
4877 | break; | ||||||||||
4878 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: { | ||||||||||
4879 | // Verify that we're not building a reference to pointer to function with | ||||||||||
4880 | // exception specification. | ||||||||||
4881 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && S.CheckDistantExceptionSpec(T)) { | ||||||||||
4882 | S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_distant_exception_spec); | ||||||||||
4883 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
4884 | // Build the type anyway. | ||||||||||
4885 | } | ||||||||||
4886 | T = S.BuildReferenceType(T, DeclType.Ref.LValueRef, DeclType.Loc, Name); | ||||||||||
4887 | |||||||||||
4888 | if (DeclType.Ref.HasRestrict) | ||||||||||
4889 | T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, Qualifiers::Restrict); | ||||||||||
4890 | break; | ||||||||||
4891 | } | ||||||||||
4892 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: { | ||||||||||
4893 | // Verify that we're not building an array of pointers to function with | ||||||||||
4894 | // exception specification. | ||||||||||
4895 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && S.CheckDistantExceptionSpec(T)) { | ||||||||||
4896 | S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_distant_exception_spec); | ||||||||||
4897 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
4898 | // Build the type anyway. | ||||||||||
4899 | } | ||||||||||
4900 | DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &ATI = DeclType.Arr; | ||||||||||
4901 | Expr *ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(ATI.NumElts); | ||||||||||
4902 | ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM; | ||||||||||
4903 | if (ATI.isStar) | ||||||||||
4904 | ASM = ArrayType::Star; | ||||||||||
4905 | else if (ATI.hasStatic) | ||||||||||
4906 | ASM = ArrayType::Static; | ||||||||||
4907 | else | ||||||||||
4908 | ASM = ArrayType::Normal; | ||||||||||
4909 | if (ASM == ArrayType::Star && !D.isPrototypeContext()) { | ||||||||||
4910 | // FIXME: This check isn't quite right: it allows star in prototypes | ||||||||||
4911 | // for function definitions, and disallows some edge cases detailed | ||||||||||
4912 | // in http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2009-02/msg00133.html | ||||||||||
4913 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_array_star_outside_prototype); | ||||||||||
4914 | ASM = ArrayType::Normal; | ||||||||||
4915 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
4916 | } | ||||||||||
4917 | |||||||||||
4918 | // C99 6.7.5.2p1: The optional type qualifiers and the keyword static | ||||||||||
4919 | // shall appear only in a declaration of a function parameter with an | ||||||||||
4920 | // array type, ... | ||||||||||
4921 | if (ASM == ArrayType::Static || ATI.TypeQuals) { | ||||||||||
4922 | if (!(D.isPrototypeContext() || | ||||||||||
4923 | D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList)) { | ||||||||||
4924 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_array_static_outside_prototype) << | ||||||||||
4925 | (ASM == ArrayType::Static ? "'static'" : "type qualifier"); | ||||||||||
4926 | // Remove the 'static' and the type qualifiers. | ||||||||||
4927 | if (ASM == ArrayType::Static) | ||||||||||
4928 | ASM = ArrayType::Normal; | ||||||||||
4929 | ATI.TypeQuals = 0; | ||||||||||
4930 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
4931 | } | ||||||||||
4932 | |||||||||||
4933 | // C99 6.7.5.2p1: ... and then only in the outermost array type | ||||||||||
4934 | // derivation. | ||||||||||
4935 | if (hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(D, chunkIndex)) { | ||||||||||
4936 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_array_static_not_outermost) << | ||||||||||
4937 | (ASM == ArrayType::Static ? "'static'" : "type qualifier"); | ||||||||||
4938 | if (ASM == ArrayType::Static) | ||||||||||
4939 | ASM = ArrayType::Normal; | ||||||||||
4940 | ATI.TypeQuals = 0; | ||||||||||
4941 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
4942 | } | ||||||||||
4943 | } | ||||||||||
4944 | const AutoType *AT = T->getContainedAutoType(); | ||||||||||
4945 | // Allow arrays of auto if we are a generic lambda parameter. | ||||||||||
4946 | // i.e. [](auto (&array)[5]) { return array[0]; }; OK | ||||||||||
4947 | if (AT && D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter) { | ||||||||||
4948 | // We've already diagnosed this for decltype(auto). | ||||||||||
4949 | if (!AT->isDecltypeAuto()) | ||||||||||
4950 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_illegal_decl_array_of_auto) | ||||||||||
4951 | << getPrintableNameForEntity(Name) << T; | ||||||||||
4952 | T = QualType(); | ||||||||||
4953 | break; | ||||||||||
4954 | } | ||||||||||
4955 | |||||||||||
4956 | // Array parameters can be marked nullable as well, although it's not | ||||||||||
4957 | // necessary if they're marked 'static'. | ||||||||||
4958 | if (complainAboutMissingNullability == CAMN_Yes && | ||||||||||
4959 | !hasNullabilityAttr(DeclType.getAttrs()) && | ||||||||||
4960 | ASM != ArrayType::Static && | ||||||||||
4961 | D.isPrototypeContext() && | ||||||||||
4962 | !hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(D, chunkIndex)) { | ||||||||||
4963 | checkNullabilityConsistency(S, SimplePointerKind::Array, DeclType.Loc); | ||||||||||
4964 | } | ||||||||||
4965 | |||||||||||
4966 | T = S.BuildArrayType(T, ASM, ArraySize, ATI.TypeQuals, | ||||||||||
4967 | SourceRange(DeclType.Loc, DeclType.EndLoc), Name); | ||||||||||
4968 | break; | ||||||||||
4969 | } | ||||||||||
4970 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: { | ||||||||||
4971 | // If the function declarator has a prototype (i.e. it is not () and | ||||||||||
4972 | // does not have a K&R-style identifier list), then the arguments are part | ||||||||||
4973 | // of the type, otherwise the argument list is (). | ||||||||||
4974 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = DeclType.Fun; | ||||||||||
4975 | IsQualifiedFunction = | ||||||||||
4976 | FTI.hasMethodTypeQualifiers() || FTI.hasRefQualifier(); | ||||||||||
4977 | |||||||||||
4978 | // Check for auto functions and trailing return type and adjust the | ||||||||||
4979 | // return type accordingly. | ||||||||||
4980 | if (!D.isInvalidType()) { | ||||||||||
4981 | // trailing-return-type is only required if we're declaring a function, | ||||||||||
4982 | // and not, for instance, a pointer to a function. | ||||||||||
4983 | if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec() && | ||||||||||
4984 | !FTI.hasTrailingReturnType() && chunkIndex == 0) { | ||||||||||
4985 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||||||||
4986 | S.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), | ||||||||||
4987 | D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto | ||||||||||
4988 | ? diag::err_auto_missing_trailing_return | ||||||||||
4989 | : diag::err_deduced_return_type); | ||||||||||
4990 | T = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
4991 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
4992 | } else { | ||||||||||
4993 | S.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), | ||||||||||
4994 | diag::warn_cxx11_compat_deduced_return_type); | ||||||||||
4995 | } | ||||||||||
4996 | } else if (FTI.hasTrailingReturnType()) { | ||||||||||
4997 | // T must be exactly 'auto' at this point. See CWG issue 681. | ||||||||||
4998 | if (isa<ParenType>(T)) { | ||||||||||
4999 | S.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_trailing_return_in_parens) | ||||||||||
5000 | << T << D.getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
5001 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5002 | } else if (D.getName().getKind() == | ||||||||||
5003 | UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) { | ||||||||||
5004 | if (T != Context.DependentTy) { | ||||||||||
5005 | S.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
5006 | diag::err_deduction_guide_with_complex_decl) | ||||||||||
5007 | << D.getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
5008 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5009 | } | ||||||||||
5010 | } else if (D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr && | ||||||||||
5011 | (T.hasQualifiers() || !isa<AutoType>(T) || | ||||||||||
5012 | cast<AutoType>(T)->getKeyword() != | ||||||||||
5013 | AutoTypeKeyword::Auto || | ||||||||||
5014 | cast<AutoType>(T)->isConstrained())) { | ||||||||||
5015 | S.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), | ||||||||||
5016 | diag::err_trailing_return_without_auto) | ||||||||||
5017 | << T << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
5018 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5019 | } | ||||||||||
5020 | T = S.GetTypeFromParser(FTI.getTrailingReturnType(), &TInfo); | ||||||||||
5021 | if (T.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
5022 | // An error occurred parsing the trailing return type. | ||||||||||
5023 | T = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
5024 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5025 | } else if (AutoType *Auto = T->getContainedAutoType()) { | ||||||||||
5026 | // If the trailing return type contains an `auto`, we may need to | ||||||||||
5027 | // invent a template parameter for it, for cases like | ||||||||||
5028 | // `auto f() -> C auto` or `[](auto (*p) -> auto) {}`. | ||||||||||
5029 | InventedTemplateParameterInfo *InventedParamInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5030 | if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Prototype) | ||||||||||
5031 | InventedParamInfo = &S.InventedParameterInfos.back(); | ||||||||||
5032 | else if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter) | ||||||||||
5033 | InventedParamInfo = S.getCurLambda(); | ||||||||||
5034 | if (InventedParamInfo) { | ||||||||||
5035 | std::tie(T, TInfo) = InventTemplateParameter( | ||||||||||
5036 | state, T, TInfo, Auto, *InventedParamInfo); | ||||||||||
5037 | } | ||||||||||
5038 | } | ||||||||||
5039 | } else { | ||||||||||
5040 | // This function type is not the type of the entity being declared, | ||||||||||
5041 | // so checking the 'auto' is not the responsibility of this chunk. | ||||||||||
5042 | } | ||||||||||
5043 | } | ||||||||||
5044 | |||||||||||
5045 | // C99 6.7.5.3p1: The return type may not be a function or array type. | ||||||||||
5046 | // For conversion functions, we'll diagnose this particular error later. | ||||||||||
5047 | if (!D.isInvalidType() && (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && | ||||||||||
5048 | (D.getName().getKind() != | ||||||||||
5049 | UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId)) { | ||||||||||
5050 | unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function; | ||||||||||
5051 | // Last processing chunk in block context means this function chunk | ||||||||||
5052 | // represents the block. | ||||||||||
5053 | if (chunkIndex == 0 && | ||||||||||
5054 | D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral) | ||||||||||
5055 | diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function; | ||||||||||
5056 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diagID) << T->isFunctionType() << T; | ||||||||||
5057 | T = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
5058 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5059 | } | ||||||||||
5060 | |||||||||||
5061 | // Do not allow returning half FP value. | ||||||||||
5062 | // FIXME: This really should be in BuildFunctionType. | ||||||||||
5063 | if (T->isHalfType()) { | ||||||||||
5064 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
5065 | if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", | ||||||||||
5066 | S.getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||||
5067 | S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_return) | ||||||||||
5068 | << T << 0 /*pointer hint*/; | ||||||||||
5069 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5070 | } | ||||||||||
5071 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().HalfArgsAndReturns) { | ||||||||||
5072 | S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | ||||||||||
5073 | diag::err_parameters_retval_cannot_have_fp16_type) << 1; | ||||||||||
5074 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5075 | } | ||||||||||
5076 | } | ||||||||||
5077 | |||||||||||
5078 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
5079 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - A block cannot be the return value of a | ||||||||||
5080 | // function. | ||||||||||
5081 | if (T->isBlockPointerType() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || | ||||||||||
5082 | T->isPipeType()) { | ||||||||||
5083 | S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_return) | ||||||||||
5084 | << T << 1 /*hint off*/; | ||||||||||
5085 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5086 | } | ||||||||||
5087 | // OpenCL doesn't support variadic functions and blocks | ||||||||||
5088 | // (s6.9.e and s6.12.5 OpenCL v2.0) except for printf. | ||||||||||
5089 | // We also allow here any toolchain reserved identifiers. | ||||||||||
5090 | if (FTI.isVariadic && | ||||||||||
5091 | !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( | ||||||||||
5092 | "__cl_clang_variadic_functions", S.getLangOpts()) && | ||||||||||
5093 | !(D.getIdentifier() && | ||||||||||
5094 | ((D.getIdentifier()->getName() == "printf" && | ||||||||||
5095 | LangOpts.getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 120) || | ||||||||||
5096 | D.getIdentifier()->getName().startswith("__")))) { | ||||||||||
5097 | S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_variadic_function); | ||||||||||
5098 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5099 | } | ||||||||||
5100 | } | ||||||||||
5101 | |||||||||||
5102 | // Methods cannot return interface types. All ObjC objects are | ||||||||||
5103 | // passed by reference. | ||||||||||
5104 | if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||||||||
5105 | SourceLocation DiagLoc, FixitLoc; | ||||||||||
5106 | if (TInfo) { | ||||||||||
5107 | DiagLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||||
5108 | FixitLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); | ||||||||||
5109 | } else { | ||||||||||
5110 | DiagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||
5111 | FixitLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(D.getDeclSpec().getEndLoc()); | ||||||||||
5112 | } | ||||||||||
5113 | S.Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) | ||||||||||
5114 | << 0 << T | ||||||||||
5115 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, "*"); | ||||||||||
5116 | |||||||||||
5117 | T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); | ||||||||||
5118 | if (TInfo) { | ||||||||||
5119 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; | ||||||||||
5120 | TLB.pushFullCopy(TInfo->getTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
5121 | ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TLoc = TLB.push<ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc>(T); | ||||||||||
5122 | TLoc.setStarLoc(FixitLoc); | ||||||||||
5123 | TInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); | ||||||||||
5124 | } | ||||||||||
5125 | |||||||||||
5126 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5127 | } | ||||||||||
5128 | |||||||||||
5129 | // cv-qualifiers on return types are pointless except when the type is a | ||||||||||
5130 | // class type in C++. | ||||||||||
5131 | if ((T.getCVRQualifiers() || T->isAtomicType()) && | ||||||||||
5132 | !(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||||
5133 | (T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType()))) { | ||||||||||
5134 | if (T->isVoidType() && !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||||
5135 | D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == | ||||||||||
5136 | FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition) { | ||||||||||
5137 | // [6.9.1/3] qualified void return is invalid on a C | ||||||||||
5138 | // function definition. Apparently ok on declarations and | ||||||||||
5139 | // in C++ though (!) | ||||||||||
5140 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_func_returning_qualified_void) << T; | ||||||||||
5141 | } else | ||||||||||
5142 | diagnoseRedundantReturnTypeQualifiers(S, T, D, chunkIndex); | ||||||||||
5143 | |||||||||||
5144 | // C++2a [dcl.fct]p12: | ||||||||||
5145 | // A volatile-qualified return type is deprecated | ||||||||||
5146 | if (T.isVolatileQualified() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||||||||
5147 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_volatile_return) << T; | ||||||||||
5148 | } | ||||||||||
5149 | |||||||||||
5150 | // Objective-C ARC ownership qualifiers are ignored on the function | ||||||||||
5151 | // return type (by type canonicalization). Complain if this attribute | ||||||||||
5152 | // was written here. | ||||||||||
5153 | if (T.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||||||
5154 | SourceLocation AttrLoc; | ||||||||||
5155 | if (chunkIndex + 1 < D.getNumTypeObjects()) { | ||||||||||
5156 | DeclaratorChunk ReturnTypeChunk = D.getTypeObject(chunkIndex + 1); | ||||||||||
5157 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : ReturnTypeChunk.getAttrs()) { | ||||||||||
5158 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) { | ||||||||||
5159 | AttrLoc = AL.getLoc(); | ||||||||||
5160 | break; | ||||||||||
5161 | } | ||||||||||
5162 | } | ||||||||||
5163 | } | ||||||||||
5164 | if (AttrLoc.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||||
5165 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : D.getDeclSpec().getAttributes()) { | ||||||||||
5166 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) { | ||||||||||
5167 | AttrLoc = AL.getLoc(); | ||||||||||
5168 | break; | ||||||||||
5169 | } | ||||||||||
5170 | } | ||||||||||
5171 | } | ||||||||||
5172 | |||||||||||
5173 | if (AttrLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||||
5174 | // The ownership attributes are almost always written via | ||||||||||
5175 | // the predefined | ||||||||||
5176 | // __strong/__weak/__autoreleasing/__unsafe_unretained. | ||||||||||
5177 | if (AttrLoc.isMacroID()) | ||||||||||
5178 | AttrLoc = | ||||||||||
5179 | S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(AttrLoc).getBegin(); | ||||||||||
5180 | |||||||||||
5181 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_arc_lifetime_result_type) | ||||||||||
5182 | << T.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||||
5183 | } | ||||||||||
5184 | } | ||||||||||
5185 | |||||||||||
5186 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().hasTagDefinition()) { | ||||||||||
5187 | // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: | ||||||||||
5188 | // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. | ||||||||||
5189 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); | ||||||||||
5190 | S.Diag(Tag->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_result_type) | ||||||||||
5191 | << Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag); | ||||||||||
5192 | } | ||||||||||
5193 | |||||||||||
5194 | // Exception specs are not allowed in typedefs. Complain, but add it | ||||||||||
5195 | // anyway. | ||||||||||
5196 | if (IsTypedefName && FTI.getExceptionSpecType() && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus17) | ||||||||||
5197 | S.Diag(FTI.getExceptionSpecLocBeg(), | ||||||||||
5198 | diag::err_exception_spec_in_typedef) | ||||||||||
5199 | << (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl || | ||||||||||
5200 | D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate); | ||||||||||
5201 | |||||||||||
5202 | // If we see "T var();" or "T var(T());" at block scope, it is probably | ||||||||||
5203 | // an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration. | ||||||||||
5204 | if (FTI.isAmbiguous) | ||||||||||
5205 | warnAboutAmbiguousFunction(S, D, DeclType, T); | ||||||||||
5206 | |||||||||||
5207 | FunctionType::ExtInfo EI( | ||||||||||
5208 | getCCForDeclaratorChunk(S, D, DeclType.getAttrs(), FTI, chunkIndex)); | ||||||||||
5209 | |||||||||||
5210 | if (!FTI.NumParams && !FTI.isVariadic && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus | ||||||||||
5211 | && !LangOpts.OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
5212 | // Simple void foo(), where the incoming T is the result type. | ||||||||||
5213 | T = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T, EI); | ||||||||||
5214 | } else { | ||||||||||
5215 | // We allow a zero-parameter variadic function in C if the | ||||||||||
5216 | // function is marked with the "overloadable" attribute. Scan | ||||||||||
5217 | // for this attribute now. | ||||||||||
5218 | if (!FTI.NumParams && FTI.isVariadic && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) | ||||||||||
5219 | if (!D.getAttributes().hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_Overloadable)) | ||||||||||
5220 | S.Diag(FTI.getEllipsisLoc(), diag::err_ellipsis_first_param); | ||||||||||
5221 | |||||||||||
5222 | if (FTI.NumParams && FTI.Params[0].Param == nullptr) { | ||||||||||
5223 | // C99 6.7.5.3p3: Reject int(x,y,z) when it's not a function | ||||||||||
5224 | // definition. | ||||||||||
5225 | S.Diag(FTI.Params[0].IdentLoc, | ||||||||||
5226 | diag::err_ident_list_in_fn_declaration); | ||||||||||
5227 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5228 | // Recover by creating a K&R-style function type. | ||||||||||
5229 | T = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T, EI); | ||||||||||
5230 | break; | ||||||||||
5231 | } | ||||||||||
5232 | |||||||||||
5233 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||||||||
5234 | EPI.ExtInfo = EI; | ||||||||||
5235 | EPI.Variadic = FTI.isVariadic; | ||||||||||
5236 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = FTI.getEllipsisLoc(); | ||||||||||
5237 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = FTI.hasTrailingReturnType(); | ||||||||||
5238 | EPI.TypeQuals.addCVRUQualifiers( | ||||||||||
5239 | FTI.MethodQualifiers ? FTI.MethodQualifiers->getTypeQualifiers() | ||||||||||
5240 | : 0); | ||||||||||
5241 | EPI.RefQualifier = !FTI.hasRefQualifier()? RQ_None | ||||||||||
5242 | : FTI.RefQualifierIsLValueRef? RQ_LValue | ||||||||||
5243 | : RQ_RValue; | ||||||||||
5244 | |||||||||||
5245 | // Otherwise, we have a function with a parameter list that is | ||||||||||
5246 | // potentially variadic. | ||||||||||
5247 | SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTys; | ||||||||||
5248 | ParamTys.reserve(FTI.NumParams); | ||||||||||
5249 | |||||||||||
5250 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> | ||||||||||
5251 | ExtParameterInfos(FTI.NumParams); | ||||||||||
5252 | bool HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = false; | ||||||||||
5253 | |||||||||||
5254 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||||
5255 | ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); | ||||||||||
5256 | QualType ParamTy = Param->getType(); | ||||||||||
5257 | assert(!ParamTy.isNull() && "Couldn't parse type?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5258 | |||||||||||
5259 | // Look for 'void'. void is allowed only as a single parameter to a | ||||||||||
5260 | // function with no other parameters (C99 6.7.5.3p10). We record | ||||||||||
5261 | // int(void) as a FunctionProtoType with an empty parameter list. | ||||||||||
5262 | if (ParamTy->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||||
5263 | // If this is something like 'float(int, void)', reject it. 'void' | ||||||||||
5264 | // is an incomplete type (C99 6.2.5p19) and function decls cannot | ||||||||||
5265 | // have parameters of incomplete type. | ||||||||||
5266 | if (FTI.NumParams != 1 || FTI.isVariadic) { | ||||||||||
5267 | S.Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::err_void_only_param); | ||||||||||
5268 | ParamTy = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
5269 | Param->setType(ParamTy); | ||||||||||
5270 | } else if (FTI.Params[i].Ident) { | ||||||||||
5271 | // Reject, but continue to parse 'int(void abc)'. | ||||||||||
5272 | S.Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::err_param_with_void_type); | ||||||||||
5273 | ParamTy = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
5274 | Param->setType(ParamTy); | ||||||||||
5275 | } else { | ||||||||||
5276 | // Reject, but continue to parse 'float(const void)'. | ||||||||||
5277 | if (ParamTy.hasQualifiers()) | ||||||||||
5278 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::err_void_param_qualified); | ||||||||||
5279 | |||||||||||
5280 | // Do not add 'void' to the list. | ||||||||||
5281 | break; | ||||||||||
5282 | } | ||||||||||
5283 | } else if (ParamTy->isHalfType()) { | ||||||||||
5284 | // Disallow half FP parameters. | ||||||||||
5285 | // FIXME: This really should be in BuildFunctionType. | ||||||||||
5286 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||||||||
5287 | if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", | ||||||||||
5288 | S.getLangOpts())) { | ||||||||||
5289 | S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_param) | ||||||||||
5290 | << ParamTy << 0; | ||||||||||
5291 | D.setInvalidType(); | ||||||||||
5292 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||||
5293 | } | ||||||||||
5294 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().HalfArgsAndReturns) { | ||||||||||
5295 | S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), | ||||||||||
5296 | diag::err_parameters_retval_cannot_have_fp16_type) << 0; | ||||||||||
5297 | D.setInvalidType(); | ||||||||||
5298 | } | ||||||||||
5299 | } else if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { | ||||||||||
5300 | if (ParamTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) { | ||||||||||
5301 | ParamTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(ParamTy); | ||||||||||
5302 | Param->setKNRPromoted(true); | ||||||||||
5303 | } else if (const BuiltinType* BTy = ParamTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||||||||
5304 | if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) { | ||||||||||
5305 | ParamTy = Context.DoubleTy; | ||||||||||
5306 | Param->setKNRPromoted(true); | ||||||||||
5307 | } | ||||||||||
5308 | } | ||||||||||
5309 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ParamTy->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||||
5310 | // OpenCL 2.0 s6.12.5: A block cannot be a parameter of a function. | ||||||||||
5311 | S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_param) | ||||||||||
5312 | << ParamTy << 1 /*hint off*/; | ||||||||||
5313 | D.setInvalidType(); | ||||||||||
5314 | } | ||||||||||
5315 | |||||||||||
5316 | if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && Param->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>()) { | ||||||||||
5317 | ExtParameterInfos[i] = ExtParameterInfos[i].withIsConsumed(true); | ||||||||||
5318 | HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = true; | ||||||||||
5319 | } | ||||||||||
5320 | |||||||||||
5321 | if (auto attr = Param->getAttr<ParameterABIAttr>()) { | ||||||||||
5322 | ExtParameterInfos[i] = | ||||||||||
5323 | ExtParameterInfos[i].withABI(attr->getABI()); | ||||||||||
5324 | HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = true; | ||||||||||
5325 | } | ||||||||||
5326 | |||||||||||
5327 | if (Param->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>()) { | ||||||||||
5328 | ExtParameterInfos[i] = ExtParameterInfos[i].withHasPassObjectSize(); | ||||||||||
5329 | HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = true; | ||||||||||
5330 | } | ||||||||||
5331 | |||||||||||
5332 | if (Param->hasAttr<NoEscapeAttr>()) { | ||||||||||
5333 | ExtParameterInfos[i] = ExtParameterInfos[i].withIsNoEscape(true); | ||||||||||
5334 | HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos = true; | ||||||||||
5335 | } | ||||||||||
5336 | |||||||||||
5337 | ParamTys.push_back(ParamTy); | ||||||||||
5338 | } | ||||||||||
5339 | |||||||||||
5340 | if (HasAnyInterestingExtParameterInfos) { | ||||||||||
5341 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = ExtParameterInfos.data(); | ||||||||||
5342 | checkExtParameterInfos(S, ParamTys, EPI, | ||||||||||
5343 | [&](unsigned i) { return FTI.Params[i].Param->getLocation(); }); | ||||||||||
5344 | } | ||||||||||
5345 | |||||||||||
5346 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; | ||||||||||
5347 | SmallVector<ParsedType, 2> DynamicExceptions; | ||||||||||
5348 | SmallVector<SourceRange, 2> DynamicExceptionRanges; | ||||||||||
5349 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5350 | |||||||||||
5351 | if (FTI.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic) { | ||||||||||
5352 | // FIXME: It's rather inefficient to have to split into two vectors | ||||||||||
5353 | // here. | ||||||||||
5354 | unsigned N = FTI.getNumExceptions(); | ||||||||||
5355 | DynamicExceptions.reserve(N); | ||||||||||
5356 | DynamicExceptionRanges.reserve(N); | ||||||||||
5357 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) { | ||||||||||
5358 | DynamicExceptions.push_back(FTI.Exceptions[I].Ty); | ||||||||||
5359 | DynamicExceptionRanges.push_back(FTI.Exceptions[I].Range); | ||||||||||
5360 | } | ||||||||||
5361 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(FTI.getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||||||||
5362 | NoexceptExpr = FTI.NoexceptExpr; | ||||||||||
5363 | } | ||||||||||
5364 | |||||||||||
5365 | S.checkExceptionSpecification(D.isFunctionDeclarationContext(), | ||||||||||
5366 | FTI.getExceptionSpecType(), | ||||||||||
5367 | DynamicExceptions, | ||||||||||
5368 | DynamicExceptionRanges, | ||||||||||
5369 | NoexceptExpr, | ||||||||||
5370 | Exceptions, | ||||||||||
5371 | EPI.ExceptionSpec); | ||||||||||
5372 | |||||||||||
5373 | // FIXME: Set address space from attrs for C++ mode here. | ||||||||||
5374 | // OpenCLCPlusPlus: A class member function has an address space. | ||||||||||
5375 | auto IsClassMember = [&]() { | ||||||||||
5376 | return (!state.getDeclarator().getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() && | ||||||||||
5377 | state.getDeclarator() | ||||||||||
5378 | .getCXXScopeSpec() | ||||||||||
5379 | .getScopeRep() | ||||||||||
5380 | ->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec) || | ||||||||||
5381 | state.getDeclarator().getContext() == | ||||||||||
5382 | DeclaratorContext::Member || | ||||||||||
5383 | state.getDeclarator().getContext() == | ||||||||||
5384 | DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr; | ||||||||||
5385 | }; | ||||||||||
5386 | |||||||||||
5387 | if (state.getSema().getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && IsClassMember()) { | ||||||||||
5388 | LangAS ASIdx = LangAS::Default; | ||||||||||
5389 | // Take address space attr if any and mark as invalid to avoid adding | ||||||||||
5390 | // them later while creating QualType. | ||||||||||
5391 | if (FTI.MethodQualifiers) | ||||||||||
5392 | for (ParsedAttr &attr : FTI.MethodQualifiers->getAttributes()) { | ||||||||||
5393 | LangAS ASIdxNew = attr.asOpenCLLangAS(); | ||||||||||
5394 | if (DiagnoseMultipleAddrSpaceAttributes(S, ASIdx, ASIdxNew, | ||||||||||
5395 | attr.getLoc())) | ||||||||||
5396 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5397 | else | ||||||||||
5398 | ASIdx = ASIdxNew; | ||||||||||
5399 | } | ||||||||||
5400 | // If a class member function's address space is not set, set it to | ||||||||||
5401 | // __generic. | ||||||||||
5402 | LangAS AS = | ||||||||||
5403 | (ASIdx == LangAS::Default ? S.getDefaultCXXMethodAddrSpace() | ||||||||||
5404 | : ASIdx); | ||||||||||
5405 | EPI.TypeQuals.addAddressSpace(AS); | ||||||||||
5406 | } | ||||||||||
5407 | T = Context.getFunctionType(T, ParamTys, EPI); | ||||||||||
5408 | } | ||||||||||
5409 | break; | ||||||||||
5410 | } | ||||||||||
5411 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: { | ||||||||||
5412 | // The scope spec must refer to a class, or be dependent. | ||||||||||
5413 | CXXScopeSpec &SS = DeclType.Mem.Scope(); | ||||||||||
5414 | QualType ClsType; | ||||||||||
5415 | |||||||||||
5416 | // Handle pointer nullability. | ||||||||||
5417 | inferPointerNullability(SimplePointerKind::MemberPointer, DeclType.Loc, | ||||||||||
5418 | DeclType.EndLoc, DeclType.getAttrs(), | ||||||||||
5419 | state.getDeclarator().getAttributePool()); | ||||||||||
5420 | |||||||||||
5421 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||||
5422 | // Avoid emitting extra errors if we already errored on the scope. | ||||||||||
5423 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5424 | } else if (S.isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS) || | ||||||||||
5425 | dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(S.computeDeclContext(SS))) { | ||||||||||
5426 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); | ||||||||||
5427 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNSPrefix = NNS->getPrefix(); | ||||||||||
5428 | switch (NNS->getKind()) { | ||||||||||
5429 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: | ||||||||||
5430 | ClsType = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNSPrefix, | ||||||||||
5431 | NNS->getAsIdentifier()); | ||||||||||
5432 | break; | ||||||||||
5433 | |||||||||||
5434 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: | ||||||||||
5435 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: | ||||||||||
5436 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: | ||||||||||
5437 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: | ||||||||||
5438 | llvm_unreachable("Nested-name-specifier must name a type")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
5439 | |||||||||||
5440 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: | ||||||||||
5441 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: | ||||||||||
5442 | ClsType = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); | ||||||||||
5443 | // Note: if the NNS has a prefix and ClsType is a nondependent | ||||||||||
5444 | // TemplateSpecializationType, then the NNS prefix is NOT included | ||||||||||
5445 | // in ClsType; hence we wrap ClsType into an ElaboratedType. | ||||||||||
5446 | // NOTE: in particular, no wrap occurs if ClsType already is an | ||||||||||
5447 | // Elaborated, DependentName, or DependentTemplateSpecialization. | ||||||||||
5448 | if (NNSPrefix && isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(NNS->getAsType())) | ||||||||||
5449 | ClsType = Context.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, NNSPrefix, ClsType); | ||||||||||
5450 | break; | ||||||||||
5451 | } | ||||||||||
5452 | } else { | ||||||||||
5453 | S.Diag(DeclType.Mem.Scope().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
5454 | diag::err_illegal_decl_mempointer_in_nonclass) | ||||||||||
5455 | << (D.getIdentifier() ? D.getIdentifier()->getName() : "type name") | ||||||||||
5456 | << DeclType.Mem.Scope().getRange(); | ||||||||||
5457 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5458 | } | ||||||||||
5459 | |||||||||||
5460 | if (!ClsType.isNull()) | ||||||||||
5461 | T = S.BuildMemberPointerType(T, ClsType, DeclType.Loc, | ||||||||||
5462 | D.getIdentifier()); | ||||||||||
5463 | if (T.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
5464 | T = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
5465 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5466 | } else if (DeclType.Mem.TypeQuals) { | ||||||||||
5467 | T = S.BuildQualifiedType(T, DeclType.Loc, DeclType.Mem.TypeQuals); | ||||||||||
5468 | } | ||||||||||
5469 | break; | ||||||||||
5470 | } | ||||||||||
5471 | |||||||||||
5472 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: { | ||||||||||
5473 | T = S.BuildReadPipeType(T, DeclType.Loc); | ||||||||||
5474 | processTypeAttrs(state, T, TAL_DeclSpec, | ||||||||||
5475 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().getAttributes()); | ||||||||||
5476 | break; | ||||||||||
5477 | } | ||||||||||
5478 | } | ||||||||||
5479 | |||||||||||
5480 | if (T.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
5481 | D.setInvalidType(true); | ||||||||||
5482 | T = Context.IntTy; | ||||||||||
5483 | } | ||||||||||
5484 | |||||||||||
5485 | // See if there are any attributes on this declarator chunk. | ||||||||||
5486 | processTypeAttrs(state, T, TAL_DeclChunk, DeclType.getAttrs()); | ||||||||||
5487 | |||||||||||
5488 | if (DeclType.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren) { | ||||||||||
5489 | if (ExpectNoDerefChunk && !IsNoDerefableChunk(DeclType)) | ||||||||||
5490 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::warn_noderef_on_non_pointer_or_array); | ||||||||||
5491 | |||||||||||
5492 | ExpectNoDerefChunk = state.didParseNoDeref(); | ||||||||||
5493 | } | ||||||||||
5494 | } | ||||||||||
5495 | |||||||||||
5496 | if (ExpectNoDerefChunk) | ||||||||||
5497 | S.Diag(state.getDeclarator().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
5498 | diag::warn_noderef_on_non_pointer_or_array); | ||||||||||
5499 | |||||||||||
5500 | // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes | ||||||||||
5501 | // Warn if a function declaration is without a prototype. | ||||||||||
5502 | // This warning is issued for all kinds of unprototyped function | ||||||||||
5503 | // declarations (i.e. function type typedef, function pointer etc.) | ||||||||||
5504 | // C99 6.7.5.3p14: | ||||||||||
5505 | // The empty list in a function declarator that is not part of a definition | ||||||||||
5506 | // of that function specifies that no information about the number or types | ||||||||||
5507 | // of the parameters is supplied. | ||||||||||
5508 | if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus && | ||||||||||
5509 | D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration) { | ||||||||||
5510 | bool IsBlock = false; | ||||||||||
5511 | for (const DeclaratorChunk &DeclType : D.type_objects()) { | ||||||||||
5512 | switch (DeclType.Kind) { | ||||||||||
5513 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
5514 | IsBlock = true; | ||||||||||
5515 | break; | ||||||||||
5516 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: { | ||||||||||
5517 | const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = DeclType.Fun; | ||||||||||
5518 | // We supress the warning when there's no LParen location, as this | ||||||||||
5519 | // indicates the declaration was an implicit declaration, which gets | ||||||||||
5520 | // warned about separately via -Wimplicit-function-declaration. | ||||||||||
5521 | if (FTI.NumParams == 0 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.getLParenLoc().isValid()) | ||||||||||
5522 | S.Diag(DeclType.Loc, diag::warn_strict_prototypes) | ||||||||||
5523 | << IsBlock | ||||||||||
5524 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTI.getRParenLoc(), "void"); | ||||||||||
5525 | IsBlock = false; | ||||||||||
5526 | break; | ||||||||||
5527 | } | ||||||||||
5528 | default: | ||||||||||
5529 | break; | ||||||||||
5530 | } | ||||||||||
5531 | } | ||||||||||
5532 | } | ||||||||||
5533 | |||||||||||
5534 | assert(!T.isNull() && "T must not be null after this point")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5535 | |||||||||||
5536 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus
| ||||||||||
5537 | const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||||
5538 | assert(FnTy && "Why oh why is there not a FunctionProtoType here?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5539 | |||||||||||
5540 | // C++ 8.3.5p4: | ||||||||||
5541 | // A cv-qualifier-seq shall only be part of the function type | ||||||||||
5542 | // for a nonstatic member function, the function type to which a pointer | ||||||||||
5543 | // to member refers, or the top-level function type of a function typedef | ||||||||||
5544 | // declaration. | ||||||||||
5545 | // | ||||||||||
5546 | // Core issue 547 also allows cv-qualifiers on function types that are | ||||||||||
5547 | // top-level template type arguments. | ||||||||||
5548 | enum { NonMember, Member, DeductionGuide } Kind = NonMember; | ||||||||||
5549 | if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) | ||||||||||
5550 | Kind = DeductionGuide; | ||||||||||
5551 | else if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | ||||||||||
5552 | if ((D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member || | ||||||||||
5553 | D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr) && | ||||||||||
5554 | !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) | ||||||||||
5555 | Kind = Member; | ||||||||||
5556 | } else { | ||||||||||
5557 | DeclContext *DC = S.computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec()); | ||||||||||
5558 | if (!DC || DC->isRecord()) | ||||||||||
5559 | Kind = Member; | ||||||||||
5560 | } | ||||||||||
5561 | |||||||||||
5562 | // C++11 [dcl.fct]p6 (w/DR1417): | ||||||||||
5563 | // An attempt to specify a function type with a cv-qualifier-seq or a | ||||||||||
5564 | // ref-qualifier (including by typedef-name) is ill-formed unless it is: | ||||||||||
5565 | // - the function type for a non-static member function, | ||||||||||
5566 | // - the function type to which a pointer to member refers, | ||||||||||
5567 | // - the top-level function type of a function typedef declaration or | ||||||||||
5568 | // alias-declaration, | ||||||||||
5569 | // - the type-id in the default argument of a type-parameter, or | ||||||||||
5570 | // - the type-id of a template-argument for a type-parameter | ||||||||||
5571 | // | ||||||||||
5572 | // FIXME: Checking this here is insufficient. We accept-invalid on: | ||||||||||
5573 | // | ||||||||||
5574 | // template<typename T> struct S { void f(T); }; | ||||||||||
5575 | // S<int() const> s; | ||||||||||
5576 | // | ||||||||||
5577 | // ... for instance. | ||||||||||
5578 | if (IsQualifiedFunction && | ||||||||||
5579 | !(Kind == Member && | ||||||||||
5580 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) && | ||||||||||
5581 | !IsTypedefName && D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg && | ||||||||||
5582 | D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg) { | ||||||||||
5583 | SourceLocation Loc = D.getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||||
5584 | SourceRange RemovalRange; | ||||||||||
5585 | unsigned I; | ||||||||||
5586 | if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(I)) { | ||||||||||
5587 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> RemovalLocs; | ||||||||||
5588 | const DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); | ||||||||||
5589 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5590 | |||||||||||
5591 | if (Chunk.Fun.hasRefQualifier()) | ||||||||||
5592 | RemovalLocs.push_back(Chunk.Fun.getRefQualifierLoc()); | ||||||||||
5593 | |||||||||||
5594 | if (Chunk.Fun.hasMethodTypeQualifiers()) | ||||||||||
5595 | Chunk.Fun.MethodQualifiers->forEachQualifier( | ||||||||||
5596 | [&](DeclSpec::TQ TypeQual, StringRef QualName, | ||||||||||
5597 | SourceLocation SL) { RemovalLocs.push_back(SL); }); | ||||||||||
5598 | |||||||||||
5599 | if (!RemovalLocs.empty()) { | ||||||||||
5600 | llvm::sort(RemovalLocs, | ||||||||||
5601 | BeforeThanCompare<SourceLocation>(S.getSourceManager())); | ||||||||||
5602 | RemovalRange = SourceRange(RemovalLocs.front(), RemovalLocs.back()); | ||||||||||
5603 | Loc = RemovalLocs.front(); | ||||||||||
5604 | } | ||||||||||
5605 | } | ||||||||||
5606 | |||||||||||
5607 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_type) | ||||||||||
5608 | << Kind << D.isFunctionDeclarator() << T | ||||||||||
5609 | << getFunctionQualifiersAsString(FnTy) | ||||||||||
5610 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemovalRange); | ||||||||||
5611 | |||||||||||
5612 | // Strip the cv-qualifiers and ref-qualifiers from the type. | ||||||||||
5613 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FnTy->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||||||||
5614 | EPI.TypeQuals.removeCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||||
5615 | EPI.RefQualifier = RQ_None; | ||||||||||
5616 | |||||||||||
5617 | T = Context.getFunctionType(FnTy->getReturnType(), FnTy->getParamTypes(), | ||||||||||
5618 | EPI); | ||||||||||
5619 | // Rebuild any parens around the identifier in the function type. | ||||||||||
5620 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||||
5621 | if (D.getTypeObject(i).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Paren) | ||||||||||
5622 | break; | ||||||||||
5623 | T = S.BuildParenType(T); | ||||||||||
5624 | } | ||||||||||
5625 | } | ||||||||||
5626 | } | ||||||||||
5627 | |||||||||||
5628 | // Apply any undistributed attributes from the declarator. | ||||||||||
5629 | processTypeAttrs(state, T, TAL_DeclName, D.getAttributes()); | ||||||||||
5630 | |||||||||||
5631 | // Diagnose any ignored type attributes. | ||||||||||
5632 | state.diagnoseIgnoredTypeAttrs(T); | ||||||||||
5633 | |||||||||||
5634 | // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p9: | ||||||||||
5635 | // A constexpr specifier used in an object declaration declares the object | ||||||||||
5636 | // as const. | ||||||||||
5637 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier() == ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr && | ||||||||||
5638 | T->isObjectType()) | ||||||||||
5639 | T.addConst(); | ||||||||||
5640 | |||||||||||
5641 | // C++2a [dcl.fct]p4: | ||||||||||
5642 | // A parameter with volatile-qualified type is deprecated | ||||||||||
5643 | if (T.isVolatileQualified() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && | ||||||||||
5644 | (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Prototype || | ||||||||||
5645 | D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter)) | ||||||||||
5646 | S.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_volatile_param) << T; | ||||||||||
5647 | |||||||||||
5648 | // If there was an ellipsis in the declarator, the declaration declares a | ||||||||||
5649 | // parameter pack whose type may be a pack expansion type. | ||||||||||
5650 | if (D.hasEllipsis()) { | ||||||||||
5651 | // C++0x [dcl.fct]p13: | ||||||||||
5652 | // A declarator-id or abstract-declarator containing an ellipsis shall | ||||||||||
5653 | // only be used in a parameter-declaration. Such a parameter-declaration | ||||||||||
5654 | // is a parameter pack (14.5.3). [...] | ||||||||||
5655 | switch (D.getContext()) { | ||||||||||
5656 | case DeclaratorContext::Prototype: | ||||||||||
5657 | case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExprParameter: | ||||||||||
5658 | case DeclaratorContext::RequiresExpr: | ||||||||||
5659 | // C++0x [dcl.fct]p13: | ||||||||||
5660 | // [...] When it is part of a parameter-declaration-clause, the | ||||||||||
5661 | // parameter pack is a function parameter pack (14.5.3). The type T | ||||||||||
5662 | // of the declarator-id of the function parameter pack shall contain | ||||||||||
5663 | // a template parameter pack; each template parameter pack in T is | ||||||||||
5664 | // expanded by the function parameter pack. | ||||||||||
5665 | // | ||||||||||
5666 | // We represent function parameter packs as function parameters whose | ||||||||||
5667 | // type is a pack expansion. | ||||||||||
5668 | if (!T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && | ||||||||||
5669 | (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 || !T->getContainedAutoType())) { | ||||||||||
5670 | S.Diag(D.getEllipsisLoc(), | ||||||||||
5671 | diag::err_function_parameter_pack_without_parameter_packs) | ||||||||||
5672 | << T << D.getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
5673 | D.setEllipsisLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
5674 | } else { | ||||||||||
5675 | T = Context.getPackExpansionType(T, None, /*ExpectPackInType=*/false); | ||||||||||
5676 | } | ||||||||||
5677 | break; | ||||||||||
5678 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateParam: | ||||||||||
5679 | // C++0x [temp.param]p15: | ||||||||||
5680 | // If a template-parameter is a [...] is a parameter-declaration that | ||||||||||
5681 | // declares a parameter pack (8.3.5), then the template-parameter is a | ||||||||||
5682 | // template parameter pack (14.5.3). | ||||||||||
5683 | // | ||||||||||
5684 | // Note: core issue 778 clarifies that, if there are any unexpanded | ||||||||||
5685 | // parameter packs in the type of the non-type template parameter, then | ||||||||||
5686 | // it expands those parameter packs. | ||||||||||
5687 | if (T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) | ||||||||||
5688 | T = Context.getPackExpansionType(T, None); | ||||||||||
5689 | else | ||||||||||
5690 | S.Diag(D.getEllipsisLoc(), | ||||||||||
5691 | LangOpts.CPlusPlus11 | ||||||||||
5692 | ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_variadic_templates | ||||||||||
5693 | : diag::ext_variadic_templates); | ||||||||||
5694 | break; | ||||||||||
5695 | |||||||||||
5696 | case DeclaratorContext::File: | ||||||||||
5697 | case DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList: | ||||||||||
5698 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter: // FIXME: special diagnostic here? | ||||||||||
5699 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCResult: // FIXME: special diagnostic here? | ||||||||||
5700 | case DeclaratorContext::TypeName: | ||||||||||
5701 | case DeclaratorContext::FunctionalCast: | ||||||||||
5702 | case DeclaratorContext::CXXNew: | ||||||||||
5703 | case DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl: | ||||||||||
5704 | case DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate: | ||||||||||
5705 | case DeclaratorContext::Member: | ||||||||||
5706 | case DeclaratorContext::Block: | ||||||||||
5707 | case DeclaratorContext::ForInit: | ||||||||||
5708 | case DeclaratorContext::SelectionInit: | ||||||||||
5709 | case DeclaratorContext::Condition: | ||||||||||
5710 | case DeclaratorContext::CXXCatch: | ||||||||||
5711 | case DeclaratorContext::ObjCCatch: | ||||||||||
5712 | case DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral: | ||||||||||
5713 | case DeclaratorContext::LambdaExpr: | ||||||||||
5714 | case DeclaratorContext::ConversionId: | ||||||||||
5715 | case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturn: | ||||||||||
5716 | case DeclaratorContext::TrailingReturnVar: | ||||||||||
5717 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateArg: | ||||||||||
5718 | case DeclaratorContext::TemplateTypeArg: | ||||||||||
5719 | // FIXME: We may want to allow parameter packs in block-literal contexts | ||||||||||
5720 | // in the future. | ||||||||||
5721 | S.Diag(D.getEllipsisLoc(), | ||||||||||
5722 | diag::err_ellipsis_in_declarator_not_parameter); | ||||||||||
5723 | D.setEllipsisLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
5724 | break; | ||||||||||
5725 | } | ||||||||||
5726 | } | ||||||||||
5727 | |||||||||||
5728 | assert(!T.isNull() && "T must not be null at the end of this function")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5729 | if (D.isInvalidType()) | ||||||||||
5730 | return Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); | ||||||||||
5731 | |||||||||||
5732 | return GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(state, T, TInfo); | ||||||||||
5733 | } | ||||||||||
5734 | |||||||||||
5735 | /// GetTypeForDeclarator - Convert the type for the specified | ||||||||||
5736 | /// declarator to Type instances. | ||||||||||
5737 | /// | ||||||||||
5738 | /// The result of this call will never be null, but the associated | ||||||||||
5739 | /// type may be a null type if there's an unrecoverable error. | ||||||||||
5740 | TypeSourceInfo *Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S) { | ||||||||||
5741 | // Determine the type of the declarator. Not all forms of declarator | ||||||||||
5742 | // have a type. | ||||||||||
5743 | |||||||||||
5744 | TypeProcessingState state(*this, D); | ||||||||||
5745 | |||||||||||
5746 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5747 | QualType T = GetDeclSpecTypeForDeclarator(state, ReturnTypeInfo); | ||||||||||
5748 | if (D.isPrototypeContext() && getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||||
5749 | inferARCWriteback(state, T); | ||||||||||
5750 | |||||||||||
5751 | return GetFullTypeForDeclarator(state, T, ReturnTypeInfo); | ||||||||||
5752 | } | ||||||||||
5753 | |||||||||||
5754 | static void transferARCOwnershipToDeclSpec(Sema &S, | ||||||||||
5755 | QualType &declSpecTy, | ||||||||||
5756 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership) { | ||||||||||
5757 | if (declSpecTy->isObjCRetainableType() && | ||||||||||
5758 | declSpecTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { | ||||||||||
5759 | Qualifiers qs; | ||||||||||
5760 | qs.addObjCLifetime(ownership); | ||||||||||
5761 | declSpecTy = S.Context.getQualifiedType(declSpecTy, qs); | ||||||||||
5762 | } | ||||||||||
5763 | } | ||||||||||
5764 | |||||||||||
5765 | static void transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
5766 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership, | ||||||||||
5767 | unsigned chunkIndex) { | ||||||||||
5768 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
5769 | Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
5770 | |||||||||||
5771 | // Look for an explicit lifetime attribute. | ||||||||||
5772 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(chunkIndex); | ||||||||||
5773 | if (chunk.getAttrs().hasAttribute(ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership)) | ||||||||||
5774 | return; | ||||||||||
5775 | |||||||||||
5776 | const char *attrStr = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5777 | switch (ownership) { | ||||||||||
5778 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("no ownership!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
5779 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: attrStr = "none"; break; | ||||||||||
5780 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: attrStr = "strong"; break; | ||||||||||
5781 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: attrStr = "weak"; break; | ||||||||||
5782 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: attrStr = "autoreleasing"; break; | ||||||||||
5783 | } | ||||||||||
5784 | |||||||||||
5785 | IdentifierLoc *Arg = new (S.Context) IdentifierLoc; | ||||||||||
5786 | Arg->Ident = &S.Context.Idents.get(attrStr); | ||||||||||
5787 | Arg->Loc = SourceLocation(); | ||||||||||
5788 | |||||||||||
5789 | ArgsUnion Args(Arg); | ||||||||||
5790 | |||||||||||
5791 | // If there wasn't one, add one (with an invalid source location | ||||||||||
5792 | // so that we don't make an AttributedType for it). | ||||||||||
5793 | ParsedAttr *attr = D.getAttributePool().create( | ||||||||||
5794 | &S.Context.Idents.get("objc_ownership"), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||||
5795 | /*scope*/ nullptr, SourceLocation(), | ||||||||||
5796 | /*args*/ &Args, 1, ParsedAttr::AS_GNU); | ||||||||||
5797 | chunk.getAttrs().addAtEnd(attr); | ||||||||||
5798 | // TODO: mark whether we did this inference? | ||||||||||
5799 | } | ||||||||||
5800 | |||||||||||
5801 | /// Used for transferring ownership in casts resulting in l-values. | ||||||||||
5802 | static void transferARCOwnership(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
5803 | QualType &declSpecTy, | ||||||||||
5804 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership) { | ||||||||||
5805 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
5806 | Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
5807 | |||||||||||
5808 | int inner = -1; | ||||||||||
5809 | bool hasIndirection = false; | ||||||||||
5810 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||||
5811 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(i); | ||||||||||
5812 | switch (chunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
5813 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
5814 | // Ignore parens. | ||||||||||
5815 | break; | ||||||||||
5816 | |||||||||||
5817 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
5818 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
5819 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
5820 | if (inner != -1) | ||||||||||
5821 | hasIndirection = true; | ||||||||||
5822 | inner = i; | ||||||||||
5823 | break; | ||||||||||
5824 | |||||||||||
5825 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
5826 | if (inner != -1) | ||||||||||
5827 | transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(state, ownership, i); | ||||||||||
5828 | return; | ||||||||||
5829 | |||||||||||
5830 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
5831 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
5832 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
5833 | return; | ||||||||||
5834 | } | ||||||||||
5835 | } | ||||||||||
5836 | |||||||||||
5837 | if (inner == -1) | ||||||||||
5838 | return; | ||||||||||
5839 | |||||||||||
5840 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = D.getTypeObject(inner); | ||||||||||
5841 | if (chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer) { | ||||||||||
5842 | if (declSpecTy->isObjCRetainableType()) | ||||||||||
5843 | return transferARCOwnershipToDeclSpec(S, declSpecTy, ownership); | ||||||||||
5844 | if (declSpecTy->isObjCObjectType() && hasIndirection) | ||||||||||
5845 | return transferARCOwnershipToDeclaratorChunk(state, ownership, inner); | ||||||||||
5846 | } else { | ||||||||||
5847 | assert(chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array ||(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
5848 | chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Reference)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5849 | return transferARCOwnershipToDeclSpec(S, declSpecTy, ownership); | ||||||||||
5850 | } | ||||||||||
5851 | } | ||||||||||
5852 | |||||||||||
5853 | TypeSourceInfo *Sema::GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy) { | ||||||||||
5854 | TypeProcessingState state(*this, D); | ||||||||||
5855 | |||||||||||
5856 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5857 | QualType declSpecTy = GetDeclSpecTypeForDeclarator(state, ReturnTypeInfo); | ||||||||||
5858 | |||||||||||
5859 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { | ||||||||||
5860 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ownership = Context.getInnerObjCOwnership(FromTy); | ||||||||||
5861 | if (ownership != Qualifiers::OCL_None) | ||||||||||
5862 | transferARCOwnership(state, declSpecTy, ownership); | ||||||||||
5863 | } | ||||||||||
5864 | |||||||||||
5865 | return GetFullTypeForDeclarator(state, declSpecTy, ReturnTypeInfo); | ||||||||||
5866 | } | ||||||||||
5867 | |||||||||||
5868 | static void fillAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL, | ||||||||||
5869 | TypeProcessingState &State) { | ||||||||||
5870 | TL.setAttr(State.takeAttrForAttributedType(TL.getTypePtr())); | ||||||||||
5871 | } | ||||||||||
5872 | |||||||||||
5873 | namespace { | ||||||||||
5874 | class TypeSpecLocFiller : public TypeLocVisitor<TypeSpecLocFiller> { | ||||||||||
5875 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||||||||
5876 | ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||||
5877 | TypeProcessingState &State; | ||||||||||
5878 | const DeclSpec &DS; | ||||||||||
5879 | |||||||||||
5880 | public: | ||||||||||
5881 | TypeSpecLocFiller(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, TypeProcessingState &State, | ||||||||||
5882 | const DeclSpec &DS) | ||||||||||
5883 | : SemaRef(S), Context(Context), State(State), DS(DS) {} | ||||||||||
5884 | |||||||||||
5885 | void VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5886 | Visit(TL.getModifiedLoc()); | ||||||||||
5887 | fillAttributedTypeLoc(TL, State); | ||||||||||
5888 | } | ||||||||||
5889 | void VisitMacroQualifiedTypeLoc(MacroQualifiedTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5890 | Visit(TL.getInnerLoc()); | ||||||||||
5891 | TL.setExpansionLoc( | ||||||||||
5892 | State.getExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType(TL.getTypePtr())); | ||||||||||
5893 | } | ||||||||||
5894 | void VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5895 | Visit(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc()); | ||||||||||
5896 | } | ||||||||||
5897 | void VisitTypedefTypeLoc(TypedefTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5898 | TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
5899 | } | ||||||||||
5900 | void VisitObjCInterfaceTypeLoc(ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5901 | TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
5902 | // FIXME. We should have DS.getTypeSpecTypeEndLoc(). But, it requires | ||||||||||
5903 | // addition field. What we have is good enough for dispay of location | ||||||||||
5904 | // of 'fixit' on interface name. | ||||||||||
5905 | TL.setNameEndLoc(DS.getEndLoc()); | ||||||||||
5906 | } | ||||||||||
5907 | void VisitObjCObjectTypeLoc(ObjCObjectTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5908 | TypeSourceInfo *RepTInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5909 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &RepTInfo); | ||||||||||
5910 | TL.copy(RepTInfo->getTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
5911 | } | ||||||||||
5912 | void VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5913 | TypeSourceInfo *RepTInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5914 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &RepTInfo); | ||||||||||
5915 | TL.copy(RepTInfo->getTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
5916 | } | ||||||||||
5917 | void VisitTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5918 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5919 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo); | ||||||||||
5920 | |||||||||||
5921 | // If we got no declarator info from previous Sema routines, | ||||||||||
5922 | // just fill with the typespec loc. | ||||||||||
5923 | if (!TInfo) { | ||||||||||
5924 | TL.initialize(Context, DS.getTypeSpecTypeNameLoc()); | ||||||||||
5925 | return; | ||||||||||
5926 | } | ||||||||||
5927 | |||||||||||
5928 | TypeLoc OldTL = TInfo->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||
5929 | if (TInfo->getType()->getAs<ElaboratedType>()) { | ||||||||||
5930 | ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = OldTL.castAs<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(); | ||||||||||
5931 | TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc NamedTL = ElabTL.getNamedTypeLoc() | ||||||||||
5932 | .castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); | ||||||||||
5933 | TL.copy(NamedTL); | ||||||||||
5934 | } else { | ||||||||||
5935 | TL.copy(OldTL.castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>()); | ||||||||||
5936 | assert(TL.getRAngleLoc() == OldTL.castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>().getRAngleLoc())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5937 | } | ||||||||||
5938 | |||||||||||
5939 | } | ||||||||||
5940 | void VisitTypeOfExprTypeLoc(TypeOfExprTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5941 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5942 | TL.setTypeofLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
5943 | TL.setParensRange(DS.getTypeofParensRange()); | ||||||||||
5944 | } | ||||||||||
5945 | void VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5946 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofType)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5947 | TL.setTypeofLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
5948 | TL.setParensRange(DS.getTypeofParensRange()); | ||||||||||
5949 | assert(DS.getRepAsType())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5950 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5951 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo); | ||||||||||
5952 | TL.setUnderlyingTInfo(TInfo); | ||||||||||
5953 | } | ||||||||||
5954 | void VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5955 | // FIXME: This holds only because we only have one unary transform. | ||||||||||
5956 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5957 | TL.setKWLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
5958 | TL.setParensRange(DS.getTypeofParensRange()); | ||||||||||
5959 | assert(DS.getRepAsType())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5960 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5961 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo); | ||||||||||
5962 | TL.setUnderlyingTInfo(TInfo); | ||||||||||
5963 | } | ||||||||||
5964 | void VisitBuiltinTypeLoc(BuiltinTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5965 | // By default, use the source location of the type specifier. | ||||||||||
5966 | TL.setBuiltinLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
5967 | if (TL.needsExtraLocalData()) { | ||||||||||
5968 | // Set info for the written builtin specifiers. | ||||||||||
5969 | TL.getWrittenBuiltinSpecs() = DS.getWrittenBuiltinSpecs(); | ||||||||||
5970 | // Try to have a meaningful source location. | ||||||||||
5971 | if (TL.getWrittenSignSpec() != TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified) | ||||||||||
5972 | TL.expandBuiltinRange(DS.getTypeSpecSignLoc()); | ||||||||||
5973 | if (TL.getWrittenWidthSpec() != TypeSpecifierWidth::Unspecified) | ||||||||||
5974 | TL.expandBuiltinRange(DS.getTypeSpecWidthRange()); | ||||||||||
5975 | } | ||||||||||
5976 | } | ||||||||||
5977 | void VisitElaboratedTypeLoc(ElaboratedTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5978 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword | ||||||||||
5979 | = TypeWithKeyword::getKeywordForTypeSpec(DS.getTypeSpecType()); | ||||||||||
5980 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_typename) { | ||||||||||
5981 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5982 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo); | ||||||||||
5983 | if (TInfo) { | ||||||||||
5984 | TL.copy(TInfo->getTypeLoc().castAs<ElaboratedTypeLoc>()); | ||||||||||
5985 | return; | ||||||||||
5986 | } | ||||||||||
5987 | } | ||||||||||
5988 | TL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(Keyword != ETK_None | ||||||||||
5989 | ? DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc() | ||||||||||
5990 | : SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
5991 | const CXXScopeSpec& SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); | ||||||||||
5992 | TL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); | ||||||||||
5993 | Visit(TL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc()); | ||||||||||
5994 | } | ||||||||||
5995 | void VisitDependentNameTypeLoc(DependentNameTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
5996 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_typename)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
5997 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
5998 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo); | ||||||||||
5999 | assert(TInfo)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6000 | TL.copy(TInfo->getTypeLoc().castAs<DependentNameTypeLoc>()); | ||||||||||
| |||||||||||
6001 | } | ||||||||||
6002 | void VisitDependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc( | ||||||||||
6003 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6004 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_typename)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6005 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
6006 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo); | ||||||||||
6007 | assert(TInfo)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6008 | TL.copy( | ||||||||||
6009 | TInfo->getTypeLoc().castAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>()); | ||||||||||
6010 | } | ||||||||||
6011 | void VisitAutoTypeLoc(AutoTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6012 | assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_auto ||(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
6013 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_decltype_auto ||(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
6014 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_auto_type ||(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
6015 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == TST_unspecified)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6016 | TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6017 | if (!DS.isConstrainedAuto()) | ||||||||||
6018 | return; | ||||||||||
6019 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = DS.getRepAsTemplateId(); | ||||||||||
6020 | if (!TemplateId) | ||||||||||
6021 | return; | ||||||||||
6022 | if (DS.getTypeSpecScope().isNotEmpty()) | ||||||||||
6023 | TL.setNestedNameSpecifierLoc( | ||||||||||
6024 | DS.getTypeSpecScope().getWithLocInContext(Context)); | ||||||||||
6025 | else | ||||||||||
6026 | TL.setNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc()); | ||||||||||
6027 | TL.setTemplateKWLoc(TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc); | ||||||||||
6028 | TL.setConceptNameLoc(TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc); | ||||||||||
6029 | TL.setFoundDecl(nullptr); | ||||||||||
6030 | TL.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
6031 | TL.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); | ||||||||||
6032 | if (TemplateId->NumArgs == 0) | ||||||||||
6033 | return; | ||||||||||
6034 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsInfo; | ||||||||||
6035 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), | ||||||||||
6036 | TemplateId->NumArgs); | ||||||||||
6037 | SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgsInfo); | ||||||||||
6038 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < TemplateId->NumArgs; ++I) | ||||||||||
6039 | TL.setArgLocInfo(I, TemplateArgsInfo.arguments()[I].getLocInfo()); | ||||||||||
6040 | } | ||||||||||
6041 | void VisitTagTypeLoc(TagTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6042 | TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeNameLoc()); | ||||||||||
6043 | } | ||||||||||
6044 | void VisitAtomicTypeLoc(AtomicTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6045 | // An AtomicTypeLoc can come from either an _Atomic(...) type specifier | ||||||||||
6046 | // or an _Atomic qualifier. | ||||||||||
6047 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_atomic) { | ||||||||||
6048 | TL.setKWLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6049 | TL.setParensRange(DS.getTypeofParensRange()); | ||||||||||
6050 | |||||||||||
6051 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
6052 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo); | ||||||||||
6053 | assert(TInfo)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6054 | TL.getValueLoc().initializeFullCopy(TInfo->getTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6055 | } else { | ||||||||||
6056 | TL.setKWLoc(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); | ||||||||||
6057 | // No parens, to indicate this was spelled as an _Atomic qualifier. | ||||||||||
6058 | TL.setParensRange(SourceRange()); | ||||||||||
6059 | Visit(TL.getValueLoc()); | ||||||||||
6060 | } | ||||||||||
6061 | } | ||||||||||
6062 | |||||||||||
6063 | void VisitPipeTypeLoc(PipeTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6064 | TL.setKWLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6065 | |||||||||||
6066 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||||
6067 | Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo); | ||||||||||
6068 | TL.getValueLoc().initializeFullCopy(TInfo->getTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6069 | } | ||||||||||
6070 | |||||||||||
6071 | void VisitExtIntTypeLoc(ExtIntTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6072 | TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6073 | } | ||||||||||
6074 | |||||||||||
6075 | void VisitDependentExtIntTypeLoc(DependentExtIntTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6076 | TL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6077 | } | ||||||||||
6078 | |||||||||||
6079 | void VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6080 | // FIXME: add other typespec types and change this to an assert. | ||||||||||
6081 | TL.initialize(Context, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6082 | } | ||||||||||
6083 | }; | ||||||||||
6084 | |||||||||||
6085 | class DeclaratorLocFiller : public TypeLocVisitor<DeclaratorLocFiller> { | ||||||||||
6086 | ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||||
6087 | TypeProcessingState &State; | ||||||||||
6088 | const DeclaratorChunk &Chunk; | ||||||||||
6089 | |||||||||||
6090 | public: | ||||||||||
6091 | DeclaratorLocFiller(ASTContext &Context, TypeProcessingState &State, | ||||||||||
6092 | const DeclaratorChunk &Chunk) | ||||||||||
6093 | : Context(Context), State(State), Chunk(Chunk) {} | ||||||||||
6094 | |||||||||||
6095 | void VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6096 | llvm_unreachable("qualified type locs not expected here!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6097 | } | ||||||||||
6098 | void VisitDecayedTypeLoc(DecayedTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6099 | llvm_unreachable("decayed type locs not expected here!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6100 | } | ||||||||||
6101 | |||||||||||
6102 | void VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6103 | fillAttributedTypeLoc(TL, State); | ||||||||||
6104 | } | ||||||||||
6105 | void VisitAdjustedTypeLoc(AdjustedTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6106 | // nothing | ||||||||||
6107 | } | ||||||||||
6108 | void VisitBlockPointerTypeLoc(BlockPointerTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6109 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6110 | TL.setCaretLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6111 | } | ||||||||||
6112 | void VisitPointerTypeLoc(PointerTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6113 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6114 | TL.setStarLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6115 | } | ||||||||||
6116 | void VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6117 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6118 | TL.setStarLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6119 | } | ||||||||||
6120 | void VisitMemberPointerTypeLoc(MemberPointerTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6121 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6122 | const CXXScopeSpec& SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); | ||||||||||
6123 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc = SS.getWithLocInContext(Context); | ||||||||||
6124 | |||||||||||
6125 | const Type* ClsTy = TL.getClass(); | ||||||||||
6126 | QualType ClsQT = QualType(ClsTy, 0); | ||||||||||
6127 | TypeSourceInfo *ClsTInfo = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(ClsQT, 0); | ||||||||||
6128 | // Now copy source location info into the type loc component. | ||||||||||
6129 | TypeLoc ClsTL = ClsTInfo->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||
6130 | switch (NNSLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getKind()) { | ||||||||||
6131 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: | ||||||||||
6132 | assert(isa<DependentNameType>(ClsTy) && "Unexpected TypeLoc")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6133 | { | ||||||||||
6134 | DependentNameTypeLoc DNTLoc = ClsTL.castAs<DependentNameTypeLoc>(); | ||||||||||
6135 | DNTLoc.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
6136 | DNTLoc.setQualifierLoc(NNSLoc.getPrefix()); | ||||||||||
6137 | DNTLoc.setNameLoc(NNSLoc.getLocalBeginLoc()); | ||||||||||
6138 | } | ||||||||||
6139 | break; | ||||||||||
6140 | |||||||||||
6141 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: | ||||||||||
6142 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: | ||||||||||
6143 | if (isa<ElaboratedType>(ClsTy)) { | ||||||||||
6144 | ElaboratedTypeLoc ETLoc = ClsTL.castAs<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(); | ||||||||||
6145 | ETLoc.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||||||||
6146 | ETLoc.setQualifierLoc(NNSLoc.getPrefix()); | ||||||||||
6147 | TypeLoc NamedTL = ETLoc.getNamedTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||
6148 | NamedTL.initializeFullCopy(NNSLoc.getTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6149 | } else { | ||||||||||
6150 | ClsTL.initializeFullCopy(NNSLoc.getTypeLoc()); | ||||||||||
6151 | } | ||||||||||
6152 | break; | ||||||||||
6153 | |||||||||||
6154 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: | ||||||||||
6155 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: | ||||||||||
6156 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: | ||||||||||
6157 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: | ||||||||||
6158 | llvm_unreachable("Nested-name-specifier must name a type")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6159 | } | ||||||||||
6160 | |||||||||||
6161 | // Finally fill in MemberPointerLocInfo fields. | ||||||||||
6162 | TL.setStarLoc(Chunk.Mem.StarLoc); | ||||||||||
6163 | TL.setClassTInfo(ClsTInfo); | ||||||||||
6164 | } | ||||||||||
6165 | void VisitLValueReferenceTypeLoc(LValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6166 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Reference)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6167 | // 'Amp' is misleading: this might have been originally | ||||||||||
6168 | /// spelled with AmpAmp. | ||||||||||
6169 | TL.setAmpLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6170 | } | ||||||||||
6171 | void VisitRValueReferenceTypeLoc(RValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6172 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Reference)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6173 | assert(!Chunk.Ref.LValueRef)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6174 | TL.setAmpAmpLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6175 | } | ||||||||||
6176 | void VisitArrayTypeLoc(ArrayTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6177 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6178 | TL.setLBracketLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6179 | TL.setRBracketLoc(Chunk.EndLoc); | ||||||||||
6180 | TL.setSizeExpr(static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts)); | ||||||||||
6181 | } | ||||||||||
6182 | void VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FunctionTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6183 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6184 | TL.setLocalRangeBegin(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6185 | TL.setLocalRangeEnd(Chunk.EndLoc); | ||||||||||
6186 | |||||||||||
6187 | const DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = Chunk.Fun; | ||||||||||
6188 | TL.setLParenLoc(FTI.getLParenLoc()); | ||||||||||
6189 | TL.setRParenLoc(FTI.getRParenLoc()); | ||||||||||
6190 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumParams(), tpi = 0; i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||||
6191 | ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); | ||||||||||
6192 | TL.setParam(tpi++, Param); | ||||||||||
6193 | } | ||||||||||
6194 | TL.setExceptionSpecRange(FTI.getExceptionSpecRange()); | ||||||||||
6195 | } | ||||||||||
6196 | void VisitParenTypeLoc(ParenTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6197 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Paren)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6198 | TL.setLParenLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6199 | TL.setRParenLoc(Chunk.EndLoc); | ||||||||||
6200 | } | ||||||||||
6201 | void VisitPipeTypeLoc(PipeTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6202 | assert(Chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pipe)(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6203 | TL.setKWLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6204 | } | ||||||||||
6205 | void VisitExtIntTypeLoc(ExtIntTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6206 | TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6207 | } | ||||||||||
6208 | void VisitMacroQualifiedTypeLoc(MacroQualifiedTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6209 | TL.setExpansionLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6210 | } | ||||||||||
6211 | void VisitVectorTypeLoc(VectorTypeLoc TL) { TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc); } | ||||||||||
6212 | void VisitDependentVectorTypeLoc(DependentVectorTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6213 | TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6214 | } | ||||||||||
6215 | void VisitExtVectorTypeLoc(ExtVectorTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6216 | TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6217 | } | ||||||||||
6218 | void | ||||||||||
6219 | VisitDependentSizedExtVectorTypeLoc(DependentSizedExtVectorTypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6220 | TL.setNameLoc(Chunk.Loc); | ||||||||||
6221 | } | ||||||||||
6222 | |||||||||||
6223 | void VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL) { | ||||||||||
6224 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported TypeLoc kind in declarator!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6225 | } | ||||||||||
6226 | }; | ||||||||||
6227 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||||
6228 | |||||||||||
6229 | static void fillAtomicQualLoc(AtomicTypeLoc ATL, const DeclaratorChunk &Chunk) { | ||||||||||
6230 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||||||||
6231 | switch (Chunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
6232 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
6233 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
6234 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
6235 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
6236 | llvm_unreachable("cannot be _Atomic qualified")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6237 | |||||||||||
6238 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
6239 | Loc = Chunk.Ptr.AtomicQualLoc; | ||||||||||
6240 | break; | ||||||||||
6241 | |||||||||||
6242 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
6243 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
6244 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
6245 | // FIXME: Provide a source location for the _Atomic keyword. | ||||||||||
6246 | break; | ||||||||||
6247 | } | ||||||||||
6248 | |||||||||||
6249 | ATL.setKWLoc(Loc); | ||||||||||
6250 | ATL.setParensRange(SourceRange()); | ||||||||||
6251 | } | ||||||||||
6252 | |||||||||||
6253 | static void | ||||||||||
6254 | fillDependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc(DependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc DASTL, | ||||||||||
6255 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { | ||||||||||
6256 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : Attrs) { | ||||||||||
6257 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AddressSpace) { | ||||||||||
6258 | DASTL.setAttrNameLoc(AL.getLoc()); | ||||||||||
6259 | DASTL.setAttrExprOperand(AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||||||||
6260 | DASTL.setAttrOperandParensRange(SourceRange()); | ||||||||||
6261 | return; | ||||||||||
6262 | } | ||||||||||
6263 | } | ||||||||||
6264 | |||||||||||
6265 | llvm_unreachable(__builtin_unreachable() | ||||||||||
6266 | "no address_space attribute found at the expected location!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6267 | } | ||||||||||
6268 | |||||||||||
6269 | static void fillMatrixTypeLoc(MatrixTypeLoc MTL, | ||||||||||
6270 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { | ||||||||||
6271 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : Attrs) { | ||||||||||
6272 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_MatrixType) { | ||||||||||
6273 | MTL.setAttrNameLoc(AL.getLoc()); | ||||||||||
6274 | MTL.setAttrRowOperand(AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||||||||
6275 | MTL.setAttrColumnOperand(AL.getArgAsExpr(1)); | ||||||||||
6276 | MTL.setAttrOperandParensRange(SourceRange()); | ||||||||||
6277 | return; | ||||||||||
6278 | } | ||||||||||
6279 | } | ||||||||||
6280 | |||||||||||
6281 | llvm_unreachable("no matrix_type attribute found at the expected location!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6282 | } | ||||||||||
6283 | |||||||||||
6284 | /// Create and instantiate a TypeSourceInfo with type source information. | ||||||||||
6285 | /// | ||||||||||
6286 | /// \param T QualType referring to the type as written in source code. | ||||||||||
6287 | /// | ||||||||||
6288 | /// \param ReturnTypeInfo For declarators whose return type does not show | ||||||||||
6289 | /// up in the normal place in the declaration specifiers (such as a C++ | ||||||||||
6290 | /// conversion function), this pointer will refer to a type source information | ||||||||||
6291 | /// for that return type. | ||||||||||
6292 | static TypeSourceInfo * | ||||||||||
6293 | GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(TypeProcessingState &State, | ||||||||||
6294 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo) { | ||||||||||
6295 | Sema &S = State.getSema(); | ||||||||||
6296 | Declarator &D = State.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
6297 | |||||||||||
6298 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = S.Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); | ||||||||||
6299 | UnqualTypeLoc CurrTL = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||||||
6300 | |||||||||||
6301 | // Handle parameter packs whose type is a pack expansion. | ||||||||||
6302 | if (isa<PackExpansionType>(T)) { | ||||||||||
6303 | CurrTL.castAs<PackExpansionTypeLoc>().setEllipsisLoc(D.getEllipsisLoc()); | ||||||||||
6304 | CurrTL = CurrTL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||||||
6305 | } | ||||||||||
6306 | |||||||||||
6307 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||||
6308 | // An AtomicTypeLoc might be produced by an atomic qualifier in this | ||||||||||
6309 | // declarator chunk. | ||||||||||
6310 | if (AtomicTypeLoc ATL = CurrTL.getAs<AtomicTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||||||
6311 | fillAtomicQualLoc(ATL, D.getTypeObject(i)); | ||||||||||
6312 | CurrTL = ATL.getValueLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||||||
6313 | } | ||||||||||
6314 | |||||||||||
6315 | while (MacroQualifiedTypeLoc TL = CurrTL.getAs<MacroQualifiedTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||||||
6316 | TL.setExpansionLoc( | ||||||||||
6317 | State.getExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType(TL.getTypePtr())); | ||||||||||
6318 | CurrTL = TL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||||||
6319 | } | ||||||||||
6320 | |||||||||||
6321 | while (AttributedTypeLoc TL = CurrTL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||||||
6322 | fillAttributedTypeLoc(TL, State); | ||||||||||
6323 | CurrTL = TL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||||||
6324 | } | ||||||||||
6325 | |||||||||||
6326 | while (DependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc TL = | ||||||||||
6327 | CurrTL.getAs<DependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc>()) { | ||||||||||
6328 | fillDependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc(TL, D.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs()); | ||||||||||
6329 | CurrTL = TL.getPointeeTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||||||
6330 | } | ||||||||||
6331 | |||||||||||
6332 | if (MatrixTypeLoc TL = CurrTL.getAs<MatrixTypeLoc>()) | ||||||||||
6333 | fillMatrixTypeLoc(TL, D.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs()); | ||||||||||
6334 | |||||||||||
6335 | // FIXME: Ordering here? | ||||||||||
6336 | while (AdjustedTypeLoc TL = CurrTL.getAs<AdjustedTypeLoc>()) | ||||||||||
6337 | CurrTL = TL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||||||
6338 | |||||||||||
6339 | DeclaratorLocFiller(S.Context, State, D.getTypeObject(i)).Visit(CurrTL); | ||||||||||
6340 | CurrTL = CurrTL.getNextTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); | ||||||||||
6341 | } | ||||||||||
6342 | |||||||||||
6343 | // If we have different source information for the return type, use | ||||||||||
6344 | // that. This really only applies to C++ conversion functions. | ||||||||||
6345 | if (ReturnTypeInfo) { | ||||||||||
6346 | TypeLoc TL = ReturnTypeInfo->getTypeLoc(); | ||||||||||
6347 | assert(TL.getFullDataSize() == CurrTL.getFullDataSize())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6348 | memcpy(CurrTL.getOpaqueData(), TL.getOpaqueData(), TL.getFullDataSize()); | ||||||||||
6349 | } else { | ||||||||||
6350 | TypeSpecLocFiller(S, S.Context, State, D.getDeclSpec()).Visit(CurrTL); | ||||||||||
6351 | } | ||||||||||
6352 | |||||||||||
6353 | return TInfo; | ||||||||||
6354 | } | ||||||||||
6355 | |||||||||||
6356 | /// Create a LocInfoType to hold the given QualType and TypeSourceInfo. | ||||||||||
6357 | ParsedType Sema::CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { | ||||||||||
6358 | // FIXME: LocInfoTypes are "transient", only needed for passing to/from Parser | ||||||||||
6359 | // and Sema during declaration parsing. Try deallocating/caching them when | ||||||||||
6360 | // it's appropriate, instead of allocating them and keeping them around. | ||||||||||
6361 | LocInfoType *LocT = (LocInfoType*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(LocInfoType), | ||||||||||
6362 | TypeAlignment); | ||||||||||
6363 | new (LocT) LocInfoType(T, TInfo); | ||||||||||
6364 | assert(LocT->getTypeClass() != T->getTypeClass() &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
6365 | "LocInfoType's TypeClass conflicts with an existing Type class")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6366 | return ParsedType::make(QualType(LocT, 0)); | ||||||||||
6367 | } | ||||||||||
6368 | |||||||||||
6369 | void LocInfoType::getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, | ||||||||||
6370 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { | ||||||||||
6371 | llvm_unreachable("LocInfoType leaked into the type system; an opaque TypeTy*"__builtin_unreachable() | ||||||||||
6372 | " was used directly instead of getting the QualType through"__builtin_unreachable() | ||||||||||
6373 | " GetTypeFromParser")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6374 | } | ||||||||||
6375 | |||||||||||
6376 | TypeResult Sema::ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { | ||||||||||
6377 | // C99 6.7.6: Type names have no identifier. This is already validated by | ||||||||||
6378 | // the parser. | ||||||||||
6379 | assert(D.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
6380 | "Type name should have no identifier!")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
6381 | |||||||||||
6382 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); | ||||||||||
6383 | QualType T = TInfo->getType(); | ||||||||||
6384 | if (D.isInvalidType()) | ||||||||||
6385 | return true; | ||||||||||
6386 | |||||||||||
6387 | // Make sure there are no unused decl attributes on the declarator. | ||||||||||
6388 | // We don't want to do this for ObjC parameters because we're going | ||||||||||
6389 | // to apply them to the actual parameter declaration. | ||||||||||
6390 | // Likewise, we don't want to do this for alias declarations, because | ||||||||||
6391 | // we are actually going to build a declaration from this eventually. | ||||||||||
6392 | if (D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::ObjCParameter && | ||||||||||
6393 | D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::AliasDecl && | ||||||||||
6394 | D.getContext() != DeclaratorContext::AliasTemplate) | ||||||||||
6395 | checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D); | ||||||||||
6396 | |||||||||||
6397 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||||
6398 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). | ||||||||||
6399 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | ||||||||||
6400 | } | ||||||||||
6401 | |||||||||||
6402 | return CreateParsedType(T, TInfo); | ||||||||||
6403 | } | ||||||||||
6404 | |||||||||||
6405 | ParsedType Sema::ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
6406 | QualType T = Context.getObjCInstanceType(); | ||||||||||
6407 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); | ||||||||||
6408 | return CreateParsedType(T, TInfo); | ||||||||||
6409 | } | ||||||||||
6410 | |||||||||||
6411 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||||
6412 | // Type Attribute Processing | ||||||||||
6413 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||||
6414 | |||||||||||
6415 | /// Build an AddressSpace index from a constant expression and diagnose any | ||||||||||
6416 | /// errors related to invalid address_spaces. Returns true on successfully | ||||||||||
6417 | /// building an AddressSpace index. | ||||||||||
6418 | static bool BuildAddressSpaceIndex(Sema &S, LangAS &ASIdx, | ||||||||||
6419 | const Expr *AddrSpace, | ||||||||||
6420 | SourceLocation AttrLoc) { | ||||||||||
6421 | if (!AddrSpace->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||||
6422 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptAddrSpace = | ||||||||||
6423 | AddrSpace->getIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context); | ||||||||||
6424 | if (!OptAddrSpace) { | ||||||||||
6425 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||||||
6426 | << "'address_space'" << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||||||||
6427 | << AddrSpace->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
6428 | return false; | ||||||||||
6429 | } | ||||||||||
6430 | llvm::APSInt &addrSpace = *OptAddrSpace; | ||||||||||
6431 | |||||||||||
6432 | // Bounds checking. | ||||||||||
6433 | if (addrSpace.isSigned()) { | ||||||||||
6434 | if (addrSpace.isNegative()) { | ||||||||||
6435 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_address_space_negative) | ||||||||||
6436 | << AddrSpace->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
6437 | return false; | ||||||||||
6438 | } | ||||||||||
6439 | addrSpace.setIsSigned(false); | ||||||||||
6440 | } | ||||||||||
6441 | |||||||||||
6442 | llvm::APSInt max(addrSpace.getBitWidth()); | ||||||||||
6443 | max = | ||||||||||
6444 | Qualifiers::MaxAddressSpace - (unsigned)LangAS::FirstTargetAddressSpace; | ||||||||||
6445 | |||||||||||
6446 | if (addrSpace > max) { | ||||||||||
6447 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_address_space_too_high) | ||||||||||
6448 | << (unsigned)max.getZExtValue() << AddrSpace->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
6449 | return false; | ||||||||||
6450 | } | ||||||||||
6451 | |||||||||||
6452 | ASIdx = | ||||||||||
6453 | getLangASFromTargetAS(static_cast<unsigned>(addrSpace.getZExtValue())); | ||||||||||
6454 | return true; | ||||||||||
6455 | } | ||||||||||
6456 | |||||||||||
6457 | // Default value for DependentAddressSpaceTypes | ||||||||||
6458 | ASIdx = LangAS::Default; | ||||||||||
6459 | return true; | ||||||||||
6460 | } | ||||||||||
6461 | |||||||||||
6462 | /// BuildAddressSpaceAttr - Builds a DependentAddressSpaceType if an expression | ||||||||||
6463 | /// is uninstantiated. If instantiated it will apply the appropriate address | ||||||||||
6464 | /// space to the type. This function allows dependent template variables to be | ||||||||||
6465 | /// used in conjunction with the address_space attribute | ||||||||||
6466 | QualType Sema::BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace, | ||||||||||
6467 | SourceLocation AttrLoc) { | ||||||||||
6468 | if (!AddrSpace->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||||
6469 | if (DiagnoseMultipleAddrSpaceAttributes(*this, T.getAddressSpace(), ASIdx, | ||||||||||
6470 | AttrLoc)) | ||||||||||
6471 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
6472 | |||||||||||
6473 | return Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T, ASIdx); | ||||||||||
6474 | } | ||||||||||
6475 | |||||||||||
6476 | // A check with similar intentions as checking if a type already has an | ||||||||||
6477 | // address space except for on a dependent types, basically if the | ||||||||||
6478 | // current type is already a DependentAddressSpaceType then its already | ||||||||||
6479 | // lined up to have another address space on it and we can't have | ||||||||||
6480 | // multiple address spaces on the one pointer indirection | ||||||||||
6481 | if (T->getAs<DependentAddressSpaceType>()) { | ||||||||||
6482 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_address_multiple_qualifiers); | ||||||||||
6483 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
6484 | } | ||||||||||
6485 | |||||||||||
6486 | return Context.getDependentAddressSpaceType(T, AddrSpace, AttrLoc); | ||||||||||
6487 | } | ||||||||||
6488 | |||||||||||
6489 | QualType Sema::BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, | ||||||||||
6490 | SourceLocation AttrLoc) { | ||||||||||
6491 | LangAS ASIdx; | ||||||||||
6492 | if (!BuildAddressSpaceIndex(*this, ASIdx, AddrSpace, AttrLoc)) | ||||||||||
6493 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
6494 | return BuildAddressSpaceAttr(T, ASIdx, AddrSpace, AttrLoc); | ||||||||||
6495 | } | ||||||||||
6496 | |||||||||||
6497 | /// HandleAddressSpaceTypeAttribute - Process an address_space attribute on the | ||||||||||
6498 | /// specified type. The attribute contains 1 argument, the id of the address | ||||||||||
6499 | /// space for the type. | ||||||||||
6500 | static void HandleAddressSpaceTypeAttribute(QualType &Type, | ||||||||||
6501 | const ParsedAttr &Attr, | ||||||||||
6502 | TypeProcessingState &State) { | ||||||||||
6503 | Sema &S = State.getSema(); | ||||||||||
6504 | |||||||||||
6505 | // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.3 (amending C99 6.7.3): "A function type shall not be | ||||||||||
6506 | // qualified by an address-space qualifier." | ||||||||||
6507 | if (Type->isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||||
6508 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_address_function_type); | ||||||||||
6509 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6510 | return; | ||||||||||
6511 | } | ||||||||||
6512 | |||||||||||
6513 | LangAS ASIdx; | ||||||||||
6514 | if (Attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AddressSpace) { | ||||||||||
6515 | |||||||||||
6516 | // Check the attribute arguments. | ||||||||||
6517 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) { | ||||||||||
6518 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << Attr | ||||||||||
6519 | << 1; | ||||||||||
6520 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6521 | return; | ||||||||||
6522 | } | ||||||||||
6523 | |||||||||||
6524 | Expr *ASArgExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Attr.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||||||||
6525 | LangAS ASIdx; | ||||||||||
6526 | if (!BuildAddressSpaceIndex(S, ASIdx, ASArgExpr, Attr.getLoc())) { | ||||||||||
6527 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6528 | return; | ||||||||||
6529 | } | ||||||||||
6530 | |||||||||||
6531 | ASTContext &Ctx = S.Context; | ||||||||||
6532 | auto *ASAttr = | ||||||||||
6533 | ::new (Ctx) AddressSpaceAttr(Ctx, Attr, static_cast<unsigned>(ASIdx)); | ||||||||||
6534 | |||||||||||
6535 | // If the expression is not value dependent (not templated), then we can | ||||||||||
6536 | // apply the address space qualifiers just to the equivalent type. | ||||||||||
6537 | // Otherwise, we make an AttributedType with the modified and equivalent | ||||||||||
6538 | // type the same, and wrap it in a DependentAddressSpaceType. When this | ||||||||||
6539 | // dependent type is resolved, the qualifier is added to the equivalent type | ||||||||||
6540 | // later. | ||||||||||
6541 | QualType T; | ||||||||||
6542 | if (!ASArgExpr->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||||
6543 | QualType EquivType = | ||||||||||
6544 | S.BuildAddressSpaceAttr(Type, ASIdx, ASArgExpr, Attr.getLoc()); | ||||||||||
6545 | if (EquivType.isNull()) { | ||||||||||
6546 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6547 | return; | ||||||||||
6548 | } | ||||||||||
6549 | T = State.getAttributedType(ASAttr, Type, EquivType); | ||||||||||
6550 | } else { | ||||||||||
6551 | T = State.getAttributedType(ASAttr, Type, Type); | ||||||||||
6552 | T = S.BuildAddressSpaceAttr(T, ASIdx, ASArgExpr, Attr.getLoc()); | ||||||||||
6553 | } | ||||||||||
6554 | |||||||||||
6555 | if (!T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
6556 | Type = T; | ||||||||||
6557 | else | ||||||||||
6558 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6559 | } else { | ||||||||||
6560 | // The keyword-based type attributes imply which address space to use. | ||||||||||
6561 | ASIdx = S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice ? Attr.asSYCLLangAS() | ||||||||||
6562 | : Attr.asOpenCLLangAS(); | ||||||||||
6563 | |||||||||||
6564 | if (ASIdx == LangAS::Default) | ||||||||||
6565 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid address space")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6566 | |||||||||||
6567 | if (DiagnoseMultipleAddrSpaceAttributes(S, Type.getAddressSpace(), ASIdx, | ||||||||||
6568 | Attr.getLoc())) { | ||||||||||
6569 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6570 | return; | ||||||||||
6571 | } | ||||||||||
6572 | |||||||||||
6573 | Type = S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ASIdx); | ||||||||||
6574 | } | ||||||||||
6575 | } | ||||||||||
6576 | |||||||||||
6577 | /// handleObjCOwnershipTypeAttr - Process an objc_ownership | ||||||||||
6578 | /// attribute on the specified type. | ||||||||||
6579 | /// | ||||||||||
6580 | /// Returns 'true' if the attribute was handled. | ||||||||||
6581 | static bool handleObjCOwnershipTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
6582 | ParsedAttr &attr, QualType &type) { | ||||||||||
6583 | bool NonObjCPointer = false; | ||||||||||
6584 | |||||||||||
6585 | if (!type->isDependentType() && !type->isUndeducedType()) { | ||||||||||
6586 | if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||||
6587 | QualType pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||||
6588 | if (pointee->isObjCRetainableType() || pointee->isPointerType()) | ||||||||||
6589 | return false; | ||||||||||
6590 | // It is important not to lose the source info that there was an attribute | ||||||||||
6591 | // applied to non-objc pointer. We will create an attributed type but | ||||||||||
6592 | // its type will be the same as the original type. | ||||||||||
6593 | NonObjCPointer = true; | ||||||||||
6594 | } else if (!type->isObjCRetainableType()) { | ||||||||||
6595 | return false; | ||||||||||
6596 | } | ||||||||||
6597 | |||||||||||
6598 | // Don't accept an ownership attribute in the declspec if it would | ||||||||||
6599 | // just be the return type of a block pointer. | ||||||||||
6600 | if (state.isProcessingDeclSpec()) { | ||||||||||
6601 | Declarator &D = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
6602 | if (maybeMovePastReturnType(D, D.getNumTypeObjects(), | ||||||||||
6603 | /*onlyBlockPointers=*/true)) | ||||||||||
6604 | return false; | ||||||||||
6605 | } | ||||||||||
6606 | } | ||||||||||
6607 | |||||||||||
6608 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
6609 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = attr.getLoc(); | ||||||||||
6610 | if (AttrLoc.isMacroID()) | ||||||||||
6611 | AttrLoc = | ||||||||||
6612 | S.getSourceManager().getImmediateExpansionRange(AttrLoc).getBegin(); | ||||||||||
6613 | |||||||||||
6614 | if (!attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||||||
6615 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) << attr | ||||||||||
6616 | << AANT_ArgumentString; | ||||||||||
6617 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6618 | return true; | ||||||||||
6619 | } | ||||||||||
6620 | |||||||||||
6621 | IdentifierInfo *II = attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||||||||
6622 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; | ||||||||||
6623 | if (II->isStr("none")) | ||||||||||
6624 | lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; | ||||||||||
6625 | else if (II->isStr("strong")) | ||||||||||
6626 | lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_Strong; | ||||||||||
6627 | else if (II->isStr("weak")) | ||||||||||
6628 | lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_Weak; | ||||||||||
6629 | else if (II->isStr("autoreleasing")) | ||||||||||
6630 | lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing; | ||||||||||
6631 | else { | ||||||||||
6632 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << attr << II; | ||||||||||
6633 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6634 | return true; | ||||||||||
6635 | } | ||||||||||
6636 | |||||||||||
6637 | // Just ignore lifetime attributes other than __weak and __unsafe_unretained | ||||||||||
6638 | // outside of ARC mode. | ||||||||||
6639 | if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||||||
6640 | lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && | ||||||||||
6641 | lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { | ||||||||||
6642 | return true; | ||||||||||
6643 | } | ||||||||||
6644 | |||||||||||
6645 | SplitQualType underlyingType = type.split(); | ||||||||||
6646 | |||||||||||
6647 | // Check for redundant/conflicting ownership qualifiers. | ||||||||||
6648 | if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime previousLifetime | ||||||||||
6649 | = type.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||||||
6650 | // If it's written directly, that's an error. | ||||||||||
6651 | if (S.Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(type)) { | ||||||||||
6652 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attr_objc_ownership_redundant) | ||||||||||
6653 | << type; | ||||||||||
6654 | return true; | ||||||||||
6655 | } | ||||||||||
6656 | |||||||||||
6657 | // Otherwise, if the qualifiers actually conflict, pull sugar off | ||||||||||
6658 | // and remove the ObjCLifetime qualifiers. | ||||||||||
6659 | if (previousLifetime != lifetime) { | ||||||||||
6660 | // It's possible to have multiple local ObjCLifetime qualifiers. We | ||||||||||
6661 | // can't stop after we reach a type that is directly qualified. | ||||||||||
6662 | const Type *prevTy = nullptr; | ||||||||||
6663 | while (!prevTy || prevTy != underlyingType.Ty) { | ||||||||||
6664 | prevTy = underlyingType.Ty; | ||||||||||
6665 | underlyingType = underlyingType.getSingleStepDesugaredType(); | ||||||||||
6666 | } | ||||||||||
6667 | underlyingType.Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||||
6668 | } | ||||||||||
6669 | } | ||||||||||
6670 | |||||||||||
6671 | underlyingType.Quals.addObjCLifetime(lifetime); | ||||||||||
6672 | |||||||||||
6673 | if (NonObjCPointer) { | ||||||||||
6674 | StringRef name = attr.getAttrName()->getName(); | ||||||||||
6675 | switch (lifetime) { | ||||||||||
6676 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | ||||||||||
6677 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | ||||||||||
6678 | break; | ||||||||||
6679 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: name = "__strong"; break; | ||||||||||
6680 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: name = "__weak"; break; | ||||||||||
6681 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: name = "__autoreleasing"; break; | ||||||||||
6682 | } | ||||||||||
6683 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_type_attribute_wrong_type) << name | ||||||||||
6684 | << TDS_ObjCObjOrBlock << type; | ||||||||||
6685 | } | ||||||||||
6686 | |||||||||||
6687 | // Don't actually add the __unsafe_unretained qualifier in non-ARC files, | ||||||||||
6688 | // because having both 'T' and '__unsafe_unretained T' exist in the type | ||||||||||
6689 | // system causes unfortunate widespread consistency problems. (For example, | ||||||||||
6690 | // they're not considered compatible types, and we mangle them identicially | ||||||||||
6691 | // as template arguments.) These problems are all individually fixable, | ||||||||||
6692 | // but it's easier to just not add the qualifier and instead sniff it out | ||||||||||
6693 | // in specific places using isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType(). | ||||||||||
6694 | // | ||||||||||
6695 | // Doing this does means we miss some trivial consistency checks that | ||||||||||
6696 | // would've triggered in ARC, but that's better than trying to solve all | ||||||||||
6697 | // the coexistence problems with __unsafe_unretained. | ||||||||||
6698 | if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||||||
6699 | lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { | ||||||||||
6700 | type = state.getAttributedType( | ||||||||||
6701 | createSimpleAttr<ObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedAttr>(S.Context, attr), | ||||||||||
6702 | type, type); | ||||||||||
6703 | return true; | ||||||||||
6704 | } | ||||||||||
6705 | |||||||||||
6706 | QualType origType = type; | ||||||||||
6707 | if (!NonObjCPointer) | ||||||||||
6708 | type = S.Context.getQualifiedType(underlyingType); | ||||||||||
6709 | |||||||||||
6710 | // If we have a valid source location for the attribute, use an | ||||||||||
6711 | // AttributedType instead. | ||||||||||
6712 | if (AttrLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||||
6713 | type = state.getAttributedType(::new (S.Context) | ||||||||||
6714 | ObjCOwnershipAttr(S.Context, attr, II), | ||||||||||
6715 | origType, type); | ||||||||||
6716 | } | ||||||||||
6717 | |||||||||||
6718 | auto diagnoseOrDelay = [](Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, | ||||||||||
6719 | unsigned diagnostic, QualType type) { | ||||||||||
6720 | if (S.DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) { | ||||||||||
6721 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.add( | ||||||||||
6722 | sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( | ||||||||||
6723 | S.getSourceManager().getExpansionLoc(loc), | ||||||||||
6724 | diagnostic, type, /*ignored*/ 0)); | ||||||||||
6725 | } else { | ||||||||||
6726 | S.Diag(loc, diagnostic); | ||||||||||
6727 | } | ||||||||||
6728 | }; | ||||||||||
6729 | |||||||||||
6730 | // Sometimes, __weak isn't allowed. | ||||||||||
6731 | if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && | ||||||||||
6732 | !S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && !NonObjCPointer) { | ||||||||||
6733 | |||||||||||
6734 | // Use a specialized diagnostic if the runtime just doesn't support them. | ||||||||||
6735 | unsigned diagnostic = | ||||||||||
6736 | (S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeakRuntime ? diag::err_arc_weak_disabled | ||||||||||
6737 | : diag::err_arc_weak_no_runtime); | ||||||||||
6738 | |||||||||||
6739 | // In any case, delay the diagnostic until we know what we're parsing. | ||||||||||
6740 | diagnoseOrDelay(S, AttrLoc, diagnostic, type); | ||||||||||
6741 | |||||||||||
6742 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6743 | return true; | ||||||||||
6744 | } | ||||||||||
6745 | |||||||||||
6746 | // Forbid __weak for class objects marked as | ||||||||||
6747 | // objc_arc_weak_reference_unavailable | ||||||||||
6748 | if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { | ||||||||||
6749 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjT = | ||||||||||
6750 | type->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||||
6751 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = ObjT->getInterfaceDecl()) { | ||||||||||
6752 | if (Class->isArcWeakrefUnavailable()) { | ||||||||||
6753 | S.Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_arc_unsupported_weak_class); | ||||||||||
6754 | S.Diag(ObjT->getInterfaceDecl()->getLocation(), | ||||||||||
6755 | diag::note_class_declared); | ||||||||||
6756 | } | ||||||||||
6757 | } | ||||||||||
6758 | } | ||||||||||
6759 | } | ||||||||||
6760 | |||||||||||
6761 | return true; | ||||||||||
6762 | } | ||||||||||
6763 | |||||||||||
6764 | /// handleObjCGCTypeAttr - Process the __attribute__((objc_gc)) type | ||||||||||
6765 | /// attribute on the specified type. Returns true to indicate that | ||||||||||
6766 | /// the attribute was handled, false to indicate that the type does | ||||||||||
6767 | /// not permit the attribute. | ||||||||||
6768 | static bool handleObjCGCTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
6769 | QualType &type) { | ||||||||||
6770 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
6771 | |||||||||||
6772 | // Delay if this isn't some kind of pointer. | ||||||||||
6773 | if (!type->isPointerType() && | ||||||||||
6774 | !type->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||||
6775 | !type->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||||||
6776 | return false; | ||||||||||
6777 | |||||||||||
6778 | if (type.getObjCGCAttr() != Qualifiers::GCNone) { | ||||||||||
6779 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_multiple_objc_gc); | ||||||||||
6780 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6781 | return true; | ||||||||||
6782 | } | ||||||||||
6783 | |||||||||||
6784 | // Check the attribute arguments. | ||||||||||
6785 | if (!attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||||||||
6786 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||||||
6787 | << attr << AANT_ArgumentString; | ||||||||||
6788 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6789 | return true; | ||||||||||
6790 | } | ||||||||||
6791 | Qualifiers::GC GCAttr; | ||||||||||
6792 | if (attr.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||||||||
6793 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << attr | ||||||||||
6794 | << 1; | ||||||||||
6795 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6796 | return true; | ||||||||||
6797 | } | ||||||||||
6798 | |||||||||||
6799 | IdentifierInfo *II = attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||||||||
6800 | if (II->isStr("weak")) | ||||||||||
6801 | GCAttr = Qualifiers::Weak; | ||||||||||
6802 | else if (II->isStr("strong")) | ||||||||||
6803 | GCAttr = Qualifiers::Strong; | ||||||||||
6804 | else { | ||||||||||
6805 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | ||||||||||
6806 | << attr << II; | ||||||||||
6807 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
6808 | return true; | ||||||||||
6809 | } | ||||||||||
6810 | |||||||||||
6811 | QualType origType = type; | ||||||||||
6812 | type = S.Context.getObjCGCQualType(origType, GCAttr); | ||||||||||
6813 | |||||||||||
6814 | // Make an attributed type to preserve the source information. | ||||||||||
6815 | if (attr.getLoc().isValid()) | ||||||||||
6816 | type = state.getAttributedType( | ||||||||||
6817 | ::new (S.Context) ObjCGCAttr(S.Context, attr, II), origType, type); | ||||||||||
6818 | |||||||||||
6819 | return true; | ||||||||||
6820 | } | ||||||||||
6821 | |||||||||||
6822 | namespace { | ||||||||||
6823 | /// A helper class to unwrap a type down to a function for the | ||||||||||
6824 | /// purposes of applying attributes there. | ||||||||||
6825 | /// | ||||||||||
6826 | /// Use: | ||||||||||
6827 | /// FunctionTypeUnwrapper unwrapped(SemaRef, T); | ||||||||||
6828 | /// if (unwrapped.isFunctionType()) { | ||||||||||
6829 | /// const FunctionType *fn = unwrapped.get(); | ||||||||||
6830 | /// // change fn somehow | ||||||||||
6831 | /// T = unwrapped.wrap(fn); | ||||||||||
6832 | /// } | ||||||||||
6833 | struct FunctionTypeUnwrapper { | ||||||||||
6834 | enum WrapKind { | ||||||||||
6835 | Desugar, | ||||||||||
6836 | Attributed, | ||||||||||
6837 | Parens, | ||||||||||
6838 | Array, | ||||||||||
6839 | Pointer, | ||||||||||
6840 | BlockPointer, | ||||||||||
6841 | Reference, | ||||||||||
6842 | MemberPointer, | ||||||||||
6843 | MacroQualified, | ||||||||||
6844 | }; | ||||||||||
6845 | |||||||||||
6846 | QualType Original; | ||||||||||
6847 | const FunctionType *Fn; | ||||||||||
6848 | SmallVector<unsigned char /*WrapKind*/, 8> Stack; | ||||||||||
6849 | |||||||||||
6850 | FunctionTypeUnwrapper(Sema &S, QualType T) : Original(T) { | ||||||||||
6851 | while (true) { | ||||||||||
6852 | const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); | ||||||||||
6853 | if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||||
6854 | Fn = cast<FunctionType>(Ty); | ||||||||||
6855 | return; | ||||||||||
6856 | } else if (isa<ParenType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||||
6857 | T = cast<ParenType>(Ty)->getInnerType(); | ||||||||||
6858 | Stack.push_back(Parens); | ||||||||||
6859 | } else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(Ty) || isa<VariableArrayType>(Ty) || | ||||||||||
6860 | isa<IncompleteArrayType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||||
6861 | T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType(); | ||||||||||
6862 | Stack.push_back(Array); | ||||||||||
6863 | } else if (isa<PointerType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||||
6864 | T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||||
6865 | Stack.push_back(Pointer); | ||||||||||
6866 | } else if (isa<BlockPointerType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||||
6867 | T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||||
6868 | Stack.push_back(BlockPointer); | ||||||||||
6869 | } else if (isa<MemberPointerType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||||
6870 | T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||||
6871 | Stack.push_back(MemberPointer); | ||||||||||
6872 | } else if (isa<ReferenceType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||||
6873 | T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||||
6874 | Stack.push_back(Reference); | ||||||||||
6875 | } else if (isa<AttributedType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||||
6876 | T = cast<AttributedType>(Ty)->getEquivalentType(); | ||||||||||
6877 | Stack.push_back(Attributed); | ||||||||||
6878 | } else if (isa<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) { | ||||||||||
6879 | T = cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||||||
6880 | Stack.push_back(MacroQualified); | ||||||||||
6881 | } else { | ||||||||||
6882 | const Type *DTy = Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(); | ||||||||||
6883 | if (Ty == DTy) { | ||||||||||
6884 | Fn = nullptr; | ||||||||||
6885 | return; | ||||||||||
6886 | } | ||||||||||
6887 | |||||||||||
6888 | T = QualType(DTy, 0); | ||||||||||
6889 | Stack.push_back(Desugar); | ||||||||||
6890 | } | ||||||||||
6891 | } | ||||||||||
6892 | } | ||||||||||
6893 | |||||||||||
6894 | bool isFunctionType() const { return (Fn != nullptr); } | ||||||||||
6895 | const FunctionType *get() const { return Fn; } | ||||||||||
6896 | |||||||||||
6897 | QualType wrap(Sema &S, const FunctionType *New) { | ||||||||||
6898 | // If T wasn't modified from the unwrapped type, do nothing. | ||||||||||
6899 | if (New == get()) return Original; | ||||||||||
6900 | |||||||||||
6901 | Fn = New; | ||||||||||
6902 | return wrap(S.Context, Original, 0); | ||||||||||
6903 | } | ||||||||||
6904 | |||||||||||
6905 | private: | ||||||||||
6906 | QualType wrap(ASTContext &C, QualType Old, unsigned I) { | ||||||||||
6907 | if (I == Stack.size()) | ||||||||||
6908 | return C.getQualifiedType(Fn, Old.getQualifiers()); | ||||||||||
6909 | |||||||||||
6910 | // Build up the inner type, applying the qualifiers from the old | ||||||||||
6911 | // type to the new type. | ||||||||||
6912 | SplitQualType SplitOld = Old.split(); | ||||||||||
6913 | |||||||||||
6914 | // As a special case, tail-recurse if there are no qualifiers. | ||||||||||
6915 | if (SplitOld.Quals.empty()) | ||||||||||
6916 | return wrap(C, SplitOld.Ty, I); | ||||||||||
6917 | return C.getQualifiedType(wrap(C, SplitOld.Ty, I), SplitOld.Quals); | ||||||||||
6918 | } | ||||||||||
6919 | |||||||||||
6920 | QualType wrap(ASTContext &C, const Type *Old, unsigned I) { | ||||||||||
6921 | if (I == Stack.size()) return QualType(Fn, 0); | ||||||||||
6922 | |||||||||||
6923 | switch (static_cast<WrapKind>(Stack[I++])) { | ||||||||||
6924 | case Desugar: | ||||||||||
6925 | // This is the point at which we potentially lose source | ||||||||||
6926 | // information. | ||||||||||
6927 | return wrap(C, Old->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), I); | ||||||||||
6928 | |||||||||||
6929 | case Attributed: | ||||||||||
6930 | return wrap(C, cast<AttributedType>(Old)->getEquivalentType(), I); | ||||||||||
6931 | |||||||||||
6932 | case Parens: { | ||||||||||
6933 | QualType New = wrap(C, cast<ParenType>(Old)->getInnerType(), I); | ||||||||||
6934 | return C.getParenType(New); | ||||||||||
6935 | } | ||||||||||
6936 | |||||||||||
6937 | case MacroQualified: | ||||||||||
6938 | return wrap(C, cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Old)->getUnderlyingType(), I); | ||||||||||
6939 | |||||||||||
6940 | case Array: { | ||||||||||
6941 | if (const auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(Old)) { | ||||||||||
6942 | QualType New = wrap(C, CAT->getElementType(), I); | ||||||||||
6943 | return C.getConstantArrayType(New, CAT->getSize(), CAT->getSizeExpr(), | ||||||||||
6944 | CAT->getSizeModifier(), | ||||||||||
6945 | CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); | ||||||||||
6946 | } | ||||||||||
6947 | |||||||||||
6948 | if (const auto *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(Old)) { | ||||||||||
6949 | QualType New = wrap(C, VAT->getElementType(), I); | ||||||||||
6950 | return C.getVariableArrayType( | ||||||||||
6951 | New, VAT->getSizeExpr(), VAT->getSizeModifier(), | ||||||||||
6952 | VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), VAT->getBracketsRange()); | ||||||||||
6953 | } | ||||||||||
6954 | |||||||||||
6955 | const auto *IAT = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(Old); | ||||||||||
6956 | QualType New = wrap(C, IAT->getElementType(), I); | ||||||||||
6957 | return C.getIncompleteArrayType(New, IAT->getSizeModifier(), | ||||||||||
6958 | IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); | ||||||||||
6959 | } | ||||||||||
6960 | |||||||||||
6961 | case Pointer: { | ||||||||||
6962 | QualType New = wrap(C, cast<PointerType>(Old)->getPointeeType(), I); | ||||||||||
6963 | return C.getPointerType(New); | ||||||||||
6964 | } | ||||||||||
6965 | |||||||||||
6966 | case BlockPointer: { | ||||||||||
6967 | QualType New = wrap(C, cast<BlockPointerType>(Old)->getPointeeType(),I); | ||||||||||
6968 | return C.getBlockPointerType(New); | ||||||||||
6969 | } | ||||||||||
6970 | |||||||||||
6971 | case MemberPointer: { | ||||||||||
6972 | const MemberPointerType *OldMPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(Old); | ||||||||||
6973 | QualType New = wrap(C, OldMPT->getPointeeType(), I); | ||||||||||
6974 | return C.getMemberPointerType(New, OldMPT->getClass()); | ||||||||||
6975 | } | ||||||||||
6976 | |||||||||||
6977 | case Reference: { | ||||||||||
6978 | const ReferenceType *OldRef = cast<ReferenceType>(Old); | ||||||||||
6979 | QualType New = wrap(C, OldRef->getPointeeType(), I); | ||||||||||
6980 | if (isa<LValueReferenceType>(OldRef)) | ||||||||||
6981 | return C.getLValueReferenceType(New, OldRef->isSpelledAsLValue()); | ||||||||||
6982 | else | ||||||||||
6983 | return C.getRValueReferenceType(New); | ||||||||||
6984 | } | ||||||||||
6985 | } | ||||||||||
6986 | |||||||||||
6987 | llvm_unreachable("unknown wrapping kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6988 | } | ||||||||||
6989 | }; | ||||||||||
6990 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||||
6991 | |||||||||||
6992 | static bool handleMSPointerTypeQualifierAttr(TypeProcessingState &State, | ||||||||||
6993 | ParsedAttr &PAttr, QualType &Type) { | ||||||||||
6994 | Sema &S = State.getSema(); | ||||||||||
6995 | |||||||||||
6996 | Attr *A; | ||||||||||
6997 | switch (PAttr.getKind()) { | ||||||||||
6998 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown attribute kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
6999 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32: | ||||||||||
7000 | A = createSimpleAttr<Ptr32Attr>(S.Context, PAttr); | ||||||||||
7001 | break; | ||||||||||
7002 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64: | ||||||||||
7003 | A = createSimpleAttr<Ptr64Attr>(S.Context, PAttr); | ||||||||||
7004 | break; | ||||||||||
7005 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SPtr: | ||||||||||
7006 | A = createSimpleAttr<SPtrAttr>(S.Context, PAttr); | ||||||||||
7007 | break; | ||||||||||
7008 | case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr: | ||||||||||
7009 | A = createSimpleAttr<UPtrAttr>(S.Context, PAttr); | ||||||||||
7010 | break; | ||||||||||
7011 | } | ||||||||||
7012 | |||||||||||
7013 | std::bitset<attr::LastAttr> Attrs; | ||||||||||
7014 | attr::Kind NewAttrKind = A->getKind(); | ||||||||||
7015 | QualType Desugared = Type; | ||||||||||
7016 | const AttributedType *AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Type); | ||||||||||
7017 | while (AT) { | ||||||||||
7018 | Attrs[AT->getAttrKind()] = true; | ||||||||||
7019 | Desugared = AT->getModifiedType(); | ||||||||||
7020 | AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Desugared); | ||||||||||
7021 | } | ||||||||||
7022 | |||||||||||
7023 | // You cannot specify duplicate type attributes, so if the attribute has | ||||||||||
7024 | // already been applied, flag it. | ||||||||||
7025 | if (Attrs[NewAttrKind]) { | ||||||||||
7026 | S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute_exact) << PAttr; | ||||||||||
7027 | return true; | ||||||||||
7028 | } | ||||||||||
7029 | Attrs[NewAttrKind] = true; | ||||||||||
7030 | |||||||||||
7031 | // You cannot have both __sptr and __uptr on the same type, nor can you | ||||||||||
7032 | // have __ptr32 and __ptr64. | ||||||||||
7033 | if (Attrs[attr::Ptr32] && Attrs[attr::Ptr64]) { | ||||||||||
7034 | S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||||||||
7035 | << "'__ptr32'" | ||||||||||
7036 | << "'__ptr64'"; | ||||||||||
7037 | return true; | ||||||||||
7038 | } else if (Attrs[attr::SPtr] && Attrs[attr::UPtr]) { | ||||||||||
7039 | S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||||||||
7040 | << "'__sptr'" | ||||||||||
7041 | << "'__uptr'"; | ||||||||||
7042 | return true; | ||||||||||
7043 | } | ||||||||||
7044 | |||||||||||
7045 | // Pointer type qualifiers can only operate on pointer types, but not | ||||||||||
7046 | // pointer-to-member types. | ||||||||||
7047 | // | ||||||||||
7048 | // FIXME: Should we really be disallowing this attribute if there is any | ||||||||||
7049 | // type sugar between it and the pointer (other than attributes)? Eg, this | ||||||||||
7050 | // disallows the attribute on a parenthesized pointer. | ||||||||||
7051 | // And if so, should we really allow *any* type attribute? | ||||||||||
7052 | if (!isa<PointerType>(Desugared)) { | ||||||||||
7053 | if (Type->isMemberPointerType()) | ||||||||||
7054 | S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_no_member_pointers) << PAttr; | ||||||||||
7055 | else | ||||||||||
7056 | S.Diag(PAttr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only) << PAttr << 0; | ||||||||||
7057 | return true; | ||||||||||
7058 | } | ||||||||||
7059 | |||||||||||
7060 | // Add address space to type based on its attributes. | ||||||||||
7061 | LangAS ASIdx = LangAS::Default; | ||||||||||
7062 | uint64_t PtrWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0); | ||||||||||
7063 | if (PtrWidth == 32) { | ||||||||||
7064 | if (Attrs[attr::Ptr64]) | ||||||||||
7065 | ASIdx = LangAS::ptr64; | ||||||||||
7066 | else if (Attrs[attr::UPtr]) | ||||||||||
7067 | ASIdx = LangAS::ptr32_uptr; | ||||||||||
7068 | } else if (PtrWidth == 64 && Attrs[attr::Ptr32]) { | ||||||||||
7069 | if (Attrs[attr::UPtr]) | ||||||||||
7070 | ASIdx = LangAS::ptr32_uptr; | ||||||||||
7071 | else | ||||||||||
7072 | ASIdx = LangAS::ptr32_sptr; | ||||||||||
7073 | } | ||||||||||
7074 | |||||||||||
7075 | QualType Pointee = Type->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||||
7076 | if (ASIdx != LangAS::Default) | ||||||||||
7077 | Pointee = S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType( | ||||||||||
7078 | S.Context.removeAddrSpaceQualType(Pointee), ASIdx); | ||||||||||
7079 | Type = State.getAttributedType(A, Type, S.Context.getPointerType(Pointee)); | ||||||||||
7080 | return false; | ||||||||||
7081 | } | ||||||||||
7082 | |||||||||||
7083 | /// Map a nullability attribute kind to a nullability kind. | ||||||||||
7084 | static NullabilityKind mapNullabilityAttrKind(ParsedAttr::Kind kind) { | ||||||||||
7085 | switch (kind) { | ||||||||||
7086 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull: | ||||||||||
7087 | return NullabilityKind::NonNull; | ||||||||||
7088 | |||||||||||
7089 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable: | ||||||||||
7090 | return NullabilityKind::Nullable; | ||||||||||
7091 | |||||||||||
7092 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult: | ||||||||||
7093 | return NullabilityKind::NullableResult; | ||||||||||
7094 | |||||||||||
7095 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified: | ||||||||||
7096 | return NullabilityKind::Unspecified; | ||||||||||
7097 | |||||||||||
7098 | default: | ||||||||||
7099 | llvm_unreachable("not a nullability attribute kind")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
7100 | } | ||||||||||
7101 | } | ||||||||||
7102 | |||||||||||
7103 | /// Applies a nullability type specifier to the given type, if possible. | ||||||||||
7104 | /// | ||||||||||
7105 | /// \param state The type processing state. | ||||||||||
7106 | /// | ||||||||||
7107 | /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be | ||||||||||
7108 | /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately. | ||||||||||
7109 | /// | ||||||||||
7110 | /// \param attr The attribute as written on the type. | ||||||||||
7111 | /// | ||||||||||
7112 | /// \param allowOnArrayType Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an | ||||||||||
7113 | /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer). | ||||||||||
7114 | /// | ||||||||||
7115 | /// \returns true if a problem has been diagnosed, false on success. | ||||||||||
7116 | static bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
7117 | QualType &type, | ||||||||||
7118 | ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
7119 | bool allowOnArrayType) { | ||||||||||
7120 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
7121 | |||||||||||
7122 | NullabilityKind nullability = mapNullabilityAttrKind(attr.getKind()); | ||||||||||
7123 | SourceLocation nullabilityLoc = attr.getLoc(); | ||||||||||
7124 | bool isContextSensitive = attr.isContextSensitiveKeywordAttribute(); | ||||||||||
7125 | |||||||||||
7126 | recordNullabilitySeen(S, nullabilityLoc); | ||||||||||
7127 | |||||||||||
7128 | // Check for existing nullability attributes on the type. | ||||||||||
7129 | QualType desugared = type; | ||||||||||
7130 | while (auto attributed = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(desugared.getTypePtr())) { | ||||||||||
7131 | // Check whether there is already a null | ||||||||||
7132 | if (auto existingNullability = attributed->getImmediateNullability()) { | ||||||||||
7133 | // Duplicated nullability. | ||||||||||
7134 | if (nullability == *existingNullability) { | ||||||||||
7135 | S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::warn_nullability_duplicate) | ||||||||||
7136 | << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, isContextSensitive) | ||||||||||
7137 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(nullabilityLoc); | ||||||||||
7138 | |||||||||||
7139 | break; | ||||||||||
7140 | } | ||||||||||
7141 | |||||||||||
7142 | // Conflicting nullability. | ||||||||||
7143 | S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::err_nullability_conflicting) | ||||||||||
7144 | << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, isContextSensitive) | ||||||||||
7145 | << DiagNullabilityKind(*existingNullability, false); | ||||||||||
7146 | return true; | ||||||||||
7147 | } | ||||||||||
7148 | |||||||||||
7149 | desugared = attributed->getModifiedType(); | ||||||||||
7150 | } | ||||||||||
7151 | |||||||||||
7152 | // If there is already a different nullability specifier, complain. | ||||||||||
7153 | // This (unlike the code above) looks through typedefs that might | ||||||||||
7154 | // have nullability specifiers on them, which means we cannot | ||||||||||
7155 | // provide a useful Fix-It. | ||||||||||
7156 | if (auto existingNullability = desugared->getNullability(S.Context)) { | ||||||||||
7157 | if (nullability != *existingNullability) { | ||||||||||
7158 | S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::err_nullability_conflicting) | ||||||||||
7159 | << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, isContextSensitive) | ||||||||||
7160 | << DiagNullabilityKind(*existingNullability, false); | ||||||||||
7161 | |||||||||||
7162 | // Try to find the typedef with the existing nullability specifier. | ||||||||||
7163 | if (auto typedefType = desugared->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | ||||||||||
7164 | TypedefNameDecl *typedefDecl = typedefType->getDecl(); | ||||||||||
7165 | QualType underlyingType = typedefDecl->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||||||
7166 | if (auto typedefNullability | ||||||||||
7167 | = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(underlyingType)) { | ||||||||||
7168 | if (*typedefNullability == *existingNullability) { | ||||||||||
7169 | S.Diag(typedefDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_nullability_here) | ||||||||||
7170 | << DiagNullabilityKind(*existingNullability, false); | ||||||||||
7171 | } | ||||||||||
7172 | } | ||||||||||
7173 | } | ||||||||||
7174 | |||||||||||
7175 | return true; | ||||||||||
7176 | } | ||||||||||
7177 | } | ||||||||||
7178 | |||||||||||
7179 | // If this definitely isn't a pointer type, reject the specifier. | ||||||||||
7180 | if (!desugared->canHaveNullability() && | ||||||||||
7181 | !(allowOnArrayType && desugared->isArrayType())) { | ||||||||||
7182 | S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::err_nullability_nonpointer) | ||||||||||
7183 | << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, isContextSensitive) << type; | ||||||||||
7184 | return true; | ||||||||||
7185 | } | ||||||||||
7186 | |||||||||||
7187 | // For the context-sensitive keywords/Objective-C property | ||||||||||
7188 | // attributes, require that the type be a single-level pointer. | ||||||||||
7189 | if (isContextSensitive) { | ||||||||||
7190 | // Make sure that the pointee isn't itself a pointer type. | ||||||||||
7191 | const Type *pointeeType = nullptr; | ||||||||||
7192 | if (desugared->isArrayType()) | ||||||||||
7193 | pointeeType = desugared->getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual(); | ||||||||||
7194 | else if (desugared->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||||||
7195 | pointeeType = desugared->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); | ||||||||||
7196 | |||||||||||
7197 | if (pointeeType && (pointeeType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||||||||
7198 | pointeeType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||||||
7199 | pointeeType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||||||||
7200 | S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::err_nullability_cs_multilevel) | ||||||||||
7201 | << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, true) | ||||||||||
7202 | << type; | ||||||||||
7203 | S.Diag(nullabilityLoc, diag::note_nullability_type_specifier) | ||||||||||
7204 | << DiagNullabilityKind(nullability, false) | ||||||||||
7205 | << type | ||||||||||
7206 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(nullabilityLoc, | ||||||||||
7207 | getNullabilitySpelling(nullability)); | ||||||||||
7208 | return true; | ||||||||||
7209 | } | ||||||||||
7210 | } | ||||||||||
7211 | |||||||||||
7212 | // Form the attributed type. | ||||||||||
7213 | type = state.getAttributedType( | ||||||||||
7214 | createNullabilityAttr(S.Context, attr, nullability), type, type); | ||||||||||
7215 | return false; | ||||||||||
7216 | } | ||||||||||
7217 | |||||||||||
7218 | /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to | ||||||||||
7219 | /// the given type. | ||||||||||
7220 | static bool checkObjCKindOfType(TypeProcessingState &state, QualType &type, | ||||||||||
7221 | ParsedAttr &attr) { | ||||||||||
7222 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
7223 | |||||||||||
7224 | if (isa<ObjCTypeParamType>(type)) { | ||||||||||
7225 | // Build the attributed type to record where __kindof occurred. | ||||||||||
7226 | type = state.getAttributedType( | ||||||||||
7227 | createSimpleAttr<ObjCKindOfAttr>(S.Context, attr), type, type); | ||||||||||
7228 | return false; | ||||||||||
7229 | } | ||||||||||
7230 | |||||||||||
7231 | // Find out if it's an Objective-C object or object pointer type; | ||||||||||
7232 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ptrType = type->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||||
7233 | const ObjCObjectType *objType = ptrType ? ptrType->getObjectType() | ||||||||||
7234 | : type->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); | ||||||||||
7235 | |||||||||||
7236 | // If not, we can't apply __kindof. | ||||||||||
7237 | if (!objType) { | ||||||||||
7238 | // FIXME: Handle dependent types that aren't yet object types. | ||||||||||
7239 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_kindof_nonobject) | ||||||||||
7240 | << type; | ||||||||||
7241 | return true; | ||||||||||
7242 | } | ||||||||||
7243 | |||||||||||
7244 | // Rebuild the "equivalent" type, which pushes __kindof down into | ||||||||||
7245 | // the object type. | ||||||||||
7246 | // There is no need to apply kindof on an unqualified id type. | ||||||||||
7247 | QualType equivType = S.Context.getObjCObjectType( | ||||||||||
7248 | objType->getBaseType(), objType->getTypeArgsAsWritten(), | ||||||||||
7249 | objType->getProtocols(), | ||||||||||
7250 | /*isKindOf=*/objType->isObjCUnqualifiedId() ? false : true); | ||||||||||
7251 | |||||||||||
7252 | // If we started with an object pointer type, rebuild it. | ||||||||||
7253 | if (ptrType) { | ||||||||||
7254 | equivType = S.Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(equivType); | ||||||||||
7255 | if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(S.Context)) { | ||||||||||
7256 | // We create a nullability attribute from the __kindof attribute. | ||||||||||
7257 | // Make sure that will make sense. | ||||||||||
7258 | assert(attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex() == 0 &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
7259 | "multiple spellings for __kindof?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
7260 | Attr *A = createNullabilityAttr(S.Context, attr, *nullability); | ||||||||||
7261 | A->setImplicit(true); | ||||||||||
7262 | equivType = state.getAttributedType(A, equivType, equivType); | ||||||||||
7263 | } | ||||||||||
7264 | } | ||||||||||
7265 | |||||||||||
7266 | // Build the attributed type to record where __kindof occurred. | ||||||||||
7267 | type = state.getAttributedType( | ||||||||||
7268 | createSimpleAttr<ObjCKindOfAttr>(S.Context, attr), type, equivType); | ||||||||||
7269 | return false; | ||||||||||
7270 | } | ||||||||||
7271 | |||||||||||
7272 | /// Distribute a nullability type attribute that cannot be applied to | ||||||||||
7273 | /// the type specifier to a pointer, block pointer, or member pointer | ||||||||||
7274 | /// declarator, complaining if necessary. | ||||||||||
7275 | /// | ||||||||||
7276 | /// \returns true if the nullability annotation was distributed, false | ||||||||||
7277 | /// otherwise. | ||||||||||
7278 | static bool distributeNullabilityTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, | ||||||||||
7279 | QualType type, ParsedAttr &attr) { | ||||||||||
7280 | Declarator &declarator = state.getDeclarator(); | ||||||||||
7281 | |||||||||||
7282 | /// Attempt to move the attribute to the specified chunk. | ||||||||||
7283 | auto moveToChunk = [&](DeclaratorChunk &chunk, bool inFunction) -> bool { | ||||||||||
7284 | // If there is already a nullability attribute there, don't add | ||||||||||
7285 | // one. | ||||||||||
7286 | if (hasNullabilityAttr(chunk.getAttrs())) | ||||||||||
7287 | return false; | ||||||||||
7288 | |||||||||||
7289 | // Complain about the nullability qualifier being in the wrong | ||||||||||
7290 | // place. | ||||||||||
7291 | enum { | ||||||||||
7292 | PK_Pointer, | ||||||||||
7293 | PK_BlockPointer, | ||||||||||
7294 | PK_MemberPointer, | ||||||||||
7295 | PK_FunctionPointer, | ||||||||||
7296 | PK_MemberFunctionPointer, | ||||||||||
7297 | } pointerKind | ||||||||||
7298 | = chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Pointer ? (inFunction ? PK_FunctionPointer | ||||||||||
7299 | : PK_Pointer) | ||||||||||
7300 | : chunk.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer ? PK_BlockPointer | ||||||||||
7301 | : inFunction? PK_MemberFunctionPointer : PK_MemberPointer; | ||||||||||
7302 | |||||||||||
7303 | auto diag = state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(), | ||||||||||
7304 | diag::warn_nullability_declspec) | ||||||||||
7305 | << DiagNullabilityKind(mapNullabilityAttrKind(attr.getKind()), | ||||||||||
7306 | attr.isContextSensitiveKeywordAttribute()) | ||||||||||
7307 | << type | ||||||||||
7308 | << static_cast<unsigned>(pointerKind); | ||||||||||
7309 | |||||||||||
7310 | // FIXME: MemberPointer chunks don't carry the location of the *. | ||||||||||
7311 | if (chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) { | ||||||||||
7312 | diag << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(attr.getLoc()) | ||||||||||
7313 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||||||||
7314 | state.getSema().getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken( | ||||||||||
7315 | chunk.Loc), | ||||||||||
7316 | " " + attr.getAttrName()->getName().str() + " "); | ||||||||||
7317 | } | ||||||||||
7318 | |||||||||||
7319 | moveAttrFromListToList(attr, state.getCurrentAttributes(), | ||||||||||
7320 | chunk.getAttrs()); | ||||||||||
7321 | return true; | ||||||||||
7322 | }; | ||||||||||
7323 | |||||||||||
7324 | // Move it to the outermost pointer, member pointer, or block | ||||||||||
7325 | // pointer declarator. | ||||||||||
7326 | for (unsigned i = state.getCurrentChunkIndex(); i != 0; --i) { | ||||||||||
7327 | DeclaratorChunk &chunk = declarator.getTypeObject(i-1); | ||||||||||
7328 | switch (chunk.Kind) { | ||||||||||
7329 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pointer: | ||||||||||
7330 | case DeclaratorChunk::BlockPointer: | ||||||||||
7331 | case DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer: | ||||||||||
7332 | return moveToChunk(chunk, false); | ||||||||||
7333 | |||||||||||
7334 | case DeclaratorChunk::Paren: | ||||||||||
7335 | case DeclaratorChunk::Array: | ||||||||||
7336 | continue; | ||||||||||
7337 | |||||||||||
7338 | case DeclaratorChunk::Function: | ||||||||||
7339 | // Try to move past the return type to a function/block/member | ||||||||||
7340 | // function pointer. | ||||||||||
7341 | if (DeclaratorChunk *dest = maybeMovePastReturnType( | ||||||||||
7342 | declarator, i, | ||||||||||
7343 | /*onlyBlockPointers=*/false)) { | ||||||||||
7344 | return moveToChunk(*dest, true); | ||||||||||
7345 | } | ||||||||||
7346 | |||||||||||
7347 | return false; | ||||||||||
7348 | |||||||||||
7349 | // Don't walk through these. | ||||||||||
7350 | case DeclaratorChunk::Reference: | ||||||||||
7351 | case DeclaratorChunk::Pipe: | ||||||||||
7352 | return false; | ||||||||||
7353 | } | ||||||||||
7354 | } | ||||||||||
7355 | |||||||||||
7356 | return false; | ||||||||||
7357 | } | ||||||||||
7358 | |||||||||||
7359 | static Attr *getCCTypeAttr(ASTContext &Ctx, ParsedAttr &Attr) { | ||||||||||
7360 | assert(!Attr.isInvalid())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
7361 | switch (Attr.getKind()) { | ||||||||||
7362 | default: | ||||||||||
7363 | llvm_unreachable("not a calling convention attribute")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
7364 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: | ||||||||||
7365 | return createSimpleAttr<CDeclAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7366 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: | ||||||||||
7367 | return createSimpleAttr<FastCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7368 | case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: | ||||||||||
7369 | return createSimpleAttr<StdCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7370 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: | ||||||||||
7371 | return createSimpleAttr<ThisCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7372 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: | ||||||||||
7373 | return createSimpleAttr<RegCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7374 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: | ||||||||||
7375 | return createSimpleAttr<PascalAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7376 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: | ||||||||||
7377 | return createSimpleAttr<SwiftCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7378 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall: | ||||||||||
7379 | return createSimpleAttr<SwiftAsyncCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7380 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: | ||||||||||
7381 | return createSimpleAttr<VectorCallAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7382 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: | ||||||||||
7383 | return createSimpleAttr<AArch64VectorPcsAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7384 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: { | ||||||||||
7385 | // The attribute may have had a fixit applied where we treated an | ||||||||||
7386 | // identifier as a string literal. The contents of the string are valid, | ||||||||||
7387 | // but the form may not be. | ||||||||||
7388 | StringRef Str; | ||||||||||
7389 | if (Attr.isArgExpr(0)) | ||||||||||
7390 | Str = cast<StringLiteral>(Attr.getArgAsExpr(0))->getString(); | ||||||||||
7391 | else | ||||||||||
7392 | Str = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident->getName(); | ||||||||||
7393 | PcsAttr::PCSType Type; | ||||||||||
7394 | if (!PcsAttr::ConvertStrToPCSType(Str, Type)) | ||||||||||
7395 | llvm_unreachable("already validated the attribute")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
7396 | return ::new (Ctx) PcsAttr(Ctx, Attr, Type); | ||||||||||
7397 | } | ||||||||||
7398 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: | ||||||||||
7399 | return createSimpleAttr<IntelOclBiccAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7400 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: | ||||||||||
7401 | return createSimpleAttr<MSABIAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7402 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: | ||||||||||
7403 | return createSimpleAttr<SysVABIAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7404 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: | ||||||||||
7405 | return createSimpleAttr<PreserveMostAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7406 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll: | ||||||||||
7407 | return createSimpleAttr<PreserveAllAttr>(Ctx, Attr); | ||||||||||
7408 | } | ||||||||||
7409 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected attribute kind!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
7410 | } | ||||||||||
7411 | |||||||||||
7412 | /// Process an individual function attribute. Returns true to | ||||||||||
7413 | /// indicate that the attribute was handled, false if it wasn't. | ||||||||||
7414 | static bool handleFunctionTypeAttr(TypeProcessingState &state, ParsedAttr &attr, | ||||||||||
7415 | QualType &type) { | ||||||||||
7416 | Sema &S = state.getSema(); | ||||||||||
7417 | |||||||||||
7418 | FunctionTypeUnwrapper unwrapped(S, type); | ||||||||||
7419 | |||||||||||
7420 | if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn) { | ||||||||||
7421 | if (S.CheckAttrNoArgs(attr)) | ||||||||||
7422 | return true; | ||||||||||
7423 | |||||||||||
7424 | // Delay if this is not a function type. | ||||||||||
7425 | if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
7426 | return false; | ||||||||||
7427 | |||||||||||
7428 | // Otherwise we can process right away. | ||||||||||
7429 | FunctionType::ExtInfo EI = unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withNoReturn(true); | ||||||||||
7430 | type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI)); | ||||||||||
7431 | return true; | ||||||||||
7432 | } | ||||||||||
7433 | |||||||||||
7434 | if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall) { | ||||||||||
7435 | // Delay if this is not a function type. | ||||||||||
7436 | if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
7437 | return false; | ||||||||||
7438 | |||||||||||
7439 | // Ignore if we don't have CMSE enabled. | ||||||||||
7440 | if (!S.getLangOpts().Cmse) { | ||||||||||
7441 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << attr; | ||||||||||
7442 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7443 | return true; | ||||||||||
7444 | } | ||||||||||
7445 | |||||||||||
7446 | // Otherwise we can process right away. | ||||||||||
7447 | FunctionType::ExtInfo EI = | ||||||||||
7448 | unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withCmseNSCall(true); | ||||||||||
7449 | type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI)); | ||||||||||
7450 | return true; | ||||||||||
7451 | } | ||||||||||
7452 | |||||||||||
7453 | // ns_returns_retained is not always a type attribute, but if we got | ||||||||||
7454 | // here, we're treating it as one right now. | ||||||||||
7455 | if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained) { | ||||||||||
7456 | if (attr.getNumArgs()) return true; | ||||||||||
7457 | |||||||||||
7458 | // Delay if this is not a function type. | ||||||||||
7459 | if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
7460 | return false; | ||||||||||
7461 | |||||||||||
7462 | // Check whether the return type is reasonable. | ||||||||||
7463 | if (S.checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(attr.getLoc(), | ||||||||||
7464 | unwrapped.get()->getReturnType())) | ||||||||||
7465 | return true; | ||||||||||
7466 | |||||||||||
7467 | // Only actually change the underlying type in ARC builds. | ||||||||||
7468 | QualType origType = type; | ||||||||||
7469 | if (state.getSema().getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||||
7470 | FunctionType::ExtInfo EI | ||||||||||
7471 | = unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withProducesResult(true); | ||||||||||
7472 | type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI)); | ||||||||||
7473 | } | ||||||||||
7474 | type = state.getAttributedType( | ||||||||||
7475 | createSimpleAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>(S.Context, attr), | ||||||||||
7476 | origType, type); | ||||||||||
7477 | return true; | ||||||||||
7478 | } | ||||||||||
7479 | |||||||||||
7480 | if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters) { | ||||||||||
7481 | if (S.CheckAttrTarget(attr) || S.CheckAttrNoArgs(attr)) | ||||||||||
7482 | return true; | ||||||||||
7483 | |||||||||||
7484 | // Delay if this is not a function type. | ||||||||||
7485 | if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
7486 | return false; | ||||||||||
7487 | |||||||||||
7488 | FunctionType::ExtInfo EI = | ||||||||||
7489 | unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); | ||||||||||
7490 | type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI)); | ||||||||||
7491 | return true; | ||||||||||
7492 | } | ||||||||||
7493 | |||||||||||
7494 | if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck) { | ||||||||||
7495 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CFProtectionBranch) { | ||||||||||
7496 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_nocf_check_attribute_ignored); | ||||||||||
7497 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7498 | return true; | ||||||||||
7499 | } | ||||||||||
7500 | |||||||||||
7501 | if (S.CheckAttrTarget(attr) || S.CheckAttrNoArgs(attr)) | ||||||||||
7502 | return true; | ||||||||||
7503 | |||||||||||
7504 | // If this is not a function type, warning will be asserted by subject | ||||||||||
7505 | // check. | ||||||||||
7506 | if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
7507 | return true; | ||||||||||
7508 | |||||||||||
7509 | FunctionType::ExtInfo EI = | ||||||||||
7510 | unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withNoCfCheck(true); | ||||||||||
7511 | type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI)); | ||||||||||
7512 | return true; | ||||||||||
7513 | } | ||||||||||
7514 | |||||||||||
7515 | if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm) { | ||||||||||
7516 | unsigned value; | ||||||||||
7517 | if (S.CheckRegparmAttr(attr, value)) | ||||||||||
7518 | return true; | ||||||||||
7519 | |||||||||||
7520 | // Delay if this is not a function type. | ||||||||||
7521 | if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
7522 | return false; | ||||||||||
7523 | |||||||||||
7524 | // Diagnose regparm with fastcall. | ||||||||||
7525 | const FunctionType *fn = unwrapped.get(); | ||||||||||
7526 | CallingConv CC = fn->getCallConv(); | ||||||||||
7527 | if (CC == CC_X86FastCall) { | ||||||||||
7528 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||||||||
7529 | << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC) | ||||||||||
7530 | << "regparm"; | ||||||||||
7531 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7532 | return true; | ||||||||||
7533 | } | ||||||||||
7534 | |||||||||||
7535 | FunctionType::ExtInfo EI = | ||||||||||
7536 | unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withRegParm(value); | ||||||||||
7537 | type = unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI)); | ||||||||||
7538 | return true; | ||||||||||
7539 | } | ||||||||||
7540 | |||||||||||
7541 | if (attr.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_NoThrow) { | ||||||||||
7542 | // Delay if this is not a function type. | ||||||||||
7543 | if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
7544 | return false; | ||||||||||
7545 | |||||||||||
7546 | if (S.CheckAttrNoArgs(attr)) { | ||||||||||
7547 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7548 | return true; | ||||||||||
7549 | } | ||||||||||
7550 | |||||||||||
7551 | // Otherwise we can process right away. | ||||||||||
7552 | auto *Proto = unwrapped.get()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||||
7553 | |||||||||||
7554 | // MSVC ignores nothrow if it is in conflict with an explicit exception | ||||||||||
7555 | // specification. | ||||||||||
7556 | if (Proto->hasExceptionSpec()) { | ||||||||||
7557 | switch (Proto->getExceptionSpecType()) { | ||||||||||
7558 | case EST_None: | ||||||||||
7559 | llvm_unreachable("This doesn't have an exception spec!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
7560 | |||||||||||
7561 | case EST_DynamicNone: | ||||||||||
7562 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: | ||||||||||
7563 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: | ||||||||||
7564 | case EST_NoThrow: | ||||||||||
7565 | // Exception spec doesn't conflict with nothrow, so don't warn. | ||||||||||
7566 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
7567 | case EST_Unparsed: | ||||||||||
7568 | case EST_Uninstantiated: | ||||||||||
7569 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: | ||||||||||
7570 | case EST_Unevaluated: | ||||||||||
7571 | // We don't have enough information to properly determine if there is a | ||||||||||
7572 | // conflict, so suppress the warning. | ||||||||||
7573 | break; | ||||||||||
7574 | case EST_Dynamic: | ||||||||||
7575 | case EST_MSAny: | ||||||||||
7576 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: | ||||||||||
7577 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_nothrow_attribute_ignored); | ||||||||||
7578 | break; | ||||||||||
7579 | } | ||||||||||
7580 | return true; | ||||||||||
7581 | } | ||||||||||
7582 | |||||||||||
7583 | type = unwrapped.wrap( | ||||||||||
7584 | S, S.Context | ||||||||||
7585 | .getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec( | ||||||||||
7586 | QualType{Proto, 0}, | ||||||||||
7587 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo{EST_NoThrow}) | ||||||||||
7588 | ->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||||||||
7589 | return true; | ||||||||||
7590 | } | ||||||||||
7591 | |||||||||||
7592 | // Delay if the type didn't work out to a function. | ||||||||||
7593 | if (!unwrapped.isFunctionType()) return false; | ||||||||||
7594 | |||||||||||
7595 | // Otherwise, a calling convention. | ||||||||||
7596 | CallingConv CC; | ||||||||||
7597 | if (S.CheckCallingConvAttr(attr, CC)) | ||||||||||
7598 | return true; | ||||||||||
7599 | |||||||||||
7600 | const FunctionType *fn = unwrapped.get(); | ||||||||||
7601 | CallingConv CCOld = fn->getCallConv(); | ||||||||||
7602 | Attr *CCAttr = getCCTypeAttr(S.Context, attr); | ||||||||||
7603 | |||||||||||
7604 | if (CCOld != CC) { | ||||||||||
7605 | // Error out on when there's already an attribute on the type | ||||||||||
7606 | // and the CCs don't match. | ||||||||||
7607 | if (S.getCallingConvAttributedType(type)) { | ||||||||||
7608 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||||||||
7609 | << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC) | ||||||||||
7610 | << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CCOld); | ||||||||||
7611 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7612 | return true; | ||||||||||
7613 | } | ||||||||||
7614 | } | ||||||||||
7615 | |||||||||||
7616 | // Diagnose use of variadic functions with calling conventions that | ||||||||||
7617 | // don't support them (e.g. because they're callee-cleanup). | ||||||||||
7618 | // We delay warning about this on unprototyped function declarations | ||||||||||
7619 | // until after redeclaration checking, just in case we pick up a | ||||||||||
7620 | // prototype that way. And apparently we also "delay" warning about | ||||||||||
7621 | // unprototyped function types in general, despite not necessarily having | ||||||||||
7622 | // much ability to diagnose it later. | ||||||||||
7623 | if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { | ||||||||||
7624 | const FunctionProtoType *FnP = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn); | ||||||||||
7625 | if (FnP && FnP->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||||
7626 | // stdcall and fastcall are ignored with a warning for GCC and MS | ||||||||||
7627 | // compatibility. | ||||||||||
7628 | if (CC == CC_X86StdCall || CC == CC_X86FastCall) | ||||||||||
7629 | return S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) | ||||||||||
7630 | << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC) | ||||||||||
7631 | << (int)Sema::CallingConventionIgnoredReason::VariadicFunction; | ||||||||||
7632 | |||||||||||
7633 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7634 | return S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_cconv_varargs) | ||||||||||
7635 | << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); | ||||||||||
7636 | } | ||||||||||
7637 | } | ||||||||||
7638 | |||||||||||
7639 | // Also diagnose fastcall with regparm. | ||||||||||
7640 | if (CC == CC_X86FastCall && fn->getHasRegParm()) { | ||||||||||
7641 | S.Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||||||||
7642 | << "regparm" << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall); | ||||||||||
7643 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7644 | return true; | ||||||||||
7645 | } | ||||||||||
7646 | |||||||||||
7647 | // Modify the CC from the wrapped function type, wrap it all back, and then | ||||||||||
7648 | // wrap the whole thing in an AttributedType as written. The modified type | ||||||||||
7649 | // might have a different CC if we ignored the attribute. | ||||||||||
7650 | QualType Equivalent; | ||||||||||
7651 | if (CCOld == CC) { | ||||||||||
7652 | Equivalent = type; | ||||||||||
7653 | } else { | ||||||||||
7654 | auto EI = unwrapped.get()->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC); | ||||||||||
7655 | Equivalent = | ||||||||||
7656 | unwrapped.wrap(S, S.Context.adjustFunctionType(unwrapped.get(), EI)); | ||||||||||
7657 | } | ||||||||||
7658 | type = state.getAttributedType(CCAttr, type, Equivalent); | ||||||||||
7659 | return true; | ||||||||||
7660 | } | ||||||||||
7661 | |||||||||||
7662 | bool Sema::hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T) { | ||||||||||
7663 | const AttributedType *AT; | ||||||||||
7664 | |||||||||||
7665 | // Stop if we'd be stripping off a typedef sugar node to reach the | ||||||||||
7666 | // AttributedType. | ||||||||||
7667 | while ((AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>()) && | ||||||||||
7668 | AT->getAs<TypedefType>() == T->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | ||||||||||
7669 | if (AT->isCallingConv()) | ||||||||||
7670 | return true; | ||||||||||
7671 | T = AT->getModifiedType(); | ||||||||||
7672 | } | ||||||||||
7673 | return false; | ||||||||||
7674 | } | ||||||||||
7675 | |||||||||||
7676 | void Sema::adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, | ||||||||||
7677 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
7678 | FunctionTypeUnwrapper Unwrapped(*this, T); | ||||||||||
7679 | const FunctionType *FT = Unwrapped.get(); | ||||||||||
7680 | bool IsVariadic = (isa<FunctionProtoType>(FT) && | ||||||||||
7681 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)->isVariadic()); | ||||||||||
7682 | CallingConv CurCC = FT->getCallConv(); | ||||||||||
7683 | CallingConv ToCC = Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(IsVariadic, !IsStatic); | ||||||||||
7684 | |||||||||||
7685 | if (CurCC == ToCC) | ||||||||||
7686 | return; | ||||||||||
7687 | |||||||||||
7688 | // MS compiler ignores explicit calling convention attributes on structors. We | ||||||||||
7689 | // should do the same. | ||||||||||
7690 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && IsCtorOrDtor) { | ||||||||||
7691 | // Issue a warning on ignored calling convention -- except of __stdcall. | ||||||||||
7692 | // Again, this is what MS compiler does. | ||||||||||
7693 | if (CurCC != CC_X86StdCall) | ||||||||||
7694 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) | ||||||||||
7695 | << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CurCC) | ||||||||||
7696 | << (int)Sema::CallingConventionIgnoredReason::ConstructorDestructor; | ||||||||||
7697 | // Default adjustment. | ||||||||||
7698 | } else { | ||||||||||
7699 | // Only adjust types with the default convention. For example, on Windows | ||||||||||
7700 | // we should adjust a __cdecl type to __thiscall for instance methods, and a | ||||||||||
7701 | // __thiscall type to __cdecl for static methods. | ||||||||||
7702 | CallingConv DefaultCC = | ||||||||||
7703 | Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(IsVariadic, IsStatic); | ||||||||||
7704 | |||||||||||
7705 | if (CurCC != DefaultCC || DefaultCC == ToCC) | ||||||||||
7706 | return; | ||||||||||
7707 | |||||||||||
7708 | if (hasExplicitCallingConv(T)) | ||||||||||
7709 | return; | ||||||||||
7710 | } | ||||||||||
7711 | |||||||||||
7712 | FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(ToCC)); | ||||||||||
7713 | QualType Wrapped = Unwrapped.wrap(*this, FT); | ||||||||||
7714 | T = Context.getAdjustedType(T, Wrapped); | ||||||||||
7715 | } | ||||||||||
7716 | |||||||||||
7717 | /// HandleVectorSizeAttribute - this attribute is only applicable to integral | ||||||||||
7718 | /// and float scalars, although arrays, pointers, and function return values are | ||||||||||
7719 | /// allowed in conjunction with this construct. Aggregates with this attribute | ||||||||||
7720 | /// are invalid, even if they are of the same size as a corresponding scalar. | ||||||||||
7721 | /// The raw attribute should contain precisely 1 argument, the vector size for | ||||||||||
7722 | /// the variable, measured in bytes. If curType and rawAttr are well formed, | ||||||||||
7723 | /// this routine will return a new vector type. | ||||||||||
7724 | static void HandleVectorSizeAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr, | ||||||||||
7725 | Sema &S) { | ||||||||||
7726 | // Check the attribute arguments. | ||||||||||
7727 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) { | ||||||||||
7728 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << Attr | ||||||||||
7729 | << 1; | ||||||||||
7730 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7731 | return; | ||||||||||
7732 | } | ||||||||||
7733 | |||||||||||
7734 | Expr *SizeExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||||||
7735 | QualType T = S.BuildVectorType(CurType, SizeExpr, Attr.getLoc()); | ||||||||||
7736 | if (!T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
7737 | CurType = T; | ||||||||||
7738 | else | ||||||||||
7739 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7740 | } | ||||||||||
7741 | |||||||||||
7742 | /// Process the OpenCL-like ext_vector_type attribute when it occurs on | ||||||||||
7743 | /// a type. | ||||||||||
7744 | static void HandleExtVectorTypeAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr, | ||||||||||
7745 | Sema &S) { | ||||||||||
7746 | // check the attribute arguments. | ||||||||||
7747 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) { | ||||||||||
7748 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << Attr | ||||||||||
7749 | << 1; | ||||||||||
7750 | return; | ||||||||||
7751 | } | ||||||||||
7752 | |||||||||||
7753 | Expr *SizeExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||||||
7754 | QualType T = S.BuildExtVectorType(CurType, SizeExpr, Attr.getLoc()); | ||||||||||
7755 | if (!T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
7756 | CurType = T; | ||||||||||
7757 | } | ||||||||||
7758 | |||||||||||
7759 | static bool isPermittedNeonBaseType(QualType &Ty, | ||||||||||
7760 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind, Sema &S) { | ||||||||||
7761 | const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||||
7762 | if (!BTy) | ||||||||||
7763 | return false; | ||||||||||
7764 | |||||||||||
7765 | llvm::Triple Triple = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | ||||||||||
7766 | |||||||||||
7767 | // Signed poly is mathematically wrong, but has been baked into some ABIs by | ||||||||||
7768 | // now. | ||||||||||
7769 | bool IsPolyUnsigned = Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64 || | ||||||||||
7770 | Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32 || | ||||||||||
7771 | Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_be; | ||||||||||
7772 | if (VecKind == VectorType::NeonPolyVector) { | ||||||||||
7773 | if (IsPolyUnsigned) { | ||||||||||
7774 | // AArch64 polynomial vectors are unsigned. | ||||||||||
7775 | return BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar || | ||||||||||
7776 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UShort || | ||||||||||
7777 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong || | ||||||||||
7778 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULongLong; | ||||||||||
7779 | } else { | ||||||||||
7780 | // AArch32 polynomial vectors are signed. | ||||||||||
7781 | return BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::SChar || | ||||||||||
7782 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Short || | ||||||||||
7783 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongLong; | ||||||||||
7784 | } | ||||||||||
7785 | } | ||||||||||
7786 | |||||||||||
7787 | // Non-polynomial vector types: the usual suspects are allowed, as well as | ||||||||||
7788 | // float64_t on AArch64. | ||||||||||
7789 | if ((Triple.isArch64Bit() || Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32) && | ||||||||||
7790 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) | ||||||||||
7791 | return true; | ||||||||||
7792 | |||||||||||
7793 | return BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::SChar || | ||||||||||
7794 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar || | ||||||||||
7795 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Short || | ||||||||||
7796 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UShort || | ||||||||||
7797 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int || | ||||||||||
7798 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt || | ||||||||||
7799 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long || | ||||||||||
7800 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong || | ||||||||||
7801 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongLong || | ||||||||||
7802 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULongLong || | ||||||||||
7803 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || | ||||||||||
7804 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || | ||||||||||
7805 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BFloat16; | ||||||||||
7806 | } | ||||||||||
7807 | |||||||||||
7808 | static bool verifyValidIntegerConstantExpr(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &Attr, | ||||||||||
7809 | llvm::APSInt &Result) { | ||||||||||
7810 | const auto *AttrExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||||||
7811 | if (!AttrExpr->isTypeDependent() && !AttrExpr->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||||
7812 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> Res = | ||||||||||
7813 | AttrExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context)) { | ||||||||||
7814 | Result = *Res; | ||||||||||
7815 | return true; | ||||||||||
7816 | } | ||||||||||
7817 | } | ||||||||||
7818 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||||||||
7819 | << Attr << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << AttrExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
7820 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7821 | return false; | ||||||||||
7822 | } | ||||||||||
7823 | |||||||||||
7824 | /// HandleNeonVectorTypeAttr - The "neon_vector_type" and | ||||||||||
7825 | /// "neon_polyvector_type" attributes are used to create vector types that | ||||||||||
7826 | /// are mangled according to ARM's ABI. Otherwise, these types are identical | ||||||||||
7827 | /// to those created with the "vector_size" attribute. Unlike "vector_size" | ||||||||||
7828 | /// the argument to these Neon attributes is the number of vector elements, | ||||||||||
7829 | /// not the vector size in bytes. The vector width and element type must | ||||||||||
7830 | /// match one of the standard Neon vector types. | ||||||||||
7831 | static void HandleNeonVectorTypeAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr, | ||||||||||
7832 | Sema &S, VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) { | ||||||||||
7833 | // Target must have NEON (or MVE, whose vectors are similar enough | ||||||||||
7834 | // not to need a separate attribute) | ||||||||||
7835 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("neon") && | ||||||||||
7836 | !S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("mve")) { | ||||||||||
7837 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_unsupported) | ||||||||||
7838 | << Attr << "'neon' or 'mve'"; | ||||||||||
7839 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7840 | return; | ||||||||||
7841 | } | ||||||||||
7842 | // Check the attribute arguments. | ||||||||||
7843 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) { | ||||||||||
7844 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << Attr | ||||||||||
7845 | << 1; | ||||||||||
7846 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7847 | return; | ||||||||||
7848 | } | ||||||||||
7849 | // The number of elements must be an ICE. | ||||||||||
7850 | llvm::APSInt numEltsInt(32); | ||||||||||
7851 | if (!verifyValidIntegerConstantExpr(S, Attr, numEltsInt)) | ||||||||||
7852 | return; | ||||||||||
7853 | |||||||||||
7854 | // Only certain element types are supported for Neon vectors. | ||||||||||
7855 | if (!isPermittedNeonBaseType(CurType, VecKind, S)) { | ||||||||||
7856 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_invalid_vector_type) << CurType; | ||||||||||
7857 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7858 | return; | ||||||||||
7859 | } | ||||||||||
7860 | |||||||||||
7861 | // The total size of the vector must be 64 or 128 bits. | ||||||||||
7862 | unsigned typeSize = static_cast<unsigned>(S.Context.getTypeSize(CurType)); | ||||||||||
7863 | unsigned numElts = static_cast<unsigned>(numEltsInt.getZExtValue()); | ||||||||||
7864 | unsigned vecSize = typeSize * numElts; | ||||||||||
7865 | if (vecSize != 64 && vecSize != 128) { | ||||||||||
7866 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_bad_neon_vector_size) << CurType; | ||||||||||
7867 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7868 | return; | ||||||||||
7869 | } | ||||||||||
7870 | |||||||||||
7871 | CurType = S.Context.getVectorType(CurType, numElts, VecKind); | ||||||||||
7872 | } | ||||||||||
7873 | |||||||||||
7874 | /// HandleArmSveVectorBitsTypeAttr - The "arm_sve_vector_bits" attribute is | ||||||||||
7875 | /// used to create fixed-length versions of sizeless SVE types defined by | ||||||||||
7876 | /// the ACLE, such as svint32_t and svbool_t. | ||||||||||
7877 | static void HandleArmSveVectorBitsTypeAttr(QualType &CurType, ParsedAttr &Attr, | ||||||||||
7878 | Sema &S) { | ||||||||||
7879 | // Target must have SVE. | ||||||||||
7880 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("sve")) { | ||||||||||
7881 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_unsupported) << Attr << "'sve'"; | ||||||||||
7882 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7883 | return; | ||||||||||
7884 | } | ||||||||||
7885 | |||||||||||
7886 | // Attribute is unsupported if '-msve-vector-bits=<bits>' isn't specified. | ||||||||||
7887 | if (!S.getLangOpts().ArmSveVectorBits) { | ||||||||||
7888 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_arm_feature_sve_bits_unsupported) | ||||||||||
7889 | << Attr; | ||||||||||
7890 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7891 | return; | ||||||||||
7892 | } | ||||||||||
7893 | |||||||||||
7894 | // Check the attribute arguments. | ||||||||||
7895 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 1) { | ||||||||||
7896 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | ||||||||||
7897 | << Attr << 1; | ||||||||||
7898 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7899 | return; | ||||||||||
7900 | } | ||||||||||
7901 | |||||||||||
7902 | // The vector size must be an integer constant expression. | ||||||||||
7903 | llvm::APSInt SveVectorSizeInBits(32); | ||||||||||
7904 | if (!verifyValidIntegerConstantExpr(S, Attr, SveVectorSizeInBits)) | ||||||||||
7905 | return; | ||||||||||
7906 | |||||||||||
7907 | unsigned VecSize = static_cast<unsigned>(SveVectorSizeInBits.getZExtValue()); | ||||||||||
7908 | |||||||||||
7909 | // The attribute vector size must match -msve-vector-bits. | ||||||||||
7910 | if (VecSize != S.getLangOpts().ArmSveVectorBits) { | ||||||||||
7911 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_bad_sve_vector_size) | ||||||||||
7912 | << VecSize << S.getLangOpts().ArmSveVectorBits; | ||||||||||
7913 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7914 | return; | ||||||||||
7915 | } | ||||||||||
7916 | |||||||||||
7917 | // Attribute can only be attached to a single SVE vector or predicate type. | ||||||||||
7918 | if (!CurType->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||||
7919 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_invalid_sve_type) | ||||||||||
7920 | << Attr << CurType; | ||||||||||
7921 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7922 | return; | ||||||||||
7923 | } | ||||||||||
7924 | |||||||||||
7925 | const auto *BT = CurType->castAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||||
7926 | |||||||||||
7927 | QualType EltType = CurType->getSveEltType(S.Context); | ||||||||||
7928 | unsigned TypeSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(EltType); | ||||||||||
7929 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind = VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector; | ||||||||||
7930 | if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::SveBool) { | ||||||||||
7931 | // Predicates are represented as i8. | ||||||||||
7932 | VecSize /= S.Context.getCharWidth() * S.Context.getCharWidth(); | ||||||||||
7933 | VecKind = VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector; | ||||||||||
7934 | } else | ||||||||||
7935 | VecSize /= TypeSize; | ||||||||||
7936 | CurType = S.Context.getVectorType(EltType, VecSize, VecKind); | ||||||||||
7937 | } | ||||||||||
7938 | |||||||||||
7939 | static void HandleArmMveStrictPolymorphismAttr(TypeProcessingState &State, | ||||||||||
7940 | QualType &CurType, | ||||||||||
7941 | ParsedAttr &Attr) { | ||||||||||
7942 | const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(CurType); | ||||||||||
7943 | if (!VT || VT->getVectorKind() != VectorType::NeonVector) { | ||||||||||
7944 | State.getSema().Diag(Attr.getLoc(), | ||||||||||
7945 | diag::err_attribute_arm_mve_polymorphism); | ||||||||||
7946 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7947 | return; | ||||||||||
7948 | } | ||||||||||
7949 | |||||||||||
7950 | CurType = | ||||||||||
7951 | State.getAttributedType(createSimpleAttr<ArmMveStrictPolymorphismAttr>( | ||||||||||
7952 | State.getSema().Context, Attr), | ||||||||||
7953 | CurType, CurType); | ||||||||||
7954 | } | ||||||||||
7955 | |||||||||||
7956 | /// Handle OpenCL Access Qualifier Attribute. | ||||||||||
7957 | static void HandleOpenCLAccessAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr, | ||||||||||
7958 | Sema &S) { | ||||||||||
7959 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.6 - Access qualifier can be used only for image and pipe type. | ||||||||||
7960 | if (!(CurType->isImageType() || CurType->isPipeType())) { | ||||||||||
7961 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_access_qualifier); | ||||||||||
7962 | Attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
7963 | return; | ||||||||||
7964 | } | ||||||||||
7965 | |||||||||||
7966 | if (const TypedefType* TypedefTy = CurType->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | ||||||||||
7967 | QualType BaseTy = TypedefTy->desugar(); | ||||||||||
7968 | |||||||||||
7969 | std::string PrevAccessQual; | ||||||||||
7970 | if (BaseTy->isPipeType()) { | ||||||||||
7971 | if (TypedefTy->getDecl()->hasAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>()) { | ||||||||||
7972 | OpenCLAccessAttr *Attr = | ||||||||||
7973 | TypedefTy->getDecl()->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>(); | ||||||||||
7974 | PrevAccessQual = Attr->getSpelling(); | ||||||||||
7975 | } else { | ||||||||||
7976 | PrevAccessQual = "read_only"; | ||||||||||
7977 | } | ||||||||||
7978 | } else if (const BuiltinType* ImgType = BaseTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||||||||
7979 | |||||||||||
7980 | switch (ImgType->getKind()) { | ||||||||||
7981 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | ||||||||||
7982 | case BuiltinType::Id: \ | ||||||||||
7983 | PrevAccessQual = #Access; \ | ||||||||||
7984 | break; | ||||||||||
7985 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||||||||
7986 | default: | ||||||||||
7987 | llvm_unreachable("Unable to find corresponding image type.")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
7988 | } | ||||||||||
7989 | } else { | ||||||||||
7990 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected type")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
7991 | } | ||||||||||
7992 | StringRef AttrName = Attr.getAttrName()->getName(); | ||||||||||
7993 | if (PrevAccessQual == AttrName.ltrim("_")) { | ||||||||||
7994 | // Duplicated qualifiers | ||||||||||
7995 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_declspec) | ||||||||||
7996 | << AttrName << Attr.getRange(); | ||||||||||
7997 | } else { | ||||||||||
7998 | // Contradicting qualifiers | ||||||||||
7999 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_multiple_access_qualifiers); | ||||||||||
8000 | } | ||||||||||
8001 | |||||||||||
8002 | S.Diag(TypedefTy->getDecl()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
8003 | diag::note_opencl_typedef_access_qualifier) << PrevAccessQual; | ||||||||||
8004 | } else if (CurType->isPipeType()) { | ||||||||||
8005 | if (Attr.getSemanticSpelling() == OpenCLAccessAttr::Keyword_write_only) { | ||||||||||
8006 | QualType ElemType = CurType->castAs<PipeType>()->getElementType(); | ||||||||||
8007 | CurType = S.Context.getWritePipeType(ElemType); | ||||||||||
8008 | } | ||||||||||
8009 | } | ||||||||||
8010 | } | ||||||||||
8011 | |||||||||||
8012 | /// HandleMatrixTypeAttr - "matrix_type" attribute, like ext_vector_type | ||||||||||
8013 | static void HandleMatrixTypeAttr(QualType &CurType, const ParsedAttr &Attr, | ||||||||||
8014 | Sema &S) { | ||||||||||
8015 | if (!S.getLangOpts().MatrixTypes) { | ||||||||||
8016 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_builtin_matrix_disabled); | ||||||||||
8017 | return; | ||||||||||
8018 | } | ||||||||||
8019 | |||||||||||
8020 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() != 2) { | ||||||||||
8021 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | ||||||||||
8022 | << Attr << 2; | ||||||||||
8023 | return; | ||||||||||
8024 | } | ||||||||||
8025 | |||||||||||
8026 | Expr *RowsExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||||||||
8027 | Expr *ColsExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(1); | ||||||||||
8028 | QualType T = S.BuildMatrixType(CurType, RowsExpr, ColsExpr, Attr.getLoc()); | ||||||||||
8029 | if (!T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
8030 | CurType = T; | ||||||||||
8031 | } | ||||||||||
8032 | |||||||||||
8033 | static void HandleLifetimeBoundAttr(TypeProcessingState &State, | ||||||||||
8034 | QualType &CurType, | ||||||||||
8035 | ParsedAttr &Attr) { | ||||||||||
8036 | if (State.getDeclarator().isDeclarationOfFunction()) { | ||||||||||
8037 | CurType = State.getAttributedType( | ||||||||||
8038 | createSimpleAttr<LifetimeBoundAttr>(State.getSema().Context, Attr), | ||||||||||
8039 | CurType, CurType); | ||||||||||
8040 | } | ||||||||||
8041 | } | ||||||||||
8042 | |||||||||||
8043 | static bool isAddressSpaceKind(const ParsedAttr &attr) { | ||||||||||
8044 | auto attrKind = attr.getKind(); | ||||||||||
8045 | |||||||||||
8046 | return attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_AddressSpace || | ||||||||||
8047 | attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLPrivateAddressSpace || | ||||||||||
8048 | attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalAddressSpace || | ||||||||||
8049 | attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalDeviceAddressSpace || | ||||||||||
8050 | attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalHostAddressSpace || | ||||||||||
8051 | attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLLocalAddressSpace || | ||||||||||
8052 | attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLConstantAddressSpace || | ||||||||||
8053 | attrKind == ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGenericAddressSpace; | ||||||||||
8054 | } | ||||||||||
8055 | |||||||||||
8056 | static void processTypeAttrs(TypeProcessingState &state, QualType &type, | ||||||||||
8057 | TypeAttrLocation TAL, | ||||||||||
8058 | ParsedAttributesView &attrs) { | ||||||||||
8059 | // Scan through and apply attributes to this type where it makes sense. Some | ||||||||||
8060 | // attributes (such as __address_space__, __vector_size__, etc) apply to the | ||||||||||
8061 | // type, but others can be present in the type specifiers even though they | ||||||||||
8062 | // apply to the decl. Here we apply type attributes and ignore the rest. | ||||||||||
8063 | |||||||||||
8064 | // This loop modifies the list pretty frequently, but we still need to make | ||||||||||
8065 | // sure we visit every element once. Copy the attributes list, and iterate | ||||||||||
8066 | // over that. | ||||||||||
8067 | ParsedAttributesView AttrsCopy{attrs}; | ||||||||||
8068 | |||||||||||
8069 | state.setParsedNoDeref(false); | ||||||||||
8070 | |||||||||||
8071 | for (ParsedAttr &attr : AttrsCopy) { | ||||||||||
8072 | |||||||||||
8073 | // Skip attributes that were marked to be invalid. | ||||||||||
8074 | if (attr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
8075 | continue; | ||||||||||
8076 | |||||||||||
8077 | if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax()) { | ||||||||||
8078 | // [[gnu::...]] attributes are treated as declaration attributes, so may | ||||||||||
8079 | // not appertain to a DeclaratorChunk. If we handle them as type | ||||||||||
8080 | // attributes, accept them in that position and diagnose the GCC | ||||||||||
8081 | // incompatibility. | ||||||||||
8082 | if (attr.isGNUScope()) { | ||||||||||
8083 | bool IsTypeAttr = attr.isTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8084 | if (TAL == TAL_DeclChunk) { | ||||||||||
8085 | state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(), | ||||||||||
8086 | IsTypeAttr | ||||||||||
8087 | ? diag::warn_gcc_ignores_type_attr | ||||||||||
8088 | : diag::warn_cxx11_gnu_attribute_on_type) | ||||||||||
8089 | << attr; | ||||||||||
8090 | if (!IsTypeAttr) | ||||||||||
8091 | continue; | ||||||||||
8092 | } | ||||||||||
8093 | } else if (TAL != TAL_DeclChunk && !isAddressSpaceKind(attr)) { | ||||||||||
8094 | // Otherwise, only consider type processing for a C++11 attribute if | ||||||||||
8095 | // it's actually been applied to a type. | ||||||||||
8096 | // We also allow C++11 address_space and | ||||||||||
8097 | // OpenCL language address space attributes to pass through. | ||||||||||
8098 | continue; | ||||||||||
8099 | } | ||||||||||
8100 | } | ||||||||||
8101 | |||||||||||
8102 | // If this is an attribute we can handle, do so now, | ||||||||||
8103 | // otherwise, add it to the FnAttrs list for rechaining. | ||||||||||
8104 | switch (attr.getKind()) { | ||||||||||
8105 | default: | ||||||||||
8106 | // A [[]] attribute on a declarator chunk must appertain to a type. | ||||||||||
8107 | if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax() && TAL == TAL_DeclChunk) { | ||||||||||
8108 | state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_type_attr) | ||||||||||
8109 | << attr; | ||||||||||
8110 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8111 | } | ||||||||||
8112 | break; | ||||||||||
8113 | |||||||||||
8114 | case ParsedAttr::UnknownAttribute: | ||||||||||
8115 | if (attr.isStandardAttributeSyntax() && TAL == TAL_DeclChunk) | ||||||||||
8116 | state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(), | ||||||||||
8117 | diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) | ||||||||||
8118 | << attr << attr.getRange(); | ||||||||||
8119 | break; | ||||||||||
8120 | |||||||||||
8121 | case ParsedAttr::IgnoredAttribute: | ||||||||||
8122 | break; | ||||||||||
8123 | |||||||||||
8124 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MayAlias: | ||||||||||
8125 | // FIXME: This attribute needs to actually be handled, but if we ignore | ||||||||||
8126 | // it it breaks large amounts of Linux software. | ||||||||||
8127 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8128 | break; | ||||||||||
8129 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLPrivateAddressSpace: | ||||||||||
8130 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalAddressSpace: | ||||||||||
8131 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalDeviceAddressSpace: | ||||||||||
8132 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGlobalHostAddressSpace: | ||||||||||
8133 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLLocalAddressSpace: | ||||||||||
8134 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLConstantAddressSpace: | ||||||||||
8135 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLGenericAddressSpace: | ||||||||||
8136 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AddressSpace: | ||||||||||
8137 | HandleAddressSpaceTypeAttribute(type, attr, state); | ||||||||||
8138 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8139 | break; | ||||||||||
8140 | OBJC_POINTER_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC: case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership: | ||||||||||
8141 | if (!handleObjCPointerTypeAttr(state, attr, type)) | ||||||||||
8142 | distributeObjCPointerTypeAttr(state, attr, type); | ||||||||||
8143 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8144 | break; | ||||||||||
8145 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorSize: | ||||||||||
8146 | HandleVectorSizeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema()); | ||||||||||
8147 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8148 | break; | ||||||||||
8149 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ExtVectorType: | ||||||||||
8150 | HandleExtVectorTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema()); | ||||||||||
8151 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8152 | break; | ||||||||||
8153 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NeonVectorType: | ||||||||||
8154 | HandleNeonVectorTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema(), | ||||||||||
8155 | VectorType::NeonVector); | ||||||||||
8156 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8157 | break; | ||||||||||
8158 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NeonPolyVectorType: | ||||||||||
8159 | HandleNeonVectorTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema(), | ||||||||||
8160 | VectorType::NeonPolyVector); | ||||||||||
8161 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8162 | break; | ||||||||||
8163 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ArmSveVectorBits: | ||||||||||
8164 | HandleArmSveVectorBitsTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema()); | ||||||||||
8165 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8166 | break; | ||||||||||
8167 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ArmMveStrictPolymorphism: { | ||||||||||
8168 | HandleArmMveStrictPolymorphismAttr(state, type, attr); | ||||||||||
8169 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8170 | break; | ||||||||||
8171 | } | ||||||||||
8172 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLAccess: | ||||||||||
8173 | HandleOpenCLAccessAttr(type, attr, state.getSema()); | ||||||||||
8174 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8175 | break; | ||||||||||
8176 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LifetimeBound: | ||||||||||
8177 | if (TAL == TAL_DeclChunk) | ||||||||||
8178 | HandleLifetimeBoundAttr(state, type, attr); | ||||||||||
8179 | break; | ||||||||||
8180 | |||||||||||
8181 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoDeref: { | ||||||||||
8182 | ASTContext &Ctx = state.getSema().Context; | ||||||||||
8183 | type = state.getAttributedType(createSimpleAttr<NoDerefAttr>(Ctx, attr), | ||||||||||
8184 | type, type); | ||||||||||
8185 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8186 | state.setParsedNoDeref(true); | ||||||||||
8187 | break; | ||||||||||
8188 | } | ||||||||||
8189 | |||||||||||
8190 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MatrixType: | ||||||||||
8191 | HandleMatrixTypeAttr(type, attr, state.getSema()); | ||||||||||
8192 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8193 | break; | ||||||||||
8194 | |||||||||||
8195 | MS_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr32: case ParsedAttr::AT_Ptr64: case ParsedAttr ::AT_SPtr: case ParsedAttr::AT_UPtr: | ||||||||||
8196 | if (!handleMSPointerTypeQualifierAttr(state, attr, type)) | ||||||||||
8197 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8198 | break; | ||||||||||
8199 | |||||||||||
8200 | |||||||||||
8201 | NULLABILITY_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNonNull: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullable : case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullableResult: case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeNullUnspecified: | ||||||||||
8202 | // Either add nullability here or try to distribute it. We | ||||||||||
8203 | // don't want to distribute the nullability specifier past any | ||||||||||
8204 | // dependent type, because that complicates the user model. | ||||||||||
8205 | if (type->canHaveNullability() || type->isDependentType() || | ||||||||||
8206 | type->isArrayType() || | ||||||||||
8207 | !distributeNullabilityTypeAttr(state, type, attr)) { | ||||||||||
8208 | unsigned endIndex; | ||||||||||
8209 | if (TAL == TAL_DeclChunk) | ||||||||||
8210 | endIndex = state.getCurrentChunkIndex(); | ||||||||||
8211 | else | ||||||||||
8212 | endIndex = state.getDeclarator().getNumTypeObjects(); | ||||||||||
8213 | bool allowOnArrayType = | ||||||||||
8214 | state.getDeclarator().isPrototypeContext() && | ||||||||||
8215 | !hasOuterPointerLikeChunk(state.getDeclarator(), endIndex); | ||||||||||
8216 | if (checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier( | ||||||||||
8217 | state, | ||||||||||
8218 | type, | ||||||||||
8219 | attr, | ||||||||||
8220 | allowOnArrayType)) { | ||||||||||
8221 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
8222 | } | ||||||||||
8223 | |||||||||||
8224 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8225 | } | ||||||||||
8226 | break; | ||||||||||
8227 | |||||||||||
8228 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCKindOf: | ||||||||||
8229 | // '__kindof' must be part of the decl-specifiers. | ||||||||||
8230 | switch (TAL) { | ||||||||||
8231 | case TAL_DeclSpec: | ||||||||||
8232 | break; | ||||||||||
8233 | |||||||||||
8234 | case TAL_DeclChunk: | ||||||||||
8235 | case TAL_DeclName: | ||||||||||
8236 | state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(), | ||||||||||
8237 | diag::err_objc_kindof_wrong_position) | ||||||||||
8238 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(attr.getLoc()) | ||||||||||
8239 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||||||||
8240 | state.getDeclarator().getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||||
8241 | "__kindof "); | ||||||||||
8242 | break; | ||||||||||
8243 | } | ||||||||||
8244 | |||||||||||
8245 | // Apply it regardless. | ||||||||||
8246 | if (checkObjCKindOfType(state, type, attr)) | ||||||||||
8247 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
8248 | break; | ||||||||||
8249 | |||||||||||
8250 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoThrow: | ||||||||||
8251 | // Exception Specifications aren't generally supported in C mode throughout | ||||||||||
8252 | // clang, so revert to attribute-based handling for C. | ||||||||||
8253 | if (!state.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||||
8254 | break; | ||||||||||
8255 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||||||||
8256 | FUNCTION_TYPE_ATTRS_CASELISTcase ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn : case ParsedAttr::AT_Regparm: case ParsedAttr::AT_CmseNSCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: case ParsedAttr ::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck: case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: case ParsedAttr ::AT_FastCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: case ParsedAttr:: AT_ThisCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal : case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftAsyncCall : case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs : case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: case ParsedAttr ::AT_PreserveMost: case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll: | ||||||||||
8257 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8258 | |||||||||||
8259 | // Never process function type attributes as part of the | ||||||||||
8260 | // declaration-specifiers. | ||||||||||
8261 | if (TAL == TAL_DeclSpec) | ||||||||||
8262 | distributeFunctionTypeAttrFromDeclSpec(state, attr, type); | ||||||||||
8263 | |||||||||||
8264 | // Otherwise, handle the possible delays. | ||||||||||
8265 | else if (!handleFunctionTypeAttr(state, attr, type)) | ||||||||||
8266 | distributeFunctionTypeAttr(state, attr, type); | ||||||||||
8267 | break; | ||||||||||
8268 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AcquireHandle: { | ||||||||||
8269 | if (!type->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
8270 | return; | ||||||||||
8271 | |||||||||||
8272 | if (attr.getNumArgs() != 1) { | ||||||||||
8273 | state.getSema().Diag(attr.getLoc(), | ||||||||||
8274 | diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | ||||||||||
8275 | << attr << 1; | ||||||||||
8276 | attr.setInvalid(); | ||||||||||
8277 | return; | ||||||||||
8278 | } | ||||||||||
8279 | |||||||||||
8280 | StringRef HandleType; | ||||||||||
8281 | if (!state.getSema().checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(attr, 0, HandleType)) | ||||||||||
8282 | return; | ||||||||||
8283 | type = state.getAttributedType( | ||||||||||
8284 | AcquireHandleAttr::Create(state.getSema().Context, HandleType, attr), | ||||||||||
8285 | type, type); | ||||||||||
8286 | attr.setUsedAsTypeAttr(); | ||||||||||
8287 | break; | ||||||||||
8288 | } | ||||||||||
8289 | } | ||||||||||
8290 | |||||||||||
8291 | // Handle attributes that are defined in a macro. We do not want this to be | ||||||||||
8292 | // applied to ObjC builtin attributes. | ||||||||||
8293 | if (isa<AttributedType>(type) && attr.hasMacroIdentifier() && | ||||||||||
8294 | !type.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime() && | ||||||||||
8295 | !type.getQualifiers().hasObjCGCAttr() && | ||||||||||
8296 | attr.getKind() != ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCGC && | ||||||||||
8297 | attr.getKind() != ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership) { | ||||||||||
8298 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII = attr.getMacroIdentifier(); | ||||||||||
8299 | type = state.getSema().Context.getMacroQualifiedType(type, MacroII); | ||||||||||
8300 | state.setExpansionLocForMacroQualifiedType( | ||||||||||
8301 | cast<MacroQualifiedType>(type.getTypePtr()), | ||||||||||
8302 | attr.getMacroExpansionLoc()); | ||||||||||
8303 | } | ||||||||||
8304 | } | ||||||||||
8305 | |||||||||||
8306 | if (!state.getSema().getLangOpts().OpenCL || | ||||||||||
8307 | type.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) | ||||||||||
8308 | return; | ||||||||||
8309 | } | ||||||||||
8310 | |||||||||||
8311 | void Sema::completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E) { | ||||||||||
8312 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||||
8313 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { | ||||||||||
8314 | if (isTemplateInstantiation(Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) { | ||||||||||
8315 | auto *Def = Var->getDefinition(); | ||||||||||
8316 | if (!Def) { | ||||||||||
8317 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = E->getExprLoc(); | ||||||||||
8318 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(PointOfInstantiation, [&] { | ||||||||||
8319 | InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var); | ||||||||||
8320 | }); | ||||||||||
8321 | Def = Var->getDefinition(); | ||||||||||
8322 | |||||||||||
8323 | // If we don't already have a point of instantiation, and we managed | ||||||||||
8324 | // to instantiate a definition, this is the point of instantiation. | ||||||||||
8325 | // Otherwise, we don't request an end-of-TU instantiation, so this is | ||||||||||
8326 | // not a point of instantiation. | ||||||||||
8327 | // FIXME: Is this really the right behavior? | ||||||||||
8328 | if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() && Def) { | ||||||||||
8329 | assert(Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind() ==(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
8330 | TSK_ImplicitInstantiation &&(static_cast<void> (0)) | ||||||||||
8331 | "explicit instantiation with no point of instantiation")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
8332 | Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind( | ||||||||||
8333 | Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind(), PointOfInstantiation); | ||||||||||
8334 | } | ||||||||||
8335 | } | ||||||||||
8336 | |||||||||||
8337 | // Update the type to the definition's type both here and within the | ||||||||||
8338 | // expression. | ||||||||||
8339 | if (Def) { | ||||||||||
8340 | DRE->setDecl(Def); | ||||||||||
8341 | QualType T = Def->getType(); | ||||||||||
8342 | DRE->setType(T); | ||||||||||
8343 | // FIXME: Update the type on all intervening expressions. | ||||||||||
8344 | E->setType(T); | ||||||||||
8345 | } | ||||||||||
8346 | |||||||||||
8347 | // We still go on to try to complete the type independently, as it | ||||||||||
8348 | // may also require instantiations or diagnostics if it remains | ||||||||||
8349 | // incomplete. | ||||||||||
8350 | } | ||||||||||
8351 | } | ||||||||||
8352 | } | ||||||||||
8353 | } | ||||||||||
8354 | |||||||||||
8355 | QualType Sema::getCompletedType(Expr *E) { | ||||||||||
8356 | // Incomplete array types may be completed by the initializer attached to | ||||||||||
8357 | // their definitions. For static data members of class templates and for | ||||||||||
8358 | // variable templates, we need to instantiate the definition to get this | ||||||||||
8359 | // initializer and complete the type. | ||||||||||
8360 | if (E->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) | ||||||||||
8361 | completeExprArrayBound(E); | ||||||||||
8362 | |||||||||||
8363 | // FIXME: Are there other cases which require instantiating something other | ||||||||||
8364 | // than the type to complete the type of an expression? | ||||||||||
8365 | |||||||||||
8366 | return E->getType(); | ||||||||||
8367 | } | ||||||||||
8368 | |||||||||||
8369 | /// Ensure that the type of the given expression is complete. | ||||||||||
8370 | /// | ||||||||||
8371 | /// This routine checks whether the expression \p E has a complete type. If the | ||||||||||
8372 | /// expression refers to an instantiable construct, that instantiation is | ||||||||||
8373 | /// performed as needed to complete its type. Furthermore | ||||||||||
8374 | /// Sema::RequireCompleteType is called for the expression's type (or in the | ||||||||||
8375 | /// case of a reference type, the referred-to type). | ||||||||||
8376 | /// | ||||||||||
8377 | /// \param E The expression whose type is required to be complete. | ||||||||||
8378 | /// \param Kind Selects which completeness rules should be applied. | ||||||||||
8379 | /// \param Diagnoser The object that will emit a diagnostic if the type is | ||||||||||
8380 | /// incomplete. | ||||||||||
8381 | /// | ||||||||||
8382 | /// \returns \c true if the type of \p E is incomplete and diagnosed, \c false | ||||||||||
8383 | /// otherwise. | ||||||||||
8384 | bool Sema::RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, CompleteTypeKind Kind, | ||||||||||
8385 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) { | ||||||||||
8386 | return RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), getCompletedType(E), Kind, | ||||||||||
8387 | Diagnoser); | ||||||||||
8388 | } | ||||||||||
8389 | |||||||||||
8390 | bool Sema::RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID) { | ||||||||||
8391 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<> Diagnoser(DiagID); | ||||||||||
8392 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser); | ||||||||||
8393 | } | ||||||||||
8394 | |||||||||||
8395 | /// Ensure that the type T is a complete type. | ||||||||||
8396 | /// | ||||||||||
8397 | /// This routine checks whether the type @p T is complete in any | ||||||||||
8398 | /// context where a complete type is required. If @p T is a complete | ||||||||||
8399 | /// type, returns false. If @p T is a class template specialization, | ||||||||||
8400 | /// this routine then attempts to perform class template | ||||||||||
8401 | /// instantiation. If instantiation fails, or if @p T is incomplete | ||||||||||
8402 | /// and cannot be completed, issues the diagnostic @p diag (giving it | ||||||||||
8403 | /// the type @p T) and returns true. | ||||||||||
8404 | /// | ||||||||||
8405 | /// @param Loc The location in the source that the incomplete type | ||||||||||
8406 | /// diagnostic should refer to. | ||||||||||
8407 | /// | ||||||||||
8408 | /// @param T The type that this routine is examining for completeness. | ||||||||||
8409 | /// | ||||||||||
8410 | /// @param Kind Selects which completeness rules should be applied. | ||||||||||
8411 | /// | ||||||||||
8412 | /// @returns @c true if @p T is incomplete and a diagnostic was emitted, | ||||||||||
8413 | /// @c false otherwise. | ||||||||||
8414 | bool Sema::RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, | ||||||||||
8415 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, | ||||||||||
8416 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) { | ||||||||||
8417 | if (RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, &Diagnoser)) | ||||||||||
8418 | return true; | ||||||||||
8419 | if (const TagType *Tag = T->getAs<TagType>()) { | ||||||||||
8420 | if (!Tag->getDecl()->isCompleteDefinitionRequired()) { | ||||||||||
8421 | Tag->getDecl()->setCompleteDefinitionRequired(); | ||||||||||
8422 | Consumer.HandleTagDeclRequiredDefinition(Tag->getDecl()); | ||||||||||
8423 | } | ||||||||||
8424 | } | ||||||||||
8425 | return false; | ||||||||||
8426 | } | ||||||||||
8427 | |||||||||||
8428 | bool Sema::hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested) { | ||||||||||
8429 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, Decl *>> NonEquivalentDecls; | ||||||||||
8430 | if (!Suggested) | ||||||||||
8431 | return false; | ||||||||||
8432 | |||||||||||
8433 | // FIXME: Add a specific mode for C11 6.2.7/1 in StructuralEquivalenceContext | ||||||||||
8434 | // and isolate from other C++ specific checks. | ||||||||||
8435 | StructuralEquivalenceContext Ctx( | ||||||||||
8436 | D->getASTContext(), Suggested->getASTContext(), NonEquivalentDecls, | ||||||||||
8437 | StructuralEquivalenceKind::Default, | ||||||||||
8438 | false /*StrictTypeSpelling*/, true /*Complain*/, | ||||||||||
8439 | true /*ErrorOnTagTypeMismatch*/); | ||||||||||
8440 | return Ctx.IsEquivalent(D, Suggested); | ||||||||||
8441 | } | ||||||||||
8442 | |||||||||||
8443 | /// Determine whether there is any declaration of \p D that was ever a | ||||||||||
8444 | /// definition (perhaps before module merging) and is currently visible. | ||||||||||
8445 | /// \param D The definition of the entity. | ||||||||||
8446 | /// \param Suggested Filled in with the declaration that should be made visible | ||||||||||
8447 | /// in order to provide a definition of this entity. | ||||||||||
8448 | /// \param OnlyNeedComplete If \c true, we only need the type to be complete, | ||||||||||
8449 | /// not defined. This only matters for enums with a fixed underlying | ||||||||||
8450 | /// type, since in all other cases, a type is complete if and only if it | ||||||||||
8451 | /// is defined. | ||||||||||
8452 | bool Sema::hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, | ||||||||||
8453 | bool OnlyNeedComplete) { | ||||||||||
8454 | // Easy case: if we don't have modules, all declarations are visible. | ||||||||||
8455 | if (!getLangOpts().Modules && !getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) | ||||||||||
8456 | return true; | ||||||||||
8457 | |||||||||||
8458 | // If this definition was instantiated from a template, map back to the | ||||||||||
8459 | // pattern from which it was instantiated. | ||||||||||
8460 | if (isa<TagDecl>(D) && cast<TagDecl>(D)->isBeingDefined()) { | ||||||||||
8461 | // We're in the middle of defining it; this definition should be treated | ||||||||||
8462 | // as visible. | ||||||||||
8463 | return true; | ||||||||||
8464 | } else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||
8465 | if (auto *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) | ||||||||||
8466 | RD = Pattern; | ||||||||||
8467 | D = RD->getDefinition(); | ||||||||||
8468 | } else if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||
8469 | if (auto *Pattern = ED->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) | ||||||||||
8470 | ED = Pattern; | ||||||||||
8471 | if (OnlyNeedComplete && (ED->isFixed() || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)) { | ||||||||||
8472 | // If the enum has a fixed underlying type, it may have been forward | ||||||||||
8473 | // declared. In -fms-compatibility, `enum Foo;` will also forward declare | ||||||||||
8474 | // the enum and assign it the underlying type of `int`. Since we're only | ||||||||||
8475 | // looking for a complete type (not a definition), any visible declaration | ||||||||||
8476 | // of it will do. | ||||||||||
8477 | *Suggested = nullptr; | ||||||||||
8478 | for (auto *Redecl : ED->redecls()) { | ||||||||||
8479 | if (isVisible(Redecl)) | ||||||||||
8480 | return true; | ||||||||||
8481 | if (Redecl->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || | ||||||||||
8482 | (Redecl->isCanonicalDecl() && !*Suggested)) | ||||||||||
8483 | *Suggested = Redecl; | ||||||||||
8484 | } | ||||||||||
8485 | return false; | ||||||||||
8486 | } | ||||||||||
8487 | D = ED->getDefinition(); | ||||||||||
8488 | } else if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||
8489 | if (auto *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) | ||||||||||
8490 | FD = Pattern; | ||||||||||
8491 | D = FD->getDefinition(); | ||||||||||
8492 | } else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||||||||
8493 | if (auto *Pattern = VD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) | ||||||||||
8494 | VD = Pattern; | ||||||||||
8495 | D = VD->getDefinition(); | ||||||||||
8496 | } | ||||||||||
8497 | assert(D && "missing definition for pattern of instantiated definition")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
8498 | |||||||||||
8499 | *Suggested = D; | ||||||||||
8500 | |||||||||||
8501 | auto DefinitionIsVisible = [&] { | ||||||||||
8502 | // The (primary) definition might be in a visible module. | ||||||||||
8503 | if (isVisible(D)) | ||||||||||
8504 | return true; | ||||||||||
8505 | |||||||||||
8506 | // A visible module might have a merged definition instead. | ||||||||||
8507 | if (D->isModulePrivate() ? hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(D) | ||||||||||
8508 | : hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)) { | ||||||||||
8509 | if (CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && | ||||||||||
8510 | !getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { | ||||||||||
8511 | // Cache the fact that this definition is implicitly visible because | ||||||||||
8512 | // there is a visible merged definition. | ||||||||||
8513 | D->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule(); | ||||||||||
8514 | } | ||||||||||
8515 | return true; | ||||||||||
8516 | } | ||||||||||
8517 | |||||||||||
8518 | return false; | ||||||||||
8519 | }; | ||||||||||
8520 | |||||||||||
8521 | if (DefinitionIsVisible()) | ||||||||||
8522 | return true; | ||||||||||
8523 | |||||||||||
8524 | // The external source may have additional definitions of this entity that are | ||||||||||
8525 | // visible, so complete the redeclaration chain now and ask again. | ||||||||||
8526 | if (auto *Source = Context.getExternalSource()) { | ||||||||||
8527 | Source->CompleteRedeclChain(D); | ||||||||||
8528 | return DefinitionIsVisible(); | ||||||||||
8529 | } | ||||||||||
8530 | |||||||||||
8531 | return false; | ||||||||||
8532 | } | ||||||||||
8533 | |||||||||||
8534 | /// Locks in the inheritance model for the given class and all of its bases. | ||||||||||
8535 | static void assignInheritanceModel(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *RD) { | ||||||||||
8536 | RD = RD->getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl(); | ||||||||||
8537 | if (!RD->hasAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) { | ||||||||||
8538 | MSInheritanceModel IM; | ||||||||||
8539 | bool BestCase = false; | ||||||||||
8540 | switch (S.MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod) { | ||||||||||
8541 | case LangOptions::PPTMK_BestCase: | ||||||||||
8542 | BestCase = true; | ||||||||||
8543 | IM = RD->calculateInheritanceModel(); | ||||||||||
8544 | break; | ||||||||||
8545 | case LangOptions::PPTMK_FullGeneralitySingleInheritance: | ||||||||||
8546 | IM = MSInheritanceModel::Single; | ||||||||||
8547 | break; | ||||||||||
8548 | case LangOptions::PPTMK_FullGeneralityMultipleInheritance: | ||||||||||
8549 | IM = MSInheritanceModel::Multiple; | ||||||||||
8550 | break; | ||||||||||
8551 | case LangOptions::PPTMK_FullGeneralityVirtualInheritance: | ||||||||||
8552 | IM = MSInheritanceModel::Unspecified; | ||||||||||
8553 | break; | ||||||||||
8554 | } | ||||||||||
8555 | |||||||||||
8556 | SourceRange Loc = S.ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc.isValid() | ||||||||||
8557 | ? S.ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc | ||||||||||
8558 | : RD->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
8559 | RD->addAttr(MSInheritanceAttr::CreateImplicit( | ||||||||||
8560 | S.getASTContext(), BestCase, Loc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Microsoft, | ||||||||||
8561 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling(IM))); | ||||||||||
8562 | S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(RD); | ||||||||||
8563 | } | ||||||||||
8564 | } | ||||||||||
8565 | |||||||||||
8566 | /// The implementation of RequireCompleteType | ||||||||||
8567 | bool Sema::RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, | ||||||||||
8568 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, | ||||||||||
8569 | TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser) { | ||||||||||
8570 | // FIXME: Add this assertion to make sure we always get instantiation points. | ||||||||||
8571 | // assert(!Loc.isInvalid() && "Invalid location in RequireCompleteType"); | ||||||||||
8572 | // FIXME: Add this assertion to help us flush out problems with | ||||||||||
8573 | // checking for dependent types and type-dependent expressions. | ||||||||||
8574 | // | ||||||||||
8575 | // assert(!T->isDependentType() && | ||||||||||
8576 | // "Can't ask whether a dependent type is complete"); | ||||||||||
8577 | |||||||||||
8578 | if (const MemberPointerType *MPTy = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) { | ||||||||||
8579 | if (!MPTy->getClass()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||||
8580 | if (getLangOpts().CompleteMemberPointers && | ||||||||||
8581 | !MPTy->getClass()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->isBeingDefined() && | ||||||||||
8582 | RequireCompleteType(Loc, QualType(MPTy->getClass(), 0), Kind, | ||||||||||
8583 | diag::err_memptr_incomplete)) | ||||||||||
8584 | return true; | ||||||||||
8585 | |||||||||||
8586 | // We lock in the inheritance model once somebody has asked us to ensure | ||||||||||
8587 | // that a pointer-to-member type is complete. | ||||||||||
8588 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | ||||||||||
8589 | (void)isCompleteType(Loc, QualType(MPTy->getClass(), 0)); | ||||||||||
8590 | assignInheritanceModel(*this, MPTy->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl()); | ||||||||||
8591 | } | ||||||||||
8592 | } | ||||||||||
8593 | } | ||||||||||
8594 | |||||||||||
8595 | NamedDecl *Def = nullptr; | ||||||||||
8596 | bool AcceptSizeless = (Kind == CompleteTypeKind::AcceptSizeless); | ||||||||||
8597 | bool Incomplete = (T->isIncompleteType(&Def) || | ||||||||||
8598 | (!AcceptSizeless && T->isSizelessBuiltinType())); | ||||||||||
8599 | |||||||||||
8600 | // Check that any necessary explicit specializations are visible. For an | ||||||||||
8601 | // enum, we just need the declaration, so don't check this. | ||||||||||
8602 | if (Def && !isa<EnumDecl>(Def)) | ||||||||||
8603 | checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Def); | ||||||||||
8604 | |||||||||||
8605 | // If we have a complete type, we're done. | ||||||||||
8606 | if (!Incomplete) { | ||||||||||
8607 | // If we know about the definition but it is not visible, complain. | ||||||||||
8608 | NamedDecl *SuggestedDef = nullptr; | ||||||||||
8609 | if (Def && | ||||||||||
8610 | !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &SuggestedDef, /*OnlyNeedComplete*/true)) { | ||||||||||
8611 | // If the user is going to see an error here, recover by making the | ||||||||||
8612 | // definition visible. | ||||||||||
8613 | bool TreatAsComplete = Diagnoser && !isSFINAEContext(); | ||||||||||
8614 | if (Diagnoser && SuggestedDef) | ||||||||||
8615 | diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, SuggestedDef, MissingImportKind::Definition, | ||||||||||
8616 | /*Recover*/TreatAsComplete); | ||||||||||
8617 | return !TreatAsComplete; | ||||||||||
8618 | } else if (Def && !TemplateInstCallbacks.empty()) { | ||||||||||
8619 | CodeSynthesisContext TempInst; | ||||||||||
8620 | TempInst.Kind = CodeSynthesisContext::Memoization; | ||||||||||
8621 | TempInst.Template = Def; | ||||||||||
8622 | TempInst.Entity = Def; | ||||||||||
8623 | TempInst.PointOfInstantiation = Loc; | ||||||||||
8624 | atTemplateBegin(TemplateInstCallbacks, *this, TempInst); | ||||||||||
8625 | atTemplateEnd(TemplateInstCallbacks, *this, TempInst); | ||||||||||
8626 | } | ||||||||||
8627 | |||||||||||
8628 | return false; | ||||||||||
8629 | } | ||||||||||
8630 | |||||||||||
8631 | TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(Def); | ||||||||||
8632 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Def); | ||||||||||
8633 | |||||||||||
8634 | // Give the external source a chance to provide a definition of the type. | ||||||||||
8635 | // This is kept separate from completing the redeclaration chain so that | ||||||||||
8636 | // external sources such as LLDB can avoid synthesizing a type definition | ||||||||||
8637 | // unless it's actually needed. | ||||||||||
8638 | if (Tag || IFace) { | ||||||||||
8639 | // Avoid diagnosing invalid decls as incomplete. | ||||||||||
8640 | if (Def->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||||||||
8641 | return true; | ||||||||||
8642 | |||||||||||
8643 | // Give the external AST source a chance to complete the type. | ||||||||||
8644 | if (auto *Source = Context.getExternalSource()) { | ||||||||||
8645 | if (Tag && Tag->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) | ||||||||||
8646 | Source->CompleteType(Tag); | ||||||||||
8647 | if (IFace && IFace->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) | ||||||||||
8648 | Source->CompleteType(IFace); | ||||||||||
8649 | // If the external source completed the type, go through the motions | ||||||||||
8650 | // again to ensure we're allowed to use the completed type. | ||||||||||
8651 | if (!T->isIncompleteType()) | ||||||||||
8652 | return RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, Diagnoser); | ||||||||||
8653 | } | ||||||||||
8654 | } | ||||||||||
8655 | |||||||||||
8656 | // If we have a class template specialization or a class member of a | ||||||||||
8657 | // class template specialization, or an array with known size of such, | ||||||||||
8658 | // try to instantiate it. | ||||||||||
8659 | if (auto *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { | ||||||||||
8660 | bool Instantiated = false; | ||||||||||
8661 | bool Diagnosed = false; | ||||||||||
8662 | if (RD->isDependentContext()) { | ||||||||||
8663 | // Don't try to instantiate a dependent class (eg, a member template of | ||||||||||
8664 | // an instantiated class template specialization). | ||||||||||
8665 | // FIXME: Can this ever happen? | ||||||||||
8666 | } else if (auto *ClassTemplateSpec = | ||||||||||
8667 | dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { | ||||||||||
8668 | if (ClassTemplateSpec->getSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared) { | ||||||||||
8669 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] { | ||||||||||
8670 | Diagnosed = InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization( | ||||||||||
8671 | Loc, ClassTemplateSpec, TSK_ImplicitInstantiation, | ||||||||||
8672 | /*Complain=*/Diagnoser); | ||||||||||
8673 | }); | ||||||||||
8674 | Instantiated = true; | ||||||||||
8675 | } | ||||||||||
8676 | } else { | ||||||||||
8677 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getInstantiatedFromMemberClass(); | ||||||||||
8678 | if (!RD->isBeingDefined() && Pattern) { | ||||||||||
8679 | MemberSpecializationInfo *MSI = RD->getMemberSpecializationInfo(); | ||||||||||
8680 | assert(MSI && "Missing member specialization information?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
8681 | // This record was instantiated from a class within a template. | ||||||||||
8682 | if (MSI->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != | ||||||||||
8683 | TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { | ||||||||||
8684 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] { | ||||||||||
8685 | Diagnosed = InstantiateClass(Loc, RD, Pattern, | ||||||||||
8686 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(RD), | ||||||||||
8687 | TSK_ImplicitInstantiation, | ||||||||||
8688 | /*Complain=*/Diagnoser); | ||||||||||
8689 | }); | ||||||||||
8690 | Instantiated = true; | ||||||||||
8691 | } | ||||||||||
8692 | } | ||||||||||
8693 | } | ||||||||||
8694 | |||||||||||
8695 | if (Instantiated) { | ||||||||||
8696 | // Instantiate* might have already complained that the template is not | ||||||||||
8697 | // defined, if we asked it to. | ||||||||||
8698 | if (Diagnoser && Diagnosed) | ||||||||||
8699 | return true; | ||||||||||
8700 | // If we instantiated a definition, check that it's usable, even if | ||||||||||
8701 | // instantiation produced an error, so that repeated calls to this | ||||||||||
8702 | // function give consistent answers. | ||||||||||
8703 | if (!T->isIncompleteType()) | ||||||||||
8704 | return RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, Diagnoser); | ||||||||||
8705 | } | ||||||||||
8706 | } | ||||||||||
8707 | |||||||||||
8708 | // FIXME: If we didn't instantiate a definition because of an explicit | ||||||||||
8709 | // specialization declaration, check that it's visible. | ||||||||||
8710 | |||||||||||
8711 | if (!Diagnoser) | ||||||||||
8712 | return true; | ||||||||||
8713 | |||||||||||
8714 | Diagnoser->diagnose(*this, Loc, T); | ||||||||||
8715 | |||||||||||
8716 | // If the type was a forward declaration of a class/struct/union | ||||||||||
8717 | // type, produce a note. | ||||||||||
8718 | if (Tag && !Tag->isInvalidDecl() && !Tag->getLocation().isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
8719 | Diag(Tag->getLocation(), | ||||||||||
8720 | Tag->isBeingDefined() ? diag::note_type_being_defined | ||||||||||
8721 | : diag::note_forward_declaration) | ||||||||||
8722 | << Context.getTagDeclType(Tag); | ||||||||||
8723 | |||||||||||
8724 | // If the Objective-C class was a forward declaration, produce a note. | ||||||||||
8725 | if (IFace && !IFace->isInvalidDecl() && !IFace->getLocation().isInvalid()) | ||||||||||
8726 | Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_forward_class); | ||||||||||
8727 | |||||||||||
8728 | // If we have external information that we can use to suggest a fix, | ||||||||||
8729 | // produce a note. | ||||||||||
8730 | if (ExternalSource) | ||||||||||
8731 | ExternalSource->MaybeDiagnoseMissingCompleteType(Loc, T); | ||||||||||
8732 | |||||||||||
8733 | return true; | ||||||||||
8734 | } | ||||||||||
8735 | |||||||||||
8736 | bool Sema::RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, | ||||||||||
8737 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, unsigned DiagID) { | ||||||||||
8738 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<> Diagnoser(DiagID); | ||||||||||
8739 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Kind, Diagnoser); | ||||||||||
8740 | } | ||||||||||
8741 | |||||||||||
8742 | /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for | ||||||||||
8743 | /// literal type diagnostic message. | ||||||||||
8744 | /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! | ||||||||||
8745 | /// | ||||||||||
8746 | /// \returns diagnostic %select index. | ||||||||||
8747 | static unsigned getLiteralDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { | ||||||||||
8748 | switch (Tag) { | ||||||||||
8749 | case TTK_Struct: return 0; | ||||||||||
8750 | case TTK_Interface: return 1; | ||||||||||
8751 | case TTK_Class: return 2; | ||||||||||
8752 | default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for literal type diagnostic!")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
8753 | } | ||||||||||
8754 | } | ||||||||||
8755 | |||||||||||
8756 | /// Ensure that the type T is a literal type. | ||||||||||
8757 | /// | ||||||||||
8758 | /// This routine checks whether the type @p T is a literal type. If @p T is an | ||||||||||
8759 | /// incomplete type, an attempt is made to complete it. If @p T is a literal | ||||||||||
8760 | /// type, or @p AllowIncompleteType is true and @p T is an incomplete type, | ||||||||||
8761 | /// returns false. Otherwise, this routine issues the diagnostic @p PD (giving | ||||||||||
8762 | /// it the type @p T), along with notes explaining why the type is not a | ||||||||||
8763 | /// literal type, and returns true. | ||||||||||
8764 | /// | ||||||||||
8765 | /// @param Loc The location in the source that the non-literal type | ||||||||||
8766 | /// diagnostic should refer to. | ||||||||||
8767 | /// | ||||||||||
8768 | /// @param T The type that this routine is examining for literalness. | ||||||||||
8769 | /// | ||||||||||
8770 | /// @param Diagnoser Emits a diagnostic if T is not a literal type. | ||||||||||
8771 | /// | ||||||||||
8772 | /// @returns @c true if @p T is not a literal type and a diagnostic was emitted, | ||||||||||
8773 | /// @c false otherwise. | ||||||||||
8774 | bool Sema::RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, | ||||||||||
8775 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) { | ||||||||||
8776 | assert(!T->isDependentType() && "type should not be dependent")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
8777 | |||||||||||
8778 | QualType ElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(T); | ||||||||||
8779 | if ((isCompleteType(Loc, ElemType) || ElemType->isVoidType()) && | ||||||||||
8780 | T->isLiteralType(Context)) | ||||||||||
8781 | return false; | ||||||||||
8782 | |||||||||||
8783 | Diagnoser.diagnose(*this, Loc, T); | ||||||||||
8784 | |||||||||||
8785 | if (T->isVariableArrayType()) | ||||||||||
8786 | return true; | ||||||||||
8787 | |||||||||||
8788 | const RecordType *RT = ElemType->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||||||||
8789 | if (!RT) | ||||||||||
8790 | return true; | ||||||||||
8791 | |||||||||||
8792 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | ||||||||||
8793 | |||||||||||
8794 | // A partially-defined class type can't be a literal type, because a literal | ||||||||||
8795 | // class type must have a trivial destructor (which can't be checked until | ||||||||||
8796 | // the class definition is complete). | ||||||||||
8797 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ElemType, diag::note_non_literal_incomplete, T)) | ||||||||||
8798 | return true; | ||||||||||
8799 | |||||||||||
8800 | // [expr.prim.lambda]p3: | ||||||||||
8801 | // This class type is [not] a literal type. | ||||||||||
8802 | if (RD->isLambda() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { | ||||||||||
8803 | Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_lambda); | ||||||||||
8804 | return true; | ||||||||||
8805 | } | ||||||||||
8806 | |||||||||||
8807 | // If the class has virtual base classes, then it's not an aggregate, and | ||||||||||
8808 | // cannot have any constexpr constructors or a trivial default constructor, | ||||||||||
8809 | // so is non-literal. This is better to diagnose than the resulting absence | ||||||||||
8810 | // of constexpr constructors. | ||||||||||
8811 | if (RD->getNumVBases()) { | ||||||||||
8812 | Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_virtual_base) | ||||||||||
8813 | << getLiteralDiagFromTagKind(RD->getTagKind()) << RD->getNumVBases(); | ||||||||||
8814 | for (const auto &I : RD->vbases()) | ||||||||||
8815 | Diag(I.getBeginLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base_here) | ||||||||||
8816 | << I.getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
8817 | } else if (!RD->isAggregate() && !RD->hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() && | ||||||||||
8818 | !RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) { | ||||||||||
8819 | Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_no_constexpr_ctors) << RD; | ||||||||||
8820 | } else if (RD->hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases()) { | ||||||||||
8821 | for (const auto &I : RD->bases()) { | ||||||||||
8822 | if (!I.getType()->isLiteralType(Context)) { | ||||||||||
8823 | Diag(I.getBeginLoc(), diag::note_non_literal_base_class) | ||||||||||
8824 | << RD << I.getType() << I.getSourceRange(); | ||||||||||
8825 | return true; | ||||||||||
8826 | } | ||||||||||
8827 | } | ||||||||||
8828 | for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) { | ||||||||||
8829 | if (!I->getType()->isLiteralType(Context) || | ||||||||||
8830 | I->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||||||||
8831 | Diag(I->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_field) | ||||||||||
8832 | << RD << I << I->getType() | ||||||||||
8833 | << I->getType().isVolatileQualified(); | ||||||||||
8834 | return true; | ||||||||||
8835 | } | ||||||||||
8836 | } | ||||||||||
8837 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 ? !RD->hasConstexprDestructor() | ||||||||||
8838 | : !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) { | ||||||||||
8839 | // All fields and bases are of literal types, so have trivial or constexpr | ||||||||||
8840 | // destructors. If this class's destructor is non-trivial / non-constexpr, | ||||||||||
8841 | // it must be user-declared. | ||||||||||
8842 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = RD->getDestructor(); | ||||||||||
8843 | assert(Dtor && "class has literal fields and bases but no dtor?")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
8844 | if (!Dtor) | ||||||||||
8845 | return true; | ||||||||||
8846 | |||||||||||
8847 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { | ||||||||||
8848 | Diag(Dtor->getLocation(), diag::note_non_literal_non_constexpr_dtor) | ||||||||||
8849 | << RD; | ||||||||||
8850 | } else { | ||||||||||
8851 | Diag(Dtor->getLocation(), Dtor->isUserProvided() | ||||||||||
8852 | ? diag::note_non_literal_user_provided_dtor | ||||||||||
8853 | : diag::note_non_literal_nontrivial_dtor) | ||||||||||
8854 | << RD; | ||||||||||
8855 | if (!Dtor->isUserProvided()) | ||||||||||
8856 | SpecialMemberIsTrivial(Dtor, CXXDestructor, TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, | ||||||||||
8857 | /*Diagnose*/ true); | ||||||||||
8858 | } | ||||||||||
8859 | } | ||||||||||
8860 | |||||||||||
8861 | return true; | ||||||||||
8862 | } | ||||||||||
8863 | |||||||||||
8864 | bool Sema::RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID) { | ||||||||||
8865 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<> Diagnoser(DiagID); | ||||||||||
8866 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); | ||||||||||
8867 | } | ||||||||||
8868 | |||||||||||
8869 | /// Retrieve a version of the type 'T' that is elaborated by Keyword, qualified | ||||||||||
8870 | /// by the nested-name-specifier contained in SS, and that is (re)declared by | ||||||||||
8871 | /// OwnedTagDecl, which is nullptr if this is not a (re)declaration. | ||||||||||
8872 | QualType Sema::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, | ||||||||||
8873 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T, | ||||||||||
8874 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { | ||||||||||
8875 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
8876 | return T; | ||||||||||
8877 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; | ||||||||||
8878 | if (SS.isValid()) | ||||||||||
8879 | NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); | ||||||||||
8880 | else { | ||||||||||
8881 | if (Keyword == ETK_None) | ||||||||||
8882 | return T; | ||||||||||
8883 | NNS = nullptr; | ||||||||||
8884 | } | ||||||||||
8885 | return Context.getElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, T, OwnedTagDecl); | ||||||||||
8886 | } | ||||||||||
8887 | |||||||||||
8888 | QualType Sema::BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
8889 | assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType() && "unexpected placeholder")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
8890 | |||||||||||
8891 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->refersToBitField()) | ||||||||||
8892 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 2; | ||||||||||
8893 | |||||||||||
8894 | if (!E->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||||
8895 | QualType T = E->getType(); | ||||||||||
8896 | if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) | ||||||||||
8897 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(TT->getDecl(), E->getExprLoc()); | ||||||||||
8898 | } | ||||||||||
8899 | return Context.getTypeOfExprType(E); | ||||||||||
8900 | } | ||||||||||
8901 | |||||||||||
8902 | /// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for | ||||||||||
8903 | /// that expression, according to the rules in C++11 | ||||||||||
8904 | /// [dcl.type.simple]p4 and C++11 [expr.lambda.prim]p18. | ||||||||||
8905 | static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||||||||
8906 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||||
8907 | return S.Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||||
8908 | |||||||||||
8909 | Expr *IDExpr = E; | ||||||||||
8910 | if (auto *ImplCastExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) | ||||||||||
8911 | IDExpr = ImplCastExpr->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||||
8912 | |||||||||||
8913 | // C++11 [dcl.type.simple]p4: | ||||||||||
8914 | // The type denoted by decltype(e) is defined as follows: | ||||||||||
8915 | |||||||||||
8916 | // C++20: | ||||||||||
8917 | // - if E is an unparenthesized id-expression naming a non-type | ||||||||||
8918 | // template-parameter (13.2), decltype(E) is the type of the | ||||||||||
8919 | // template-parameter after performing any necessary type deduction | ||||||||||
8920 | // Note that this does not pick up the implicit 'const' for a template | ||||||||||
8921 | // parameter object. This rule makes no difference before C++20 so we apply | ||||||||||
8922 | // it unconditionally. | ||||||||||
8923 | if (const auto *SNTTPE = dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr>(IDExpr)) | ||||||||||
8924 | return SNTTPE->getParameterType(S.Context); | ||||||||||
8925 | |||||||||||
8926 | // - if e is an unparenthesized id-expression or an unparenthesized class | ||||||||||
8927 | // member access (5.2.5), decltype(e) is the type of the entity named | ||||||||||
8928 | // by e. If there is no such entity, or if e names a set of overloaded | ||||||||||
8929 | // functions, the program is ill-formed; | ||||||||||
8930 | // | ||||||||||
8931 | // We apply the same rules for Objective-C ivar and property references. | ||||||||||
8932 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(IDExpr)) { | ||||||||||
8933 | const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||||||||
8934 | if (auto *TPO = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(VD)) | ||||||||||
8935 | return TPO->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||||
8936 | return VD->getType(); | ||||||||||
8937 | } else if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(IDExpr)) { | ||||||||||
8938 | if (const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl()) | ||||||||||
8939 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) | ||||||||||
8940 | return VD->getType(); | ||||||||||
8941 | } else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *IR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(IDExpr)) { | ||||||||||
8942 | return IR->getDecl()->getType(); | ||||||||||
8943 | } else if (const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PR = | ||||||||||
8944 | dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(IDExpr)) { | ||||||||||
8945 | if (PR->isExplicitProperty()) | ||||||||||
8946 | return PR->getExplicitProperty()->getType(); | ||||||||||
8947 | } else if (auto *PE = dyn_cast<PredefinedExpr>(IDExpr)) { | ||||||||||
8948 | return PE->getType(); | ||||||||||
8949 | } | ||||||||||
8950 | |||||||||||
8951 | // C++11 [expr.lambda.prim]p18: | ||||||||||
8952 | // Every occurrence of decltype((x)) where x is a possibly | ||||||||||
8953 | // parenthesized id-expression that names an entity of automatic | ||||||||||
8954 | // storage duration is treated as if x were transformed into an | ||||||||||
8955 | // access to a corresponding data member of the closure type that | ||||||||||
8956 | // would have been declared if x were an odr-use of the denoted | ||||||||||
8957 | // entity. | ||||||||||
8958 | using namespace sema; | ||||||||||
8959 | if (S.getCurLambda()) { | ||||||||||
8960 | if (isa<ParenExpr>(IDExpr)) { | ||||||||||
8961 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(IDExpr->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||||
8962 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { | ||||||||||
8963 | QualType T = S.getCapturedDeclRefType(Var, DRE->getLocation()); | ||||||||||
8964 | if (!T.isNull()) | ||||||||||
8965 | return S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); | ||||||||||
8966 | } | ||||||||||
8967 | } | ||||||||||
8968 | } | ||||||||||
8969 | } | ||||||||||
8970 | |||||||||||
8971 | return S.Context.getReferenceQualifiedType(E); | ||||||||||
8972 | } | ||||||||||
8973 | |||||||||||
8974 | QualType Sema::BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||||
8975 | bool AsUnevaluated) { | ||||||||||
8976 | assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType() && "unexpected placeholder")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
8977 | |||||||||||
8978 | if (AsUnevaluated && CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && | ||||||||||
8979 | !E->isInstantiationDependent() && E->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { | ||||||||||
8980 | // The expression operand for decltype is in an unevaluated expression | ||||||||||
8981 | // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. | ||||||||||
8982 | // Exclude instantiation-dependent expressions, because 'decltype' is often | ||||||||||
8983 | // used to build SFINAE gadgets. | ||||||||||
8984 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); | ||||||||||
8985 | } | ||||||||||
8986 | |||||||||||
8987 | return Context.getDecltypeType(E, getDecltypeForExpr(*this, E)); | ||||||||||
8988 | } | ||||||||||
8989 | |||||||||||
8990 | QualType Sema::BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, | ||||||||||
8991 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, | ||||||||||
8992 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
8993 | switch (UKind) { | ||||||||||
8994 | case UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType: | ||||||||||
8995 | if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && !BaseType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||||||
8996 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_only_enums_have_underlying_types); | ||||||||||
8997 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
8998 | } else { | ||||||||||
8999 | QualType Underlying = BaseType; | ||||||||||
9000 | if (!BaseType->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||||
9001 | // The enum could be incomplete if we're parsing its definition or | ||||||||||
9002 | // recovering from an error. | ||||||||||
9003 | NamedDecl *FwdDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||||
9004 | if (BaseType->isIncompleteType(&FwdDecl)) { | ||||||||||
9005 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_underlying_type_of_incomplete_enum) << BaseType; | ||||||||||
9006 | Diag(FwdDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_forward_declaration) << FwdDecl; | ||||||||||
9007 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
9008 | } | ||||||||||
9009 | |||||||||||
9010 | EnumDecl *ED = BaseType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||||||||
9011 | assert(ED && "EnumType has no EnumDecl")(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
9012 | |||||||||||
9013 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(ED, Loc); | ||||||||||
9014 | |||||||||||
9015 | Underlying = ED->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||||
9016 | assert(!Underlying.isNull())(static_cast<void> (0)); | ||||||||||
9017 | } | ||||||||||
9018 | return Context.getUnaryTransformType(BaseType, Underlying, | ||||||||||
9019 | UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType); | ||||||||||
9020 | } | ||||||||||
9021 | } | ||||||||||
9022 | llvm_unreachable("unknown unary transform type")__builtin_unreachable(); | ||||||||||
9023 | } | ||||||||||
9024 | |||||||||||
9025 | QualType Sema::BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||||
9026 | if (!T->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||||
9027 | // FIXME: It isn't entirely clear whether incomplete atomic types | ||||||||||
9028 | // are allowed or not; for simplicity, ban them for the moment. | ||||||||||
9029 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, diag::err_atomic_specifier_bad_type, 0)) | ||||||||||
9030 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
9031 | |||||||||||
9032 | int DisallowedKind = -1; | ||||||||||
9033 | if (T->isArrayType()) | ||||||||||
9034 | DisallowedKind = 1; | ||||||||||
9035 | else if (T->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||||
9036 | DisallowedKind = 2; | ||||||||||
9037 | else if (T->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||||
9038 | DisallowedKind = 3; | ||||||||||
9039 | else if (T->isAtomicType()) | ||||||||||
9040 | DisallowedKind = 4; | ||||||||||
9041 | else if (T.hasQualifiers()) | ||||||||||
9042 | DisallowedKind = 5; | ||||||||||
9043 | else if (T->isSizelessType()) | ||||||||||
9044 | DisallowedKind = 6; | ||||||||||
9045 | else if (!T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) | ||||||||||
9046 | // Some other non-trivially-copyable type (probably a C++ class) | ||||||||||
9047 | DisallowedKind = 7; | ||||||||||
9048 | else if (T->isExtIntType()) { | ||||||||||
9049 | DisallowedKind = 8; | ||||||||||
9050 | } | ||||||||||
9051 | |||||||||||
9052 | if (DisallowedKind != -1) { | ||||||||||
9053 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_atomic_specifier_bad_type) << DisallowedKind << T; | ||||||||||
9054 | return QualType(); | ||||||||||
9055 | } | ||||||||||
9056 | |||||||||||
9057 | // FIXME: Do we need any handling for ARC here? | ||||||||||
9058 | } | ||||||||||
9059 | |||||||||||
9060 | // Build the pointer type. | ||||||||||
9061 | return Context.getAtomicType(T); | ||||||||||
9062 | } |
1 | //===--- TypeLocVisitor.h - Visitor for TypeLoc subclasses ------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the TypeLocVisitor interface. |
10 | // |
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
12 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPELOCVISITOR_H |
13 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPELOCVISITOR_H |
14 | |
15 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
16 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
17 | |
18 | namespace clang { |
19 | |
20 | #define DISPATCH(CLASSNAME) \ |
21 | return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)-> \ |
22 | Visit##CLASSNAME(TyLoc.castAs<CLASSNAME>()) |
23 | |
24 | template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void> |
25 | class TypeLocVisitor { |
26 | public: |
27 | RetTy Visit(TypeLoc TyLoc) { |
28 | switch (TyLoc.getTypeLocClass()) { |
29 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT) |
30 | #define TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT) \ |
31 | case TypeLoc::CLASS: DISPATCH(CLASS##TypeLoc); |
32 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def" |
33 | } |
34 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected type loc class!")__builtin_unreachable(); |
35 | } |
36 | |
37 | RetTy Visit(UnqualTypeLoc TyLoc) { |
38 | switch (TyLoc.getTypeLocClass()) { |
39 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT) |
40 | #define TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT) \ |
41 | case TypeLoc::CLASS: DISPATCH(CLASS##TypeLoc); |
42 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def" |
43 | } |
44 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected type loc class!")__builtin_unreachable(); |
45 | } |
46 | |
47 | #define TYPELOC(CLASS, PARENT) \ |
48 | RetTy Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TyLoc) { \ |
49 | DISPATCH(PARENT); \ |
50 | } |
51 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def" |
52 | |
53 | RetTy VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc TyLoc) { return RetTy(); } |
54 | }; |
55 | |
56 | #undef DISPATCH |
57 | |
58 | } // end namespace clang |
59 | |
60 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPELOCVISITOR_H |
1 | /*===- TableGen'erated file -------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===*\ |
2 | |* *| |
3 | |* An x-macro database of Clang type nodes *| |
4 | |* *| |
5 | |* Automatically generated file, do not edit! *| |
6 | |* *| |
7 | \*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/ |
8 | |
9 | #ifndef ABSTRACT_TYPE |
10 | # define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) TYPE(Class, Base) |
11 | #endif |
12 | #ifndef NON_CANONICAL_TYPE |
13 | # define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) TYPE(Class, Base) |
14 | #endif |
15 | #ifndef DEPENDENT_TYPE |
16 | # define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) TYPE(Class, Base) |
17 | #endif |
18 | #ifndef NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE |
19 | # define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) TYPE(Class, Base) |
20 | #endif |
21 | NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Adjusted, Type) |
22 | NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Decayed, AdjustedType) |
23 | ABSTRACT_TYPE(Array, Type) |
24 | TYPE(ConstantArray, ArrayType) |
25 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentSizedArray, ArrayType) |
26 | TYPE(IncompleteArray, ArrayType) |
27 | TYPE(VariableArray, ArrayType) |
28 | TYPE(Atomic, Type) |
29 | NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Attributed, Type) |
30 | TYPE(BlockPointer, Type) |
31 | TYPE(Builtin, Type) |
32 | TYPE(Complex, Type) |
33 | NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Decltype, Type) |
34 | ABSTRACT_TYPE(Deduced, Type) |
35 | TYPE(Auto, DeducedType) |
36 | TYPE(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedType) |
37 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentAddressSpace, Type) |
38 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentExtInt, Type) |
39 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentName, Type) |
40 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentSizedExtVector, Type) |
41 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentTemplateSpecialization, Type) |
42 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentVector, Type) |
43 | NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Elaborated, Type) |
44 | TYPE(ExtInt, Type) |
45 | ABSTRACT_TYPE(Function, Type) |
46 | TYPE(FunctionNoProto, FunctionType) |
47 | TYPE(FunctionProto, FunctionType) |
48 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(InjectedClassName, Type) |
49 | NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(MacroQualified, Type) |
50 | ABSTRACT_TYPE(Matrix, Type) |
51 | TYPE(ConstantMatrix, MatrixType) |
52 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(DependentSizedMatrix, MatrixType) |
53 | TYPE(MemberPointer, Type) |
54 | TYPE(ObjCObjectPointer, Type) |
55 | TYPE(ObjCObject, Type) |
56 | TYPE(ObjCInterface, ObjCObjectType) |
57 | NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(ObjCTypeParam, Type) |
58 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(PackExpansion, Type) |
59 | NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Paren, Type) |
60 | TYPE(Pipe, Type) |
61 | TYPE(Pointer, Type) |
62 | ABSTRACT_TYPE(Reference, Type) |
63 | TYPE(LValueReference, ReferenceType) |
64 | TYPE(RValueReference, ReferenceType) |
65 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(SubstTemplateTypeParmPack, Type) |
66 | NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Type) |
67 | ABSTRACT_TYPE(Tag, Type) |
68 | TYPE(Enum, TagType) |
69 | TYPE(Record, TagType) |
70 | NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(TemplateSpecialization, Type) |
71 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(TemplateTypeParm, Type) |
72 | NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(TypeOfExpr, Type) |
73 | NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(TypeOf, Type) |
74 | NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Typedef, Type) |
75 | NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(UnaryTransform, Type) |
76 | DEPENDENT_TYPE(UnresolvedUsing, Type) |
77 | TYPE(Vector, Type) |
78 | TYPE(ExtVector, VectorType) |
79 | #ifdef LAST_TYPE |
80 | LAST_TYPE(ExtVector) |
81 | #undef LAST_TYPE |
82 | #endif |
83 | #ifdef LEAF_TYPE |
84 | LEAF_TYPE(Builtin) |
85 | LEAF_TYPE(Enum) |
86 | LEAF_TYPE(InjectedClassName) |
87 | LEAF_TYPE(ObjCInterface) |
88 | LEAF_TYPE(Record) |
89 | LEAF_TYPE(TemplateTypeParm) |
90 | #undef LEAF_TYPE |
91 | #endif |
92 | #undef TYPE |
93 | #undef ABSTRACT_TYPE |
94 | #undef ABSTRACT_TYPE |
95 | #undef NON_CANONICAL_TYPE |
96 | #undef DEPENDENT_TYPE |
97 | #undef NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
50 | #include <cassert> |
51 | #include <cstddef> |
52 | #include <cstdint> |
53 | #include <cstring> |
54 | #include <string> |
55 | #include <type_traits> |
56 | #include <utility> |
57 | |
58 | namespace clang { |
59 | |
60 | class ExtQuals; |
61 | class QualType; |
62 | class ConceptDecl; |
63 | class TagDecl; |
64 | class TemplateParameterList; |
65 | class Type; |
66 | |
67 | enum { |
68 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
69 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
70 | }; |
71 | |
72 | namespace serialization { |
73 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
74 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
75 | } |
76 | |
77 | } // namespace clang |
78 | |
79 | namespace llvm { |
80 | |
81 | template <typename T> |
82 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
83 | template<> |
84 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
85 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
86 | |
87 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
88 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
89 | } |
90 | |
91 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
92 | }; |
93 | |
94 | template<> |
95 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
96 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
97 | |
98 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
99 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
100 | } |
101 | |
102 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
103 | }; |
104 | |
105 | } // namespace llvm |
106 | |
107 | namespace clang { |
108 | |
109 | class ASTContext; |
110 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
111 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
112 | class DeclContext; |
113 | class EnumDecl; |
114 | class Expr; |
115 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
116 | class FunctionDecl; |
117 | class IdentifierInfo; |
118 | class NamedDecl; |
119 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
120 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
121 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
122 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
123 | class RecordDecl; |
124 | class Stmt; |
125 | class TagDecl; |
126 | class TemplateArgument; |
127 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
128 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
129 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
130 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
131 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
132 | |
133 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
134 | |
135 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
136 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
137 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
138 | |
139 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
140 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
141 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
142 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
143 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
144 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
145 | class Qualifiers { |
146 | public: |
147 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
148 | Const = 0x1, |
149 | Restrict = 0x2, |
150 | Volatile = 0x4, |
151 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
152 | }; |
153 | |
154 | enum GC { |
155 | GCNone = 0, |
156 | Weak, |
157 | Strong |
158 | }; |
159 | |
160 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
161 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
162 | OCL_None, |
163 | |
164 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
165 | /// releases. |
166 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
167 | |
168 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
169 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
170 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
171 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
172 | /// live. |
173 | OCL_Strong, |
174 | |
175 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
176 | OCL_Weak, |
177 | |
178 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
179 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
180 | }; |
181 | |
182 | enum { |
183 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
184 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
185 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
186 | |
187 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
188 | FastWidth = 3, |
189 | |
190 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
191 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
192 | }; |
193 | |
194 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
195 | /// the given sets. |
196 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
197 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
198 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
199 | Qualifiers Q; |
200 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
201 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
202 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
203 | return Q; |
204 | } |
205 | |
206 | Qualifiers Q; |
207 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
208 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
209 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
210 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
211 | |
212 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
213 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
214 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
215 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
216 | } |
217 | |
218 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
219 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
220 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
221 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
222 | } |
223 | |
224 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
225 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
226 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
227 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
228 | } |
229 | return Q; |
230 | } |
231 | |
232 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
233 | Qualifiers Qs; |
234 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
235 | return Qs; |
236 | } |
237 | |
238 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
239 | Qualifiers Qs; |
240 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
241 | return Qs; |
242 | } |
243 | |
244 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
245 | Qualifiers Qs; |
246 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
247 | return Qs; |
248 | } |
249 | |
250 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
251 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
252 | Qualifiers Qs; |
253 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
254 | return Qs; |
255 | } |
256 | |
257 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
258 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
259 | return Mask; |
260 | } |
261 | |
262 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
263 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
264 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
265 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
266 | |
267 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
268 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
269 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
270 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
271 | |
272 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
273 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
274 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
275 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
276 | |
277 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
278 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
279 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
280 | |
281 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
282 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
283 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
284 | } |
285 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
286 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
287 | Mask &= ~mask; |
288 | } |
289 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
290 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
291 | } |
292 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
293 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
294 | Mask |= mask; |
295 | } |
296 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
297 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
298 | Mask |= mask; |
299 | } |
300 | |
301 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
302 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
303 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
304 | } |
305 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
306 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
307 | |
308 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
309 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
310 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
311 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
312 | } |
313 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
314 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
315 | assert(type)(static_cast<void> (0)); |
316 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
317 | } |
318 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
319 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
320 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
321 | return qs; |
322 | } |
323 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
324 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
325 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
326 | return qs; |
327 | } |
328 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
329 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
330 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
331 | return qs; |
332 | } |
333 | |
334 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
335 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
336 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
337 | } |
338 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
339 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
340 | } |
341 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
342 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
343 | assert(type)(static_cast<void> (0)); |
344 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast<void> (0)); |
345 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
346 | } |
347 | |
348 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
349 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
350 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
351 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
352 | } |
353 | |
354 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
355 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
356 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
357 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
358 | } |
359 | |
360 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
361 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
362 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
363 | } |
364 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
365 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
366 | } |
367 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
368 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
369 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
370 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
371 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
372 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
373 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())(static_cast<void> (0)); |
374 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
375 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
376 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
377 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
378 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
379 | return 0; |
380 | } |
381 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
382 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(static_cast<void> (0)); |
383 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
384 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
385 | } |
386 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
387 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
388 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)(static_cast<void> (0)); |
389 | setAddressSpace(space); |
390 | } |
391 | |
392 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
393 | // on a QualType object. |
394 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
395 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
396 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
397 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
398 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
399 | } |
400 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
401 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
402 | Mask &= ~mask; |
403 | } |
404 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
405 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
406 | } |
407 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
408 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
409 | Mask |= mask; |
410 | } |
411 | |
412 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
413 | /// node to be allocated. |
414 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
415 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
416 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
417 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
418 | return Quals; |
419 | } |
420 | |
421 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
422 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
423 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
424 | |
425 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
426 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
427 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
428 | // bit-or it in. |
429 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
430 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
431 | else { |
432 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
433 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
434 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
435 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
436 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
437 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
438 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
439 | } |
440 | } |
441 | |
442 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
443 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
444 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
445 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
446 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
447 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
448 | else { |
449 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
450 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
451 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
452 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
453 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
454 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
455 | removeAddressSpace(); |
456 | } |
457 | } |
458 | |
459 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
460 | /// they don't conflict. |
461 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
462 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||(static_cast<void> (0)) |
463 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())(static_cast<void> (0)); |
464 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||(static_cast<void> (0)) |
465 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())(static_cast<void> (0)); |
466 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||(static_cast<void> (0)) |
467 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())(static_cast<void> (0)); |
468 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
469 | } |
470 | |
471 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
472 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
473 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
474 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
475 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
476 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
477 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
478 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
479 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
480 | return A == B || |
481 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
482 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
483 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
484 | // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces, |
485 | // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers |
486 | // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global. |
487 | (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device || |
488 | B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) || |
489 | (A == LangAS::sycl_global && (B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
490 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || |
491 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
492 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
493 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)) || |
494 | // Default is a superset of SYCL address spaces. |
495 | (A == LangAS::Default && |
496 | (B == LangAS::sycl_private || B == LangAS::sycl_local || |
497 | B == LangAS::sycl_global || B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
498 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || |
499 | // In HIP device compilation, any cuda address space is allowed |
500 | // to implicitly cast into the default address space. |
501 | (A == LangAS::Default && |
502 | (B == LangAS::cuda_constant || B == LangAS::cuda_device || |
503 | B == LangAS::cuda_shared)); |
504 | } |
505 | |
506 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
507 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
508 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
509 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
510 | } |
511 | |
512 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
513 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
514 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
515 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
516 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
517 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
518 | // be changed. |
519 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
520 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
521 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
522 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
523 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
524 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
525 | // U qualifier may superset. |
526 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
527 | } |
528 | |
529 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
530 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
531 | /// |
532 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
533 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
534 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
535 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
536 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
537 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
538 | return true; |
539 | |
540 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
541 | return false; |
542 | |
543 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
544 | return true; |
545 | |
546 | return hasConst(); |
547 | } |
548 | |
549 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
550 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
551 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
552 | |
553 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
554 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
555 | |
556 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
557 | |
558 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
559 | addQualifiers(R); |
560 | return *this; |
561 | } |
562 | |
563 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
564 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
565 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
566 | L += R; |
567 | return L; |
568 | } |
569 | |
570 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
571 | removeQualifiers(R); |
572 | return *this; |
573 | } |
574 | |
575 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
576 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
577 | L -= R; |
578 | return L; |
579 | } |
580 | |
581 | std::string getAsString() const; |
582 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
583 | |
584 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
585 | |
586 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
587 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
588 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
589 | |
590 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
591 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
592 | } |
593 | |
594 | private: |
595 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
596 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
597 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
598 | |
599 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
600 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
601 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
602 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
603 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
604 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
605 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
606 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
607 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
608 | }; |
609 | |
610 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
611 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
612 | struct SplitQualType { |
613 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
614 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
615 | |
616 | /// The local qualifiers. |
617 | Qualifiers Quals; |
618 | |
619 | SplitQualType() = default; |
620 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
621 | |
622 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
623 | |
624 | // Make std::tie work. |
625 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
626 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
627 | } |
628 | |
629 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
630 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
631 | } |
632 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
633 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
634 | } |
635 | }; |
636 | |
637 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
638 | /// |
639 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
640 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
641 | /// unspecialized type. |
642 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
643 | /// An ordinary type. |
644 | Ordinary, |
645 | |
646 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
647 | Result, |
648 | |
649 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
650 | Parameter, |
651 | |
652 | /// The type of a property. |
653 | Property, |
654 | |
655 | /// The superclass of a type. |
656 | Superclass, |
657 | }; |
658 | |
659 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
660 | /// |
661 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
662 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
663 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
664 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
665 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
666 | /// |
667 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
668 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
669 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
670 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
671 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
672 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
673 | class QualType { |
674 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
675 | |
676 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
677 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
678 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
679 | |
680 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
681 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
682 | } |
683 | |
684 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
685 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
686 | } |
687 | |
688 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
689 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
690 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
691 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
692 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
693 | } |
694 | |
695 | public: |
696 | QualType() = default; |
697 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
698 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
699 | |
700 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
701 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
702 | |
703 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
704 | /// |
705 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
706 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
707 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
708 | |
709 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
710 | |
711 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
712 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
713 | |
714 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
715 | /// qualifiers. |
716 | SplitQualType split() const; |
717 | |
718 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
719 | |
720 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
721 | QualType T; |
722 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
723 | return T; |
724 | } |
725 | |
726 | const Type &operator*() const { |
727 | return *getTypePtr(); |
728 | } |
729 | |
730 | const Type *operator->() const { |
731 | return getTypePtr(); |
732 | } |
733 | |
734 | bool isCanonical() const; |
735 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
736 | |
737 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
738 | bool isNull() const { |
739 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
740 | } |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
743 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
744 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
745 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
746 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
750 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
751 | |
752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
753 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
754 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
755 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
756 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
757 | } |
758 | |
759 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
760 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
761 | |
762 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
763 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
764 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
765 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
766 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
767 | } |
768 | |
769 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
770 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
771 | |
772 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
773 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
774 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
775 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
776 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
777 | } |
778 | |
779 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
780 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
781 | |
782 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
783 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
784 | /// instance. |
785 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
786 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
787 | } |
788 | |
789 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
790 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
791 | /// other sugar. |
792 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
793 | |
794 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
795 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
796 | |
797 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
798 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
799 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
800 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
801 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
802 | } |
803 | |
804 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
805 | /// applied to this type. |
806 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
807 | |
808 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
809 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
810 | } |
811 | |
812 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
813 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
814 | |
815 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
816 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
817 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
818 | |
819 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
820 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
821 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
822 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
823 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
824 | |
825 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
826 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
827 | |
828 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
829 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
830 | |
831 | |
832 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
833 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
834 | |
835 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
836 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
837 | |
838 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
839 | // easily added. |
840 | |
841 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
842 | void addConst() { |
843 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
844 | } |
845 | QualType withConst() const { |
846 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
847 | } |
848 | |
849 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
850 | void addVolatile() { |
851 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
852 | } |
853 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
854 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
855 | } |
856 | |
857 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
858 | void addRestrict() { |
859 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
860 | } |
861 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
862 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
863 | } |
864 | |
865 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
866 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
867 | } |
868 | |
869 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
870 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)(static_cast<void> (0)) |
871 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
872 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
873 | } |
874 | |
875 | void removeLocalConst(); |
876 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
877 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
878 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
879 | |
880 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
881 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
882 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
883 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
884 | } |
885 | |
886 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
887 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
888 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
889 | QualType T = *this; |
890 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
891 | return T; |
892 | } |
893 | |
894 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
895 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
896 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
897 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
898 | } |
899 | |
900 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
901 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
902 | QualType T = *this; |
903 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
904 | return T; |
905 | } |
906 | |
907 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
908 | |
909 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
910 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
911 | /// through typedefs. |
912 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
913 | |
914 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
915 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
916 | /// |
917 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
918 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
919 | /// |
920 | /// \code |
921 | /// typedef int Integer; |
922 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
923 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
924 | /// \endcode |
925 | /// |
926 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
927 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
928 | /// |
929 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
930 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
931 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
932 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
933 | |
934 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
935 | /// sugar as possible. |
936 | /// |
937 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
938 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
939 | /// |
940 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
941 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
942 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
943 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
944 | |
945 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
946 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
947 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
948 | |
949 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
950 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
951 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
952 | |
953 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
954 | |
955 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
956 | /// specified result type. |
957 | /// |
958 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
959 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
960 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
961 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
962 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
963 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
964 | |
965 | /// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part |
966 | /// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that |
967 | /// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a |
968 | /// pack expansion type. |
969 | QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const; |
970 | |
971 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
972 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
973 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
974 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
975 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
976 | /// concrete. |
977 | /// |
978 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
979 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
980 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
981 | } |
982 | |
983 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
984 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
985 | } |
986 | |
987 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
988 | /// the type. |
989 | /// |
990 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
991 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
992 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
993 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
994 | } |
995 | |
996 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
997 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
998 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
999 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
1000 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
1001 | return *this; |
1002 | } |
1003 | |
1004 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
1005 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1006 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
1007 | } |
1008 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1009 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
1010 | } |
1011 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1012 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
1013 | } |
1014 | |
1015 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
1016 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
1017 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
1018 | } |
1019 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1020 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
1021 | |
1022 | std::string getAsString() const; |
1023 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1024 | |
1025 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1026 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1027 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
1028 | |
1029 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
1030 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1031 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
1032 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1033 | } |
1034 | |
1035 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1036 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1037 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1038 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1039 | |
1040 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1041 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1042 | |
1043 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1044 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1045 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1046 | } |
1047 | |
1048 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1049 | std::string &out, |
1050 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1051 | |
1052 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1053 | const QualType &T; |
1054 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1055 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1056 | unsigned Indentation; |
1057 | |
1058 | public: |
1059 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1060 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1061 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1062 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1063 | |
1064 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1065 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1066 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1067 | return OS; |
1068 | } |
1069 | }; |
1070 | |
1071 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1072 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1073 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1074 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1075 | } |
1076 | |
1077 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1078 | void dump() const; |
1079 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1080 | |
1081 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1082 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1083 | } |
1084 | |
1085 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
1086 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
1087 | |
1088 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1089 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1090 | |
1091 | /// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space |
1092 | /// qualifiers. |
1093 | /// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces |
1094 | /// and notion of overlapping address spaces. |
1095 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
1096 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
1097 | /// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds: |
1098 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
1099 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const { |
1100 | Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers(); |
1101 | Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers(); |
1102 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
1103 | return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q); |
1104 | } |
1105 | |
1106 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1107 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1108 | |
1109 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1110 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1111 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1112 | } |
1113 | |
1114 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1115 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1116 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1117 | } |
1118 | |
1119 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1120 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1121 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1122 | } |
1123 | |
1124 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1125 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1126 | } |
1127 | |
1128 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1129 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1130 | } |
1131 | |
1132 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1133 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1134 | |
1135 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1136 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1137 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1138 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1139 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1140 | |
1141 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1142 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1143 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1144 | |
1145 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1146 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1147 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1148 | |
1149 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1150 | PDIK_Struct |
1151 | }; |
1152 | |
1153 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1154 | |
1155 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1156 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1157 | /// and return the kind. |
1158 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1159 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1160 | |
1161 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1162 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1163 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1164 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1165 | PCK_Trivial, |
1166 | |
1167 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1168 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1169 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1170 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1171 | |
1172 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1173 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1174 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1175 | |
1176 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1177 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1178 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1179 | |
1180 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1181 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1182 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1183 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1184 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1185 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1186 | PCK_Struct |
1187 | }; |
1188 | |
1189 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1190 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1191 | /// kind. |
1192 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1193 | |
1194 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1195 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1196 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1197 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1198 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1199 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1200 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1201 | |
1202 | enum DestructionKind { |
1203 | DK_none, |
1204 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1205 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1206 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1207 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1208 | }; |
1209 | |
1210 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1211 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1212 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1213 | /// something require destruction. |
1214 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1215 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1216 | } |
1217 | |
1218 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1219 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1220 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1221 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1222 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1223 | |
1224 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1225 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1226 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1227 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1228 | |
1229 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1230 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1231 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1232 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1233 | |
1234 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1235 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1236 | /// |
1237 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1238 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1239 | /// - function types |
1240 | /// |
1241 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1242 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1243 | /// type other than void. |
1244 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1245 | |
1246 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1247 | /// subject type. |
1248 | /// |
1249 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1250 | /// |
1251 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1252 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1253 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1254 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1255 | /// for the context. |
1256 | /// |
1257 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1258 | /// |
1259 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1260 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1261 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1262 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1263 | |
1264 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1265 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1266 | /// |
1267 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1268 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1269 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1270 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1271 | /// |
1272 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1273 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1274 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1275 | /// |
1276 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1277 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1278 | /// be substituted. |
1279 | /// |
1280 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1281 | /// |
1282 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1283 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1284 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1285 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1286 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1287 | |
1288 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1289 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1290 | |
1291 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1292 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1293 | |
1294 | private: |
1295 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1296 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1297 | // caller. |
1298 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1299 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1300 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1301 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1302 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1303 | const ASTContext &C); |
1304 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1305 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1306 | |
1307 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1308 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1309 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1310 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1311 | }; |
1312 | |
1313 | } // namespace clang |
1314 | |
1315 | namespace llvm { |
1316 | |
1317 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1318 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1319 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1320 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1321 | |
1322 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1323 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1324 | } |
1325 | }; |
1326 | |
1327 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1328 | template<> |
1329 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1330 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1331 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1332 | } |
1333 | |
1334 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1335 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1336 | } |
1337 | |
1338 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1339 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0; |
1340 | }; |
1341 | |
1342 | } // namespace llvm |
1343 | |
1344 | namespace clang { |
1345 | |
1346 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1347 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1348 | /// two. |
1349 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1350 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1351 | friend class QualType; |
1352 | friend class Type; |
1353 | |
1354 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1355 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1356 | /// |
1357 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1358 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1359 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1360 | |
1361 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1362 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1363 | |
1364 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1365 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1366 | }; |
1367 | |
1368 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1369 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1370 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1371 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1372 | /// store qualifiers. |
1373 | /// |
1374 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1375 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1376 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1377 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1378 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1379 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1380 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1381 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1382 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1383 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1384 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1385 | // 2. QualType: |
1386 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1387 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1388 | // this header. |
1389 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1390 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1391 | |
1392 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1393 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1394 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1395 | |
1396 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1397 | |
1398 | public: |
1399 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1400 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1401 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1402 | Quals(quals) { |
1403 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()(static_cast<void> (0)) |
1404 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
1405 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()(static_cast<void> (0)) |
1406 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
1407 | } |
1408 | |
1409 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1410 | |
1411 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1412 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1413 | |
1414 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1415 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1416 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1417 | } |
1418 | |
1419 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1420 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1421 | |
1422 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1423 | |
1424 | public: |
1425 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1426 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1427 | } |
1428 | |
1429 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1430 | const Type *BaseType, |
1431 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1432 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
1433 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1434 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1435 | } |
1436 | }; |
1437 | |
1438 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1439 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1440 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1441 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1442 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1443 | RQ_None = 0, |
1444 | |
1445 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1446 | RQ_LValue, |
1447 | |
1448 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1449 | RQ_RValue |
1450 | }; |
1451 | |
1452 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1453 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1454 | /// auto |
1455 | Auto, |
1456 | |
1457 | /// decltype(auto) |
1458 | DecltypeAuto, |
1459 | |
1460 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1461 | GNUAutoType |
1462 | }; |
1463 | |
1464 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1465 | /// |
1466 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1467 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1468 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1469 | /// |
1470 | /// typedef int foo; |
1471 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1472 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1473 | /// |
1474 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1475 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1476 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1477 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1478 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1479 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1480 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1481 | /// |
1482 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1483 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1484 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1485 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1486 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1487 | /// |
1488 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1489 | /// |
1490 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1491 | public: |
1492 | enum TypeClass { |
1493 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1494 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1495 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1496 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1497 | }; |
1498 | |
1499 | private: |
1500 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1501 | class TypeBitfields { |
1502 | friend class Type; |
1503 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1504 | |
1505 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1506 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1507 | |
1508 | /// Store information on the type dependency. |
1509 | unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>; |
1510 | |
1511 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1512 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1513 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1514 | |
1515 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1516 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1517 | |
1518 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1519 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1520 | |
1521 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1522 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1523 | |
1524 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1525 | return CacheValid; |
1526 | } |
1527 | |
1528 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1529 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
1530 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1531 | } |
1532 | |
1533 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1534 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
1535 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1536 | } |
1537 | }; |
1538 | enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 }; |
1539 | |
1540 | protected: |
1541 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1542 | // into Type. |
1543 | |
1544 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1545 | friend class ArrayType; |
1546 | |
1547 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1548 | |
1549 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1550 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1551 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1552 | |
1553 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1554 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1555 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1556 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1557 | }; |
1558 | |
1559 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
1560 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
1561 | |
1562 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
1563 | |
1564 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
1565 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
1566 | }; |
1567 | |
1568 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1569 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1570 | |
1571 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1572 | |
1573 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1574 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1575 | }; |
1576 | |
1577 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1578 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1579 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1580 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1581 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1582 | friend class FunctionType; |
1583 | |
1584 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1585 | |
1586 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1587 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1588 | unsigned ExtInfo : 13; |
1589 | |
1590 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1591 | /// |
1592 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1593 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1594 | |
1595 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1596 | /// other bitfields. |
1597 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1598 | /// |
1599 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1600 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1601 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1602 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1603 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1604 | |
1605 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1606 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1607 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1608 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1609 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1610 | |
1611 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1612 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1613 | |
1614 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1615 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1616 | |
1617 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1618 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1619 | |
1620 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1621 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1622 | }; |
1623 | |
1624 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1625 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1626 | |
1627 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1628 | |
1629 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1630 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1631 | |
1632 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1633 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1634 | |
1635 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1636 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1637 | }; |
1638 | |
1639 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1640 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1641 | |
1642 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1643 | |
1644 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1645 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1646 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1647 | /// as follows: |
1648 | /// |
1649 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1650 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1651 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1652 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1653 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1654 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1655 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1656 | |
1657 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1658 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1659 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1660 | }; |
1661 | |
1662 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1663 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1664 | |
1665 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1666 | |
1667 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1668 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1669 | }; |
1670 | |
1671 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1672 | |
1673 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1674 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1675 | |
1676 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1677 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1678 | |
1679 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1680 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1681 | }; |
1682 | |
1683 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1684 | friend class VectorType; |
1685 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1686 | |
1687 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1688 | |
1689 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1690 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1691 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1692 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1693 | uint32_t NumElements; |
1694 | }; |
1695 | |
1696 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1697 | friend class AttributedType; |
1698 | |
1699 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1700 | |
1701 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1702 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1703 | }; |
1704 | |
1705 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1706 | friend class AutoType; |
1707 | |
1708 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1709 | |
1710 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1711 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1712 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1713 | |
1714 | /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is |
1715 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1716 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1717 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1718 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1719 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1720 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1721 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1722 | }; |
1723 | |
1724 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1725 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1726 | |
1727 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1728 | |
1729 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1730 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1731 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1732 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1733 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1734 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1735 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1736 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1737 | }; |
1738 | |
1739 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1740 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1741 | |
1742 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1743 | |
1744 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1745 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1746 | |
1747 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1748 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1749 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1750 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1751 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1752 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1753 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1754 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1755 | }; |
1756 | |
1757 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1758 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1759 | |
1760 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1761 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1762 | |
1763 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1764 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1765 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1766 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1767 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1768 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1769 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1770 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1771 | }; |
1772 | |
1773 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1774 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1775 | |
1776 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1777 | |
1778 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1779 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1780 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1781 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1782 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1783 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1784 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1785 | /// |
1786 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1787 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1788 | /// have not. |
1789 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1790 | }; |
1791 | |
1792 | union { |
1793 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1794 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1795 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
1796 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1797 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1798 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1799 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1800 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1801 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1802 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1803 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1804 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1805 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1806 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1807 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1808 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1809 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1810 | }; |
1811 | |
1812 | private: |
1813 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1814 | |
1815 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1816 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1817 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1818 | } |
1819 | |
1820 | protected: |
1821 | friend class ASTContext; |
1822 | |
1823 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence) |
1824 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1825 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1826 | static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase), |
1827 | "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!"); |
1828 | static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0, |
1829 | "Insufficient alignment!"); |
1830 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1831 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence); |
1832 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1833 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1834 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1835 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1836 | } |
1837 | |
1838 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1839 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1840 | |
1841 | void setDependence(TypeDependence D) { |
1842 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D); |
1843 | } |
1844 | |
1845 | void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); } |
1846 | |
1847 | public: |
1848 | friend class ASTReader; |
1849 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1850 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
1851 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
1852 | |
1853 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1854 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1855 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1856 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1857 | |
1858 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1859 | |
1860 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1861 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1862 | |
1863 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1864 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1865 | /// |
1866 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1867 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1868 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1869 | /// |
1870 | /// \code |
1871 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1872 | /// struct X { |
1873 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1874 | /// }; |
1875 | /// \endcode |
1876 | /// |
1877 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1878 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1879 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack; |
1880 | } |
1881 | |
1882 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1883 | /// qualification. |
1884 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1885 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1886 | } |
1887 | |
1888 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1889 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1890 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1891 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1892 | |
1893 | /// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless"; |
1894 | /// every type is one or the other. Standard types are all sized; |
1895 | /// sizeless types are purely an extension. |
1896 | /// |
1897 | /// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment, |
1898 | /// or layout. |
1899 | bool isSizelessType() const; |
1900 | bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const; |
1901 | |
1902 | /// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the |
1903 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single |
1904 | /// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t. |
1905 | bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const; |
1906 | |
1907 | /// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type. |
1908 | /// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the |
1909 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType. |
1910 | QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1911 | |
1912 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1913 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1914 | |
1915 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1916 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1917 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1918 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1919 | /// |
1920 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1921 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1922 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1923 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1924 | |
1925 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1926 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1927 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1928 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1929 | } |
1930 | |
1931 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1932 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1933 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1934 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1935 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1936 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1937 | } |
1938 | |
1939 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1940 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1941 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1942 | |
1943 | /// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7. |
1944 | bool isStructuralType() const; |
1945 | |
1946 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1947 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1948 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1949 | |
1950 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1951 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1952 | |
1953 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1954 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1955 | |
1956 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1957 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1958 | |
1959 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1960 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1961 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1962 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1963 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1964 | |
1965 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1966 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1967 | |
1968 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1969 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1970 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1971 | |
1972 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1973 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1974 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1975 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1976 | |
1977 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1978 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1979 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1980 | bool isCharType() const; |
1981 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1982 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1983 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1984 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1985 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1986 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1987 | |
1988 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1989 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1990 | |
1991 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1992 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1993 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1994 | |
1995 | /// Floating point categories. |
1996 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1997 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1998 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1999 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
2000 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
2001 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
2002 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
2003 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
2004 | bool isBFloat16Type() const; |
2005 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
2006 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
2007 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
2008 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
2009 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
2010 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
2011 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
2012 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
2013 | |
2014 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
2015 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
2016 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
2017 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
2018 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
2019 | bool isPointerType() const; |
2020 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
2021 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
2022 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
2023 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
2024 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
2025 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
2026 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
2027 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
2028 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
2029 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
2030 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
2031 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
2032 | bool isArrayType() const; |
2033 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
2034 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
2035 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
2036 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
2037 | bool isRecordType() const; |
2038 | bool isClassType() const; |
2039 | bool isStructureType() const; |
2040 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
2041 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2042 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2043 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2044 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2045 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2046 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2047 | bool isMatrixType() const; // Matrix type. |
2048 | bool isConstantMatrixType() const; // Constant matrix type. |
2049 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2050 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2051 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2052 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2053 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2054 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2055 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2056 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2057 | // for the common case. |
2058 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2059 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2060 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2061 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2062 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2063 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2064 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2065 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2066 | /// qualifier? |
2067 | /// |
2068 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2069 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2070 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2071 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2072 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2073 | } |
2074 | |
2075 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2076 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2077 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2078 | /// |
2079 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2080 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2081 | /// null for 'id. |
2082 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2083 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2084 | |
2085 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2086 | |
2087 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2088 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2089 | /// |
2090 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2091 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2092 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2093 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2094 | |
2095 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2096 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2097 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2098 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2099 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2100 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2101 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2102 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2103 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2104 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2105 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2106 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
2107 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
2108 | bool isTypedefNameType() const; // typedef or alias template |
2109 | |
2110 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2111 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2112 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2113 | |
2114 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2115 | |
2116 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2117 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2118 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2119 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2120 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2121 | |
2122 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2123 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2124 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2125 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2126 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2127 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2128 | |
2129 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2130 | bool isExtIntType() const; // Extended Int Type |
2131 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2132 | |
2133 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2134 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2135 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2136 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type. |
2139 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const; |
2140 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type. |
2141 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const; |
2142 | |
2143 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2144 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2145 | |
2146 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2147 | STK_CPointer, |
2148 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2149 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2150 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2151 | STK_Bool, |
2152 | STK_Integral, |
2153 | STK_Floating, |
2154 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2155 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2156 | STK_FixedPoint |
2157 | }; |
2158 | |
2159 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2160 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2161 | |
2162 | TypeDependence getDependence() const { |
2163 | return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence); |
2164 | } |
2165 | |
2166 | /// Whether this type is an error type. |
2167 | bool containsErrors() const { |
2168 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error; |
2169 | } |
2170 | |
2171 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2172 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2173 | bool isDependentType() const { |
2174 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent; |
2175 | } |
2176 | |
2177 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2178 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2179 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2180 | /// template parameter). |
2181 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2182 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation; |
2183 | } |
2184 | |
2185 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2186 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2187 | /// deduced. |
2188 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2189 | |
2190 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2191 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { |
2192 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified; |
2193 | } |
2194 | |
2195 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2196 | /// with a definite size. |
2197 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2198 | |
2199 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2200 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2201 | |
2202 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2203 | |
2204 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2205 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2206 | |
2207 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2208 | |
2209 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2210 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2211 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2212 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2213 | |
2214 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2215 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2216 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2217 | |
2218 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2219 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2220 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2221 | |
2222 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2223 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2224 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2225 | |
2226 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2227 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2228 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2229 | |
2230 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2231 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2232 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2233 | |
2234 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2235 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2236 | // the best type we can. |
2237 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2238 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2239 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2240 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2241 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2242 | |
2243 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2244 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2245 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2246 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2247 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2248 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2249 | |
2250 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2251 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2252 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2253 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2254 | |
2255 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2256 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2257 | |
2258 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2259 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2260 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2261 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2262 | |
2263 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2264 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2265 | /// |
2266 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2267 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2268 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2269 | |
2270 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2271 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2272 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2273 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2274 | |
2275 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2276 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2277 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2278 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2279 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2280 | } |
2281 | |
2282 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2283 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2284 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2285 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2286 | |
2287 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2288 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2289 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2290 | /// |
2291 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2292 | /// immediately following this class. |
2293 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2294 | |
2295 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2296 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2297 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2298 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2299 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2300 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2301 | |
2302 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2303 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2304 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2305 | |
2306 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2307 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2308 | /// |
2309 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2310 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2311 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2312 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2313 | |
2314 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2315 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2316 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2317 | |
2318 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2319 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2320 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2321 | |
2322 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2323 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2324 | /// are meaningful. |
2325 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2326 | |
2327 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2328 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2329 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2330 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2331 | |
2332 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2333 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2334 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2335 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2336 | |
2337 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2338 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2339 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2340 | |
2341 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2342 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2343 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2344 | |
2345 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2346 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2347 | |
2348 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2349 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2350 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2351 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2352 | |
2353 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2354 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2355 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2356 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2357 | |
2358 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2359 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2360 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2361 | |
2362 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2363 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2364 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2365 | |
2366 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2367 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2368 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2369 | |
2370 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2371 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2372 | |
2373 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2374 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2375 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2376 | |
2377 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2378 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2379 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2380 | |
2381 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2382 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2383 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2384 | |
2385 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2386 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2387 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2388 | |
2389 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2390 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2391 | /// incomplete types. |
2392 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2393 | |
2394 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2395 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2396 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2397 | |
2398 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2399 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2400 | |
2401 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2402 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2403 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2404 | } |
2405 | |
2406 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2407 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2408 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2409 | } |
2410 | |
2411 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2412 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2413 | |
2414 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2415 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2416 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2417 | |
2418 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2419 | /// |
2420 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2421 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2422 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2423 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2424 | |
2425 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2426 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2427 | /// |
2428 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2429 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2430 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2431 | |
2432 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2433 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2434 | /// |
2435 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2436 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2437 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2438 | /// |
2439 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2440 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2441 | /// category, or method within. |
2442 | /// |
2443 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2444 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2445 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2446 | /// substitution is required. |
2447 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2448 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2449 | |
2450 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2451 | /// parameters. |
2452 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2453 | |
2454 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2455 | |
2456 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2457 | return CanonicalType; |
2458 | } |
2459 | |
2460 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2461 | void dump() const; |
2462 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
2463 | }; |
2464 | |
2465 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2466 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2467 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2468 | |
2469 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2470 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2471 | /// non-sugared type. |
2472 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2473 | |
2474 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2475 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2476 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2477 | |
2478 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2479 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2480 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2481 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2482 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2483 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2484 | } \ |
2485 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2486 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2487 | } |
2488 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2489 | |
2490 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2491 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2492 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2493 | public: |
2494 | enum Kind { |
2495 | // OpenCL image types |
2496 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2497 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2498 | // OpenCL extension types |
2499 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2500 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2501 | // SVE Types |
2502 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2503 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2504 | // PPC MMA Types |
2505 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id, |
2506 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
2507 | // RVV Types |
2508 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2509 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
2510 | // All other builtin types |
2511 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2512 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2513 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2514 | }; |
2515 | |
2516 | private: |
2517 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2518 | |
2519 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2520 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), |
2521 | K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
2522 | : TypeDependence::None) { |
2523 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2524 | } |
2525 | |
2526 | public: |
2527 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2528 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2529 | |
2530 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2531 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2532 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2533 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')(static_cast<void> (0)); |
2534 | return str.data(); |
2535 | } |
2536 | |
2537 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2538 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2539 | |
2540 | bool isInteger() const { |
2541 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2542 | } |
2543 | |
2544 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2545 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2546 | } |
2547 | |
2548 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2549 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2550 | } |
2551 | |
2552 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2553 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2554 | } |
2555 | |
2556 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2557 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2558 | return K >= Overload; |
2559 | } |
2560 | |
2561 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2562 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2563 | /// expression. |
2564 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2565 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2566 | } |
2567 | |
2568 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2569 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2570 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2571 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2572 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2573 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2574 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2575 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2576 | /// special treatment. |
2577 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2578 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2579 | } |
2580 | |
2581 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2582 | }; |
2583 | |
2584 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2585 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2586 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2587 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2588 | |
2589 | QualType ElementType; |
2590 | |
2591 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2592 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()), |
2593 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2594 | |
2595 | public: |
2596 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2597 | |
2598 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2599 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2600 | |
2601 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2602 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2603 | } |
2604 | |
2605 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2606 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2607 | } |
2608 | |
2609 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2610 | }; |
2611 | |
2612 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2613 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2614 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2615 | |
2616 | QualType Inner; |
2617 | |
2618 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2619 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {} |
2620 | |
2621 | public: |
2622 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2623 | |
2624 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2625 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2626 | |
2627 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2628 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2629 | } |
2630 | |
2631 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2632 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2633 | } |
2634 | |
2635 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2636 | }; |
2637 | |
2638 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2639 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2640 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2641 | |
2642 | QualType PointeeType; |
2643 | |
2644 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2645 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2646 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2647 | |
2648 | public: |
2649 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2650 | |
2651 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2652 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2653 | |
2654 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2655 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2656 | } |
2657 | |
2658 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2659 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2660 | } |
2661 | |
2662 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2663 | }; |
2664 | |
2665 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2666 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2667 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2668 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2669 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2670 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2671 | |
2672 | protected: |
2673 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2674 | |
2675 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2676 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2677 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()), |
2678 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2679 | |
2680 | public: |
2681 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2682 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2683 | |
2684 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2685 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2686 | |
2687 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2688 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2689 | } |
2690 | |
2691 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2692 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2693 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2694 | } |
2695 | |
2696 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2697 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2698 | } |
2699 | }; |
2700 | |
2701 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2702 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2703 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2704 | |
2705 | inline |
2706 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2707 | |
2708 | public: |
2709 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2710 | |
2711 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2712 | |
2713 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2714 | }; |
2715 | |
2716 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2717 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2718 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2719 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2720 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2721 | |
2722 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2723 | QualType PointeeType; |
2724 | |
2725 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2726 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2727 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2728 | |
2729 | public: |
2730 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2731 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2732 | |
2733 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2734 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2735 | |
2736 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2737 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2738 | } |
2739 | |
2740 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2741 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2742 | } |
2743 | |
2744 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2745 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2746 | } |
2747 | }; |
2748 | |
2749 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2750 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2751 | QualType PointeeType; |
2752 | |
2753 | protected: |
2754 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2755 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2756 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()), |
2757 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2758 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2759 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2760 | } |
2761 | |
2762 | public: |
2763 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2764 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2765 | |
2766 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2767 | |
2768 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2769 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2770 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2771 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2772 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2773 | return T->PointeeType; |
2774 | } |
2775 | |
2776 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2777 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2778 | } |
2779 | |
2780 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2781 | QualType Referencee, |
2782 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2783 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2784 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2785 | } |
2786 | |
2787 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2788 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2789 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2790 | } |
2791 | }; |
2792 | |
2793 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2794 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2795 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2796 | |
2797 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2798 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2799 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2800 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2801 | |
2802 | public: |
2803 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2804 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2805 | |
2806 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2807 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2808 | } |
2809 | }; |
2810 | |
2811 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2812 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2813 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2814 | |
2815 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2816 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2817 | |
2818 | public: |
2819 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2820 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2821 | |
2822 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2823 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2824 | } |
2825 | }; |
2826 | |
2827 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2828 | /// |
2829 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2830 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2831 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2832 | |
2833 | QualType PointeeType; |
2834 | |
2835 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2836 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2837 | const Type *Class; |
2838 | |
2839 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2840 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2841 | (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) | |
2842 | Pointee->getDependence()), |
2843 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2844 | |
2845 | public: |
2846 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2847 | |
2848 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2849 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2850 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2851 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2852 | } |
2853 | |
2854 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2855 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2856 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2857 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2858 | } |
2859 | |
2860 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2861 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2862 | |
2863 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2864 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2865 | |
2866 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2867 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2868 | } |
2869 | |
2870 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2871 | const Type *Class) { |
2872 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2873 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2874 | } |
2875 | |
2876 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2877 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2878 | } |
2879 | }; |
2880 | |
2881 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2882 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2883 | public: |
2884 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2885 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2886 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2887 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2888 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2889 | Normal, Static, Star |
2890 | }; |
2891 | |
2892 | private: |
2893 | /// The element type of the array. |
2894 | QualType ElementType; |
2895 | |
2896 | protected: |
2897 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2898 | |
2899 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
2900 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
2901 | |
2902 | public: |
2903 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2904 | |
2905 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2906 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2907 | } |
2908 | |
2909 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2910 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2911 | } |
2912 | |
2913 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2914 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2915 | } |
2916 | |
2917 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2918 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2919 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2920 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2921 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2922 | } |
2923 | }; |
2924 | |
2925 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2926 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2927 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2928 | class ConstantArrayType final |
2929 | : public ArrayType, |
2930 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
2931 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2932 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2933 | |
2934 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2935 | |
2936 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2937 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2938 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
2939 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
2940 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
2941 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
2942 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
2943 | } |
2944 | } |
2945 | |
2946 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
2947 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
2948 | } |
2949 | |
2950 | public: |
2951 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2952 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
2953 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
2954 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
2955 | : nullptr; |
2956 | } |
2957 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2958 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2959 | |
2960 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2961 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2962 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2963 | QualType ElementType, |
2964 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2965 | |
2966 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2967 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2968 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2969 | |
2970 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
2971 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
2972 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2973 | } |
2974 | |
2975 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2976 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
2977 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2978 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
2979 | |
2980 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2981 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2982 | } |
2983 | }; |
2984 | |
2985 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2986 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2987 | /// unspecified. |
2988 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2989 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2990 | |
2991 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2992 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2993 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
2994 | |
2995 | public: |
2996 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2997 | |
2998 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2999 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3000 | |
3001 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3002 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
3003 | } |
3004 | |
3005 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3006 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
3007 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
3008 | } |
3009 | |
3010 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
3011 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
3012 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3013 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
3014 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
3015 | } |
3016 | }; |
3017 | |
3018 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
3019 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
3020 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
3021 | /// |
3022 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3023 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3024 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3025 | /// dynamically: |
3026 | /// |
3027 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3028 | /// int Y[x]; |
3029 | /// ++x; |
3030 | /// int Z[x]; |
3031 | /// } |
3032 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3033 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3034 | |
3035 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3036 | /// a function block. |
3037 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3038 | |
3039 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3040 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3041 | |
3042 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3043 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3044 | SourceRange brackets) |
3045 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
3046 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3047 | |
3048 | public: |
3049 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3050 | |
3051 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3052 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3053 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3054 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3055 | } |
3056 | |
3057 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3058 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3059 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3060 | |
3061 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3062 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3063 | |
3064 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3065 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3066 | } |
3067 | |
3068 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3069 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")__builtin_unreachable(); |
3070 | } |
3071 | }; |
3072 | |
3073 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3074 | /// |
3075 | /// For example: |
3076 | /// \code |
3077 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3078 | /// class array { |
3079 | /// T data[Size]; |
3080 | /// }; |
3081 | /// \endcode |
3082 | /// |
3083 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3084 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3085 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3086 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3087 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3088 | |
3089 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3090 | |
3091 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3092 | /// size of the array. |
3093 | /// |
3094 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3095 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3096 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3097 | |
3098 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3099 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3100 | |
3101 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3102 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3103 | SourceRange brackets); |
3104 | |
3105 | public: |
3106 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3107 | |
3108 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3109 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3110 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3111 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3112 | } |
3113 | |
3114 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3115 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3116 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3117 | |
3118 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3119 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3120 | |
3121 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3122 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3123 | } |
3124 | |
3125 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3126 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3127 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3128 | } |
3129 | |
3130 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3131 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3132 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3133 | }; |
3134 | |
3135 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3136 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3137 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3138 | /// |
3139 | /// For example: |
3140 | /// \code |
3141 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3142 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3143 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3144 | /// } |
3145 | /// \endcode |
3146 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3147 | friend class ASTContext; |
3148 | |
3149 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3150 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3151 | QualType PointeeType; |
3152 | SourceLocation loc; |
3153 | |
3154 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3155 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3156 | SourceLocation loc); |
3157 | |
3158 | public: |
3159 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3160 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3161 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3162 | |
3163 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3164 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3165 | |
3166 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3167 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3168 | } |
3169 | |
3170 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3171 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3172 | } |
3173 | |
3174 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3175 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3176 | }; |
3177 | |
3178 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3179 | /// dependent. |
3180 | /// |
3181 | /// For example: |
3182 | /// \code |
3183 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3184 | /// class vector { |
3185 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3186 | /// } |
3187 | /// \endcode |
3188 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3189 | friend class ASTContext; |
3190 | |
3191 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3192 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3193 | |
3194 | /// The element type of the array. |
3195 | QualType ElementType; |
3196 | |
3197 | SourceLocation loc; |
3198 | |
3199 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3200 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3201 | |
3202 | public: |
3203 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3204 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3205 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3206 | |
3207 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3208 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3209 | |
3210 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3211 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3212 | } |
3213 | |
3214 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3215 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3216 | } |
3217 | |
3218 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3219 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3220 | }; |
3221 | |
3222 | |
3223 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3224 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3225 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3226 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3227 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3228 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3229 | public: |
3230 | enum VectorKind { |
3231 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3232 | GenericVector, |
3233 | |
3234 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3235 | AltiVecVector, |
3236 | |
3237 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3238 | AltiVecPixel, |
3239 | |
3240 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3241 | AltiVecBool, |
3242 | |
3243 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3244 | NeonVector, |
3245 | |
3246 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3247 | NeonPolyVector, |
3248 | |
3249 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector |
3250 | SveFixedLengthDataVector, |
3251 | |
3252 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector |
3253 | SveFixedLengthPredicateVector |
3254 | }; |
3255 | |
3256 | protected: |
3257 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3258 | |
3259 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3260 | QualType ElementType; |
3261 | |
3262 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3263 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3264 | |
3265 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3266 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3267 | |
3268 | public: |
3269 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3270 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3271 | |
3272 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3273 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3274 | |
3275 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3276 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3277 | } |
3278 | |
3279 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3280 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3281 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3282 | } |
3283 | |
3284 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3285 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3286 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3287 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3288 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3289 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3290 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3291 | } |
3292 | |
3293 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3294 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3295 | } |
3296 | }; |
3297 | |
3298 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3299 | //// |
3300 | /// For example: |
3301 | /// \code |
3302 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3303 | /// class vector { |
3304 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3305 | /// } |
3306 | /// \endcode |
3307 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3308 | friend class ASTContext; |
3309 | |
3310 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3311 | QualType ElementType; |
3312 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3313 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3314 | |
3315 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3316 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3317 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3318 | |
3319 | public: |
3320 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3321 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3322 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3323 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3324 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3325 | } |
3326 | |
3327 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3328 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3329 | |
3330 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3331 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3332 | } |
3333 | |
3334 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3335 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3336 | } |
3337 | |
3338 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3339 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3340 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3341 | }; |
3342 | |
3343 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3344 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3345 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3346 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3347 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3348 | /// Shading Language). |
3349 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3350 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3351 | |
3352 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3353 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3354 | |
3355 | public: |
3356 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3357 | switch (c) { |
3358 | default: return -1; |
3359 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3360 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3361 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3362 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3363 | } |
3364 | } |
3365 | |
3366 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3367 | switch (c) { |
3368 | default: return -1; |
3369 | case '0': return 0; |
3370 | case '1': return 1; |
3371 | case '2': return 2; |
3372 | case '3': return 3; |
3373 | case '4': return 4; |
3374 | case '5': return 5; |
3375 | case '6': return 6; |
3376 | case '7': return 7; |
3377 | case '8': return 8; |
3378 | case '9': return 9; |
3379 | case 'A': |
3380 | case 'a': return 10; |
3381 | case 'B': |
3382 | case 'b': return 11; |
3383 | case 'C': |
3384 | case 'c': return 12; |
3385 | case 'D': |
3386 | case 'd': return 13; |
3387 | case 'E': |
3388 | case 'e': return 14; |
3389 | case 'F': |
3390 | case 'f': return 15; |
3391 | } |
3392 | } |
3393 | |
3394 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3395 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3396 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3397 | else |
3398 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3399 | } |
3400 | |
3401 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3402 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3403 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3404 | return false; |
3405 | } |
3406 | |
3407 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3408 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3409 | |
3410 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3411 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3412 | } |
3413 | }; |
3414 | |
3415 | /// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions. |
3416 | /// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies |
3417 | /// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns. |
3418 | class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3419 | protected: |
3420 | friend class ASTContext; |
3421 | |
3422 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
3423 | QualType ElementType; |
3424 | |
3425 | MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy); |
3426 | |
3427 | MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy, |
3428 | const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr); |
3429 | |
3430 | public: |
3431 | /// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix |
3432 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3433 | |
3434 | /// Valid elements types are the following: |
3435 | /// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types |
3436 | /// and _Bool |
3437 | /// * the standard floating types float or double |
3438 | /// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target |
3439 | static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) { |
3440 | return T->isDependentType() || |
3441 | (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType()); |
3442 | } |
3443 | |
3444 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3445 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3446 | |
3447 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3448 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix || |
3449 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3450 | } |
3451 | }; |
3452 | |
3453 | /// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns |
3454 | class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3455 | protected: |
3456 | friend class ASTContext; |
3457 | |
3458 | /// Number of rows and columns. |
3459 | unsigned NumRows; |
3460 | unsigned NumColumns; |
3461 | |
3462 | static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1; |
3463 | |
3464 | ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows, |
3465 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3466 | |
3467 | ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows, |
3468 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3469 | |
3470 | public: |
3471 | /// Returns the number of rows in the matrix. |
3472 | unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; } |
3473 | |
3474 | /// Returns the number of columns in the matrix. |
3475 | unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; } |
3476 | |
3477 | /// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector. |
3478 | unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const { |
3479 | return getNumRows() * getNumColumns(); |
3480 | } |
3481 | |
3482 | /// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension. |
3483 | static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) { |
3484 | return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3485 | } |
3486 | |
3487 | /// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension. |
3488 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() { |
3489 | return MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3490 | } |
3491 | |
3492 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3493 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(), |
3494 | getTypeClass()); |
3495 | } |
3496 | |
3497 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3498 | unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns, |
3499 | TypeClass TypeClass) { |
3500 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3501 | ID.AddInteger(NumRows); |
3502 | ID.AddInteger(NumColumns); |
3503 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3504 | } |
3505 | |
3506 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3507 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix; |
3508 | } |
3509 | }; |
3510 | |
3511 | /// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns |
3512 | /// is dependent on a template. |
3513 | class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3514 | friend class ASTContext; |
3515 | |
3516 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3517 | Expr *RowExpr; |
3518 | Expr *ColumnExpr; |
3519 | |
3520 | SourceLocation loc; |
3521 | |
3522 | DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3523 | QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr, |
3524 | Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3525 | |
3526 | public: |
3527 | Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; } |
3528 | Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; } |
3529 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3530 | |
3531 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3532 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3533 | } |
3534 | |
3535 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3536 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr()); |
3537 | } |
3538 | |
3539 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3540 | QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr); |
3541 | }; |
3542 | |
3543 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3544 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3545 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3546 | // The type returned by the function. |
3547 | QualType ResultType; |
3548 | |
3549 | public: |
3550 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3551 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3552 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3553 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3554 | /// |
3555 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3556 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3557 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3558 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3559 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3560 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3561 | /// |
3562 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3563 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3564 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3565 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3566 | /// T (*)(U) |
3567 | /// against an argument of type |
3568 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3569 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3570 | /// not produce the latter. |
3571 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3572 | enum { |
3573 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3574 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3575 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3576 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3577 | }; |
3578 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3579 | |
3580 | public: |
3581 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3582 | |
3583 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3584 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3585 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3586 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3587 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3588 | return copy; |
3589 | } |
3590 | |
3591 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3592 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3593 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3594 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3595 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3596 | if (consumed) |
3597 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3598 | else |
3599 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3600 | return copy; |
3601 | } |
3602 | |
3603 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3604 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3605 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3606 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3607 | return Copy; |
3608 | } |
3609 | |
3610 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3611 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3612 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3613 | if (NoEscape) |
3614 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3615 | else |
3616 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3617 | return Copy; |
3618 | } |
3619 | |
3620 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3621 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3622 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3623 | result.Data = data; |
3624 | return result; |
3625 | } |
3626 | |
3627 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3628 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3629 | } |
3630 | |
3631 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3632 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3633 | } |
3634 | }; |
3635 | |
3636 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3637 | /// making a call. |
3638 | /// |
3639 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3640 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3641 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3642 | /// |
3643 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3644 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3645 | // * Operator== |
3646 | // * getFoo |
3647 | // * withFoo |
3648 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3649 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3650 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3651 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3652 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3653 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3654 | // * AST read and write |
3655 | // * Codegen |
3656 | class ExtInfo { |
3657 | friend class FunctionType; |
3658 | |
3659 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to |
3660 | // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust |
3661 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well. |
3662 | |
3663 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall| |
3664 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | 12 | |
3665 | // |
3666 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3667 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3668 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3669 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3670 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3671 | enum { |
3672 | RegParmMask = 0x700, |
3673 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3674 | }; |
3675 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3676 | enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 }; |
3677 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3678 | |
3679 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3680 | |
3681 | public: |
3682 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3683 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3684 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3685 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck, |
3686 | bool cmseNSCall) { |
3687 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
3688 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3689 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3690 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3691 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3692 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) | |
3693 | (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0); |
3694 | } |
3695 | |
3696 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3697 | // function known to use defaults. |
3698 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3699 | |
3700 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3701 | // of the canonical type. |
3702 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3703 | |
3704 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3705 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3706 | bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; } |
3707 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3708 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3709 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3710 | |
3711 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3712 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3713 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3714 | --RegParm; |
3715 | return RegParm; |
3716 | } |
3717 | |
3718 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3719 | |
3720 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3721 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3722 | } |
3723 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3724 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3725 | } |
3726 | |
3727 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3728 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3729 | |
3730 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3731 | if (noReturn) |
3732 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3733 | else |
3734 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3735 | } |
3736 | |
3737 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3738 | if (producesResult) |
3739 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3740 | else |
3741 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3742 | } |
3743 | |
3744 | ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const { |
3745 | if (cmseNSCall) |
3746 | return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask); |
3747 | else |
3748 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask); |
3749 | } |
3750 | |
3751 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3752 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3753 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3754 | else |
3755 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3756 | } |
3757 | |
3758 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3759 | if (noCfCheck) |
3760 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3761 | else |
3762 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3763 | } |
3764 | |
3765 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3766 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
3767 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3768 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3769 | } |
3770 | |
3771 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3772 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3773 | } |
3774 | |
3775 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3776 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3777 | } |
3778 | }; |
3779 | |
3780 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3781 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3782 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3783 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3784 | |
3785 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3786 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3787 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3788 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3789 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3790 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3791 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3792 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3793 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3794 | }; |
3795 | |
3796 | protected: |
3797 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, |
3798 | TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info) |
3799 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) { |
3800 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3801 | } |
3802 | |
3803 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3804 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3805 | } |
3806 | |
3807 | public: |
3808 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3809 | |
3810 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3811 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3812 | |
3813 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3814 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3815 | /// type. |
3816 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3817 | |
3818 | bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); } |
3819 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3820 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3821 | |
3822 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3823 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3824 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3825 | |
3826 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3827 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3828 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3829 | |
3830 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3831 | /// this type. |
3832 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3833 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3834 | } |
3835 | |
3836 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3837 | |
3838 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3839 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3840 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3841 | } |
3842 | }; |
3843 | |
3844 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3845 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3846 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3847 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3848 | |
3849 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3850 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3851 | Result->getDependence() & |
3852 | ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
3853 | TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
3854 | Info) {} |
3855 | |
3856 | public: |
3857 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3858 | |
3859 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3860 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3861 | |
3862 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3863 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3864 | } |
3865 | |
3866 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3867 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3868 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3869 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3870 | } |
3871 | |
3872 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3873 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3874 | } |
3875 | }; |
3876 | |
3877 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3878 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3879 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3880 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3881 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3882 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3883 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3884 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3885 | : public FunctionType, |
3886 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3887 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3888 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
3889 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
3890 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3891 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3892 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3893 | |
3894 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3895 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3896 | // |
3897 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3898 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3899 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3900 | // |
3901 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
3902 | // ellipsis. |
3903 | // |
3904 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3905 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3906 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3907 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3908 | // |
3909 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3910 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3911 | // * a single Expr *, |
3912 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3913 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3914 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3915 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3916 | // |
3917 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3918 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3919 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3920 | // |
3921 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3922 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3923 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3924 | // |
3925 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3926 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3927 | // of exception types. |
3928 | // |
3929 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3930 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3931 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3932 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3933 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3934 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3935 | |
3936 | public: |
3937 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3938 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3939 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3940 | /// exception specification. |
3941 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3942 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3943 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3944 | |
3945 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3946 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3947 | |
3948 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3949 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3950 | |
3951 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3952 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3953 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3954 | |
3955 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3956 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3957 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3958 | |
3959 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3960 | |
3961 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3962 | }; |
3963 | |
3964 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3965 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3966 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3967 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3968 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3969 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3970 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3971 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3972 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3973 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3974 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3975 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3976 | |
3977 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3978 | |
3979 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3980 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3981 | |
3982 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3983 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3984 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3985 | return Result; |
3986 | } |
3987 | }; |
3988 | |
3989 | private: |
3990 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3991 | return getNumParams(); |
3992 | } |
3993 | |
3994 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
3995 | return isVariadic(); |
3996 | } |
3997 | |
3998 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
3999 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
4000 | } |
4001 | |
4002 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
4003 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
4004 | } |
4005 | |
4006 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
4007 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
4008 | } |
4009 | |
4010 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
4011 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4012 | } |
4013 | |
4014 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
4015 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
4016 | } |
4017 | |
4018 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
4019 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
4020 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
4021 | unsigned numArgs) { |
4022 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
4023 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4024 | return true; |
4025 | |
4026 | return false; |
4027 | } |
4028 | |
4029 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
4030 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
4031 | |
4032 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
4033 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
4034 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
4035 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
4036 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
4037 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
4038 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4039 | }; |
4040 | |
4041 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4042 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4043 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
4044 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
4045 | switch (EST) { |
4046 | case EST_None: |
4047 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
4048 | case EST_MSAny: |
4049 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
4050 | case EST_Unparsed: |
4051 | case EST_NoThrow: |
4052 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
4053 | |
4054 | case EST_Dynamic: |
4055 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
4056 | |
4057 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
4058 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
4059 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
4060 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
4061 | |
4062 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
4063 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
4064 | |
4065 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
4066 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
4067 | } |
4068 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")__builtin_unreachable(); |
4069 | } |
4070 | |
4071 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4072 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4073 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
4074 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
4075 | } |
4076 | |
4077 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4078 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
4079 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
4080 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
4081 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
4082 | } |
4083 | |
4084 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4085 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
4086 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4087 | } |
4088 | |
4089 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
4090 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
4091 | } |
4092 | |
4093 | public: |
4094 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
4095 | |
4096 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
4097 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
4098 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
4099 | } |
4100 | |
4101 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
4102 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4103 | } |
4104 | |
4105 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
4106 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
4107 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
4108 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
4109 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
4110 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
4111 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
4112 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
4113 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
4114 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
4115 | return EPI; |
4116 | } |
4117 | |
4118 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
4119 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
4120 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
4121 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
4122 | } |
4123 | |
4124 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
4125 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
4126 | |
4127 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
4128 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
4129 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4130 | } |
4131 | |
4132 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
4133 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
4134 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4135 | } |
4136 | |
4137 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
4138 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4139 | |
4140 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
4141 | /// spec. |
4142 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4143 | |
4144 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
4145 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
4146 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
4147 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4148 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4149 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
4150 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
4151 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
4152 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
4153 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4154 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
4155 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
4156 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4157 | } |
4158 | return Result; |
4159 | } |
4160 | |
4161 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
4162 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
4163 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
4164 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
4165 | ->NumExceptionType |
4166 | : 0; |
4167 | } |
4168 | |
4169 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
4170 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
4171 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
4172 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
4173 | } |
4174 | |
4175 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4176 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4177 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4178 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4179 | return nullptr; |
4180 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4181 | } |
4182 | |
4183 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4184 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4185 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4186 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4187 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4188 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4189 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4190 | return nullptr; |
4191 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4192 | } |
4193 | |
4194 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4195 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4196 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4197 | /// this type. |
4198 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4199 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4200 | return nullptr; |
4201 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4202 | } |
4203 | |
4204 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4205 | /// specification. |
4206 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4207 | |
4208 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4209 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4210 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4211 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4212 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4213 | } |
4214 | |
4215 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4216 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4217 | |
4218 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
4219 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
4220 | : SourceLocation(); |
4221 | } |
4222 | |
4223 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4224 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4225 | /// |
4226 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4227 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4228 | /// function. |
4229 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4230 | |
4231 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4232 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4233 | |
4234 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4235 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4236 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4237 | else |
4238 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4239 | } |
4240 | |
4241 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4242 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4243 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4244 | } |
4245 | |
4246 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4247 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4248 | |
4249 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4250 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4251 | } |
4252 | |
4253 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4254 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4255 | } |
4256 | |
4257 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4258 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4259 | } |
4260 | |
4261 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4262 | |
4263 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4264 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4265 | } |
4266 | |
4267 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4268 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4269 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4270 | } |
4271 | |
4272 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4273 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4274 | } |
4275 | |
4276 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4277 | /// of this function type? |
4278 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4279 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4280 | } |
4281 | |
4282 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4283 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())(static_cast<void> (0)); |
4284 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4285 | getNumParams()); |
4286 | } |
4287 | |
4288 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4289 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4290 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4291 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4292 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4293 | return nullptr; |
4294 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4295 | } |
4296 | |
4297 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4298 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
4299 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4300 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4301 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4302 | } |
4303 | |
4304 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4305 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
4306 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4307 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4308 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4309 | } |
4310 | |
4311 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4312 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
4313 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4314 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4315 | return false; |
4316 | } |
4317 | |
4318 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4319 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4320 | |
4321 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4322 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4323 | |
4324 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4325 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4326 | } |
4327 | |
4328 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4329 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4330 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4331 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4332 | bool Canonical); |
4333 | }; |
4334 | |
4335 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4336 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4337 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4338 | /// |
4339 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4340 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4341 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4342 | |
4343 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4344 | |
4345 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4346 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), |
4347 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
4348 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {} |
4349 | |
4350 | public: |
4351 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4352 | |
4353 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4354 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4355 | |
4356 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4357 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4358 | } |
4359 | |
4360 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4361 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4362 | } |
4363 | |
4364 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4365 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4366 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4367 | } |
4368 | }; |
4369 | |
4370 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4371 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4372 | |
4373 | private: |
4374 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4375 | |
4376 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying, |
4377 | QualType can); |
4378 | |
4379 | public: |
4380 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4381 | |
4382 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4383 | QualType desugar() const; |
4384 | |
4385 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4386 | }; |
4387 | |
4388 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4389 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4390 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4391 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4392 | |
4393 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4394 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4395 | |
4396 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4397 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4398 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()), |
4399 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4400 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&(static_cast<void> (0)) |
4401 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
4402 | } |
4403 | |
4404 | public: |
4405 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4406 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4407 | |
4408 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4409 | /// it. |
4410 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4411 | |
4412 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4413 | QualType desugar() const; |
4414 | |
4415 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4416 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4417 | } |
4418 | }; |
4419 | |
4420 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4421 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4422 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4423 | |
4424 | protected: |
4425 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4426 | |
4427 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4428 | |
4429 | public: |
4430 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4431 | |
4432 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4433 | QualType desugar() const; |
4434 | |
4435 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4436 | bool isSugared() const; |
4437 | |
4438 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4439 | }; |
4440 | |
4441 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4442 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4443 | /// |
4444 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4445 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4446 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4447 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4448 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4449 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4450 | |
4451 | public: |
4452 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4453 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4454 | |
4455 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4456 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4457 | } |
4458 | |
4459 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4460 | Expr *E); |
4461 | }; |
4462 | |
4463 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4464 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4465 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4466 | |
4467 | QualType TOType; |
4468 | |
4469 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4470 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) { |
4471 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
4472 | } |
4473 | |
4474 | public: |
4475 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4476 | |
4477 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4478 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4479 | |
4480 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4481 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4482 | |
4483 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4484 | }; |
4485 | |
4486 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4487 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4488 | Expr *E; |
4489 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4490 | |
4491 | protected: |
4492 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4493 | |
4494 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4495 | |
4496 | public: |
4497 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4498 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4499 | |
4500 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4501 | QualType desugar() const; |
4502 | |
4503 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4504 | bool isSugared() const; |
4505 | |
4506 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4507 | }; |
4508 | |
4509 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4510 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4511 | /// |
4512 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4513 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4514 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4515 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4516 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4517 | |
4518 | public: |
4519 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4520 | |
4521 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4522 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4523 | } |
4524 | |
4525 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4526 | Expr *E); |
4527 | }; |
4528 | |
4529 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4530 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4531 | public: |
4532 | enum UTTKind { |
4533 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4534 | }; |
4535 | |
4536 | private: |
4537 | /// The untransformed type. |
4538 | QualType BaseType; |
4539 | |
4540 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4541 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4542 | |
4543 | UTTKind UKind; |
4544 | |
4545 | protected: |
4546 | friend class ASTContext; |
4547 | |
4548 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4549 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4550 | |
4551 | public: |
4552 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4553 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4554 | |
4555 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4556 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4557 | |
4558 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4559 | |
4560 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4561 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4562 | } |
4563 | }; |
4564 | |
4565 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4566 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4567 | /// |
4568 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4569 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4570 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4571 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4572 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4573 | public: |
4574 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4575 | UTTKind UKind); |
4576 | |
4577 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4578 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4579 | } |
4580 | |
4581 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4582 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4583 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4584 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4585 | } |
4586 | }; |
4587 | |
4588 | class TagType : public Type { |
4589 | friend class ASTReader; |
4590 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
4591 | |
4592 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4593 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4594 | TagDecl *decl; |
4595 | |
4596 | protected: |
4597 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4598 | |
4599 | public: |
4600 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4601 | |
4602 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4603 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4604 | |
4605 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4606 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4607 | } |
4608 | }; |
4609 | |
4610 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4611 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4612 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4613 | protected: |
4614 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4615 | |
4616 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4617 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4618 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4619 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4620 | |
4621 | public: |
4622 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4623 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4624 | } |
4625 | |
4626 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4627 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4628 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4629 | |
4630 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4631 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4632 | |
4633 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4634 | }; |
4635 | |
4636 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4637 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4638 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4639 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4640 | |
4641 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4642 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4643 | |
4644 | public: |
4645 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4646 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4647 | } |
4648 | |
4649 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4650 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4651 | |
4652 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4653 | }; |
4654 | |
4655 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4656 | /// |
4657 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4658 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4659 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4660 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4661 | /// |
4662 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4663 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4664 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4665 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4666 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4667 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4668 | public: |
4669 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4670 | |
4671 | private: |
4672 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4673 | |
4674 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4675 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4676 | |
4677 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4678 | QualType equivalent) |
4679 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()), |
4680 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4681 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4682 | } |
4683 | |
4684 | public: |
4685 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4686 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4687 | } |
4688 | |
4689 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4690 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4691 | |
4692 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4693 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4694 | |
4695 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4696 | /// |
4697 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4698 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4699 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4700 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4701 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4702 | /// |
4703 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4704 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4705 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4706 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4707 | /// |
4708 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4709 | /// type. |
4710 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4711 | |
4712 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4713 | |
4714 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4715 | |
4716 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4717 | |
4718 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4719 | /// nullability kind. |
4720 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4721 | switch (kind) { |
4722 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4723 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4724 | |
4725 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4726 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4727 | |
4728 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: |
4729 | return attr::TypeNullableResult; |
4730 | |
4731 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4732 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4733 | } |
4734 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")__builtin_unreachable(); |
4735 | } |
4736 | |
4737 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4738 | /// type, if it's there. |
4739 | /// |
4740 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4741 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4742 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4743 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4744 | /// |
4745 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4746 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4747 | |
4748 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4749 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4750 | } |
4751 | |
4752 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4753 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4754 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4755 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4756 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4757 | } |
4758 | |
4759 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4760 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4761 | } |
4762 | }; |
4763 | |
4764 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4765 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4766 | |
4767 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4768 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4769 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4770 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4771 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4772 | }; |
4773 | |
4774 | union { |
4775 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4776 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4777 | |
4778 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4779 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4780 | }; |
4781 | |
4782 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4783 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4784 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, |
4785 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4786 | (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)), |
4787 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4788 | |
4789 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4790 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4791 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4792 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4793 | (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) { |
4794 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4795 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4796 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4797 | } |
4798 | |
4799 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4800 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4801 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4802 | } |
4803 | |
4804 | public: |
4805 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4806 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4807 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4808 | |
4809 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4810 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4811 | } |
4812 | |
4813 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4814 | |
4815 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4816 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4817 | |
4818 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4819 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4820 | } |
4821 | |
4822 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4823 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4824 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4825 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4826 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4827 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4828 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4829 | } |
4830 | |
4831 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4832 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4833 | } |
4834 | }; |
4835 | |
4836 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4837 | /// type parameter. |
4838 | /// |
4839 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4840 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4841 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4842 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4843 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4844 | friend class ASTContext; |
4845 | |
4846 | // The original type parameter. |
4847 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4848 | |
4849 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4850 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()), |
4851 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4852 | |
4853 | public: |
4854 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4855 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4856 | return Replaced; |
4857 | } |
4858 | |
4859 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4860 | /// parameter. |
4861 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4862 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4863 | } |
4864 | |
4865 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4866 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4867 | |
4868 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4869 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4870 | } |
4871 | |
4872 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4873 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4874 | QualType Replacement) { |
4875 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4876 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4877 | } |
4878 | |
4879 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4880 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4881 | } |
4882 | }; |
4883 | |
4884 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4885 | /// type parameter pack. |
4886 | /// |
4887 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4888 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4889 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4890 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4891 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4892 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4893 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4894 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4895 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4896 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4897 | friend class ASTContext; |
4898 | |
4899 | /// The original type parameter. |
4900 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4901 | |
4902 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4903 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4904 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4905 | |
4906 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4907 | QualType Canon, |
4908 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4909 | |
4910 | public: |
4911 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4912 | |
4913 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4914 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4915 | return Replaced; |
4916 | } |
4917 | |
4918 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4919 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4920 | } |
4921 | |
4922 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4923 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4924 | |
4925 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4926 | |
4927 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4928 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4929 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4930 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4931 | |
4932 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4933 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4934 | } |
4935 | }; |
4936 | |
4937 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4938 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4939 | /// class template types, and constrained type names. |
4940 | /// |
4941 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4942 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4943 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4944 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4945 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4946 | protected: |
4947 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, |
4948 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence) |
4949 | : Type(TC, |
4950 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4951 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4952 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4953 | ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull() |
4954 | ? TypeDependence::None |
4955 | : DeducedAsType->getDependence() & |
4956 | ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {} |
4957 | |
4958 | public: |
4959 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4960 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4961 | |
4962 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4963 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4964 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4965 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4966 | } |
4967 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4968 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4969 | } |
4970 | |
4971 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4972 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4973 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4974 | } |
4975 | }; |
4976 | |
4977 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained |
4978 | /// by a type-constraint. |
4979 | class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4980 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4981 | |
4982 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept; |
4983 | |
4984 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4985 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD, |
4986 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs); |
4987 | |
4988 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
4989 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
4990 | } |
4991 | |
4992 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
4993 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
4994 | } |
4995 | |
4996 | public: |
4997 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
4998 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
4999 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5000 | } |
5001 | |
5002 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5003 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5004 | return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5005 | } |
5006 | |
5007 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5008 | |
5009 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const { |
5010 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5011 | } |
5012 | |
5013 | ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const { |
5014 | return TypeConstraintConcept; |
5015 | } |
5016 | |
5017 | bool isConstrained() const { |
5018 | return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr; |
5019 | } |
5020 | |
5021 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
5022 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
5023 | } |
5024 | |
5025 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5026 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
5027 | } |
5028 | |
5029 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5030 | Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
5031 | getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments()); |
5032 | } |
5033 | |
5034 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
5035 | QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5036 | bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD, |
5037 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments); |
5038 | |
5039 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5040 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
5041 | } |
5042 | }; |
5043 | |
5044 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
5045 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
5046 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5047 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5048 | |
5049 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
5050 | TemplateName Template; |
5051 | |
5052 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
5053 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
5054 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
5055 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
5056 | toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) | |
5057 | (IsDeducedAsDependent |
5058 | ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
5059 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
5060 | Template(Template) {} |
5061 | |
5062 | public: |
5063 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
5064 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
5065 | |
5066 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5067 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
5068 | } |
5069 | |
5070 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
5071 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
5072 | Template.Profile(ID); |
5073 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5074 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
5075 | } |
5076 | |
5077 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5078 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
5079 | } |
5080 | }; |
5081 | |
5082 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
5083 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
5084 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
5085 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
5086 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
5087 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
5088 | /// |
5089 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
5090 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
5091 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
5092 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
5093 | /// |
5094 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
5095 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
5096 | /// type may also be canonical. |
5097 | /// |
5098 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
5099 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
5100 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
5101 | /// template. |
5102 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
5103 | : public Type, |
5104 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5105 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5106 | |
5107 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
5108 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
5109 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
5110 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
5111 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
5112 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
5113 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
5114 | TemplateName Template; |
5115 | |
5116 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
5117 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5118 | QualType Canon, |
5119 | QualType Aliased); |
5120 | |
5121 | public: |
5122 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
5123 | /// |
5124 | /// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an |
5125 | /// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it |
5126 | /// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be |
5127 | /// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the |
5128 | /// parameter is an int). |
5129 | /// |
5130 | /// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind |
5131 | /// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the |
5132 | /// specified arguments. |
5133 | static bool |
5134 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5135 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
5136 | static bool |
5137 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
5138 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
5139 | static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( |
5140 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args); |
5141 | |
5142 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
5143 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
5144 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
5145 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
5146 | } |
5147 | |
5148 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
5149 | /// template that has been substituted. |
5150 | /// |
5151 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
5152 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
5153 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
5154 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
5155 | /// |
5156 | /// \code |
5157 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
5158 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
5159 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
5160 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
5161 | /// }; |
5162 | /// \endcode |
5163 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
5164 | |
5165 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
5166 | /// template. |
5167 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
5168 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
5169 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
5170 | } |
5171 | |
5172 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5173 | |
5174 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5175 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
5176 | |
5177 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
5178 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
5179 | |
5180 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5181 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5182 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
5183 | } |
5184 | |
5185 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5186 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5187 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5188 | } |
5189 | |
5190 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
5191 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
5192 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5193 | |
5194 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5195 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5196 | } |
5197 | |
5198 | bool isSugared() const { |
5199 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5200 | } |
5201 | |
5202 | QualType desugar() const { |
5203 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5204 | } |
5205 | |
5206 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5207 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5208 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5209 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5210 | } |
5211 | |
5212 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5213 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5214 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5215 | |
5216 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5217 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5218 | } |
5219 | }; |
5220 | |
5221 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5222 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5223 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5224 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5225 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5226 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5227 | |
5228 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5229 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5230 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5231 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5232 | |
5233 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5234 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5235 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5236 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5237 | |
5238 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5239 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5240 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5241 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5242 | /// |
5243 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5244 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5245 | /// |
5246 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5247 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5248 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5249 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5250 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5251 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5252 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5253 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5254 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5255 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5256 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5257 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5258 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5259 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5260 | // interdependencies. |
5261 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5262 | |
5263 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5264 | |
5265 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5266 | /// For example, in |
5267 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5268 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5269 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5270 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5271 | /// |
5272 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5273 | /// and always dependent. |
5274 | QualType InjectedType; |
5275 | |
5276 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5277 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), |
5278 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
5279 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5280 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))(static_cast<void> (0)); |
5281 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())(static_cast<void> (0)); |
5282 | assert(TST->isDependentType())(static_cast<void> (0)); |
5283 | } |
5284 | |
5285 | public: |
5286 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5287 | |
5288 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5289 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5290 | } |
5291 | |
5292 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5293 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5294 | } |
5295 | |
5296 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5297 | |
5298 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5299 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5300 | |
5301 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5302 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5303 | } |
5304 | }; |
5305 | |
5306 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5307 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5308 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5309 | TTK_Struct, |
5310 | |
5311 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5312 | TTK_Interface, |
5313 | |
5314 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5315 | TTK_Union, |
5316 | |
5317 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5318 | TTK_Class, |
5319 | |
5320 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5321 | TTK_Enum |
5322 | }; |
5323 | |
5324 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5325 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5326 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5327 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5328 | ETK_Struct, |
5329 | |
5330 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5331 | ETK_Interface, |
5332 | |
5333 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5334 | ETK_Union, |
5335 | |
5336 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5337 | ETK_Class, |
5338 | |
5339 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5340 | ETK_Enum, |
5341 | |
5342 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5343 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5344 | ETK_Typename, |
5345 | |
5346 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5347 | ETK_None |
5348 | }; |
5349 | |
5350 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5351 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5352 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5353 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5354 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5355 | protected: |
5356 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5357 | QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence) |
5358 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) { |
5359 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5360 | } |
5361 | |
5362 | public: |
5363 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5364 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5365 | } |
5366 | |
5367 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5368 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5369 | |
5370 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5371 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5372 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5373 | |
5374 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5375 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5376 | |
5377 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5378 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5379 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5380 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5381 | |
5382 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5383 | |
5384 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5385 | |
5386 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5387 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5388 | } |
5389 | |
5390 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5391 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5392 | }; |
5393 | |
5394 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5395 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5396 | /// or both. |
5397 | /// |
5398 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5399 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5400 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5401 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5402 | class ElaboratedType final |
5403 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5404 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5405 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5406 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5407 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5408 | |
5409 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5410 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5411 | |
5412 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5413 | QualType NamedType; |
5414 | |
5415 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5416 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5417 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5418 | |
5419 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5420 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5421 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5422 | // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have |
5423 | // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to |
5424 | // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack) |
5425 | // dependence on the qualifier. |
5426 | NamedType->getDependence() | |
5427 | (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence( |
5428 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())) |
5429 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
5430 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5431 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5432 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5433 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5434 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5435 | } |
5436 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&(static_cast<void> (0)) |
5437 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "(static_cast<void> (0)) |
5438 | "and name qualifier both null.")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
5439 | } |
5440 | |
5441 | public: |
5442 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5443 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5444 | |
5445 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5446 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5447 | |
5448 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5449 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5450 | |
5451 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5452 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5453 | |
5454 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5455 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5456 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5457 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5458 | : nullptr; |
5459 | } |
5460 | |
5461 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5462 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5463 | } |
5464 | |
5465 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5466 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5467 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5468 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5469 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5470 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5471 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5472 | } |
5473 | |
5474 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5475 | }; |
5476 | |
5477 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5478 | /// dependent. |
5479 | /// |
5480 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5481 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5482 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5483 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5484 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5485 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5486 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5487 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5488 | /// instantiation. |
5489 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5490 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5491 | |
5492 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5493 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5494 | |
5495 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5496 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5497 | |
5498 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5499 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5500 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, |
5501 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
5502 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())), |
5503 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5504 | |
5505 | public: |
5506 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5507 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5508 | |
5509 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5510 | /// |
5511 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5512 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5513 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5514 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5515 | return Name; |
5516 | } |
5517 | |
5518 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5519 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5520 | |
5521 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5522 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5523 | } |
5524 | |
5525 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5526 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5527 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5528 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5529 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5530 | } |
5531 | |
5532 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5533 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5534 | } |
5535 | }; |
5536 | |
5537 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5538 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5539 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5540 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5541 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5542 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5543 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5544 | |
5545 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5546 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5547 | |
5548 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5549 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5550 | |
5551 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5552 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5553 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5554 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5555 | QualType Canon); |
5556 | |
5557 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5558 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5559 | } |
5560 | |
5561 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5562 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5563 | } |
5564 | |
5565 | public: |
5566 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5567 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5568 | |
5569 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5570 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5571 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5572 | } |
5573 | |
5574 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5575 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5576 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5577 | } |
5578 | |
5579 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5580 | |
5581 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5582 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5583 | } |
5584 | |
5585 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5586 | |
5587 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5588 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5589 | |
5590 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5591 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5592 | |
5593 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5594 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5595 | } |
5596 | |
5597 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5598 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5599 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5600 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5601 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5602 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5603 | |
5604 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5605 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5606 | } |
5607 | }; |
5608 | |
5609 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5610 | /// |
5611 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5612 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5613 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5614 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5615 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5616 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5617 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5618 | /// parameter packs. |
5619 | /// |
5620 | /// \code |
5621 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5622 | /// |
5623 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5624 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5625 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5626 | /// }; |
5627 | /// \endcode |
5628 | /// |
5629 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5630 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5631 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5632 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5633 | |
5634 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5635 | QualType Pattern; |
5636 | |
5637 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5638 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5639 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, |
5640 | (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent | |
5641 | TypeDependence::Instantiation) & |
5642 | ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
5643 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5644 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5645 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5646 | } |
5647 | |
5648 | public: |
5649 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5650 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5651 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5652 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5653 | |
5654 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5655 | /// generate, if known. |
5656 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5657 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5658 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5659 | return None; |
5660 | } |
5661 | |
5662 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5663 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5664 | |
5665 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5666 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5667 | } |
5668 | |
5669 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5670 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5671 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5672 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5673 | if (NumExpansions) |
5674 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5675 | } |
5676 | |
5677 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5678 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5679 | } |
5680 | }; |
5681 | |
5682 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5683 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5684 | template <class T> |
5685 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5686 | protected: |
5687 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5688 | |
5689 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5690 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5691 | } |
5692 | |
5693 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5694 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5695 | } |
5696 | |
5697 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5698 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5699 | } |
5700 | |
5701 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5702 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5703 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&(static_cast<void> (0)) |
5704 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
5705 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5706 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5707 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5708 | } |
5709 | |
5710 | public: |
5711 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5712 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5713 | |
5714 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5715 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5716 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5717 | |
5718 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5719 | |
5720 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5721 | /// there are none. |
5722 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5723 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5724 | } |
5725 | |
5726 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5727 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5728 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
5729 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5730 | } |
5731 | |
5732 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5733 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5734 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5735 | } |
5736 | }; |
5737 | |
5738 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5739 | /// a list of protocols. |
5740 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5741 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5742 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5743 | friend class ASTContext; |
5744 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5745 | |
5746 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5747 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5748 | |
5749 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5750 | |
5751 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5752 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5753 | /// and uniqued. |
5754 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5755 | |
5756 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5757 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5758 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5759 | return NumProtocols; |
5760 | } |
5761 | |
5762 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5763 | NumProtocols = N; |
5764 | } |
5765 | |
5766 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5767 | QualType can, |
5768 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5769 | |
5770 | public: |
5771 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5772 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5773 | |
5774 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5775 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5776 | } |
5777 | |
5778 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5779 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5780 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5781 | QualType CanonicalType, |
5782 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5783 | |
5784 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5785 | }; |
5786 | |
5787 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5788 | /// |
5789 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5790 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5791 | /// protocols. |
5792 | /// |
5793 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5794 | /// \code |
5795 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5796 | /// \@protocol P; |
5797 | /// \endcode |
5798 | /// |
5799 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5800 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5801 | /// |
5802 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5803 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5804 | /// protocol list. |
5805 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5806 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5807 | /// |
5808 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5809 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5810 | /// and no protocols. |
5811 | /// |
5812 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5813 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5814 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5815 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5816 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5817 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5818 | |
5819 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5820 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5821 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5822 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5823 | // |
5824 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5825 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5826 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5827 | // |
5828 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5829 | // and uniqued. |
5830 | |
5831 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5832 | QualType BaseType; |
5833 | |
5834 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5835 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5836 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5837 | |
5838 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5839 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5840 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5841 | } |
5842 | |
5843 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5844 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5845 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5846 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5847 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5848 | } |
5849 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5850 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5851 | } |
5852 | |
5853 | protected: |
5854 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5855 | |
5856 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5857 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5858 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5859 | bool isKindOf); |
5860 | |
5861 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5862 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None), |
5863 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5864 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5865 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5866 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5867 | } |
5868 | |
5869 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5870 | |
5871 | public: |
5872 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5873 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5874 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5875 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5876 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5877 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5878 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5879 | |
5880 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5881 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5882 | } |
5883 | |
5884 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5885 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5886 | } |
5887 | |
5888 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5889 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5890 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5891 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5892 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5893 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5894 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5895 | return false; |
5896 | } |
5897 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5898 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5899 | |
5900 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5901 | /// really is an interface. |
5902 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5903 | |
5904 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5905 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5906 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5907 | |
5908 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5909 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5910 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5911 | } |
5912 | |
5913 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5914 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5915 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5916 | |
5917 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5918 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5919 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5920 | |
5921 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5922 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5923 | |
5924 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5925 | /// written. |
5926 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5927 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5928 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5929 | } |
5930 | |
5931 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5932 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5933 | |
5934 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5935 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5936 | |
5937 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5938 | /// |
5939 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5940 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5941 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5942 | /// there is no superclass. |
5943 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5944 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5945 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5946 | |
5947 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
5948 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5949 | } |
5950 | |
5951 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5952 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5953 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5954 | |
5955 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5956 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5957 | |
5958 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5959 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5960 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5961 | } |
5962 | }; |
5963 | |
5964 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5965 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5966 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5967 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5968 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5969 | friend class ASTContext; |
5970 | |
5971 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5972 | // will need to be modified. |
5973 | |
5974 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5975 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5976 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5977 | bool isKindOf) |
5978 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5979 | |
5980 | public: |
5981 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5982 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5983 | QualType Base, |
5984 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5985 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5986 | bool isKindOf); |
5987 | }; |
5988 | |
5989 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5990 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5991 | } |
5992 | |
5993 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5994 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5995 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5996 | } |
5997 | |
5998 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5999 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
6000 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
6001 | } |
6002 | |
6003 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
6004 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
6005 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
6006 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
6007 | /// |
6008 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
6009 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
6010 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
6011 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
6012 | /// fail to compile. |
6013 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
6014 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
6015 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
6016 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6017 | friend class ASTReader; |
6018 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
6019 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
6020 | |
6021 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
6022 | |
6023 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
6024 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
6025 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
6026 | |
6027 | public: |
6028 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
6029 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
6030 | |
6031 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6032 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6033 | |
6034 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6035 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
6036 | } |
6037 | |
6038 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
6039 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
6040 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
6041 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
6042 | enum { |
6043 | qual_iterator, |
6044 | qual_begin, |
6045 | qual_end, |
6046 | getNumProtocols, |
6047 | getProtocol |
6048 | }; |
6049 | }; |
6050 | |
6051 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
6052 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
6053 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
6054 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
6055 | return T->getDecl(); |
6056 | |
6057 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
6058 | } |
6059 | |
6060 | return nullptr; |
6061 | } |
6062 | |
6063 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
6064 | /// |
6065 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
6066 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
6067 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
6068 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
6069 | /// |
6070 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
6071 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
6072 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6073 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6074 | |
6075 | QualType PointeeType; |
6076 | |
6077 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
6078 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()), |
6079 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
6080 | |
6081 | public: |
6082 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
6083 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
6084 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
6085 | |
6086 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
6087 | /// |
6088 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
6089 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
6090 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
6091 | /// \code |
6092 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
6093 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
6094 | /// typedef A A1; |
6095 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
6096 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
6097 | /// \endcode |
6098 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6099 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6100 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6101 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6102 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6103 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6104 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
6105 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
6106 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
6107 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
6108 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
6109 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
6110 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
6111 | } |
6112 | |
6113 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
6114 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
6115 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
6116 | /// |
6117 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6118 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
6119 | |
6120 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
6121 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
6122 | /// |
6123 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6124 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
6125 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
6126 | } |
6127 | |
6128 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
6129 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
6130 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
6131 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
6132 | } |
6133 | |
6134 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
6135 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
6136 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
6137 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
6138 | } |
6139 | |
6140 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
6141 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
6142 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
6143 | } |
6144 | |
6145 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6146 | /// protocols. |
6147 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6148 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
6149 | } |
6150 | |
6151 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6152 | /// protocols. |
6153 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6154 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
6155 | } |
6156 | |
6157 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
6158 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
6159 | |
6160 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6161 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
6162 | |
6163 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6164 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
6165 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
6166 | } |
6167 | |
6168 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
6169 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
6170 | |
6171 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
6172 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
6173 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
6174 | |
6175 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6176 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
6177 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
6178 | } |
6179 | |
6180 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6181 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
6182 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
6183 | } |
6184 | |
6185 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
6186 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
6187 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
6188 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
6189 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
6190 | |
6191 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
6192 | |
6193 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
6194 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
6195 | } |
6196 | |
6197 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6198 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6199 | } |
6200 | |
6201 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6202 | |
6203 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6204 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6205 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6206 | } |
6207 | |
6208 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6209 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6210 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6211 | } |
6212 | |
6213 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6214 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6215 | |
6216 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6217 | /// |
6218 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6219 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6220 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6221 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6222 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6223 | |
6224 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6225 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6226 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6227 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6228 | |
6229 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6230 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6231 | } |
6232 | |
6233 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6234 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6235 | } |
6236 | |
6237 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6238 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6239 | } |
6240 | }; |
6241 | |
6242 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6243 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6244 | |
6245 | QualType ValueType; |
6246 | |
6247 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6248 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6249 | |
6250 | public: |
6251 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6252 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6253 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6254 | |
6255 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6256 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6257 | |
6258 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6259 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6260 | } |
6261 | |
6262 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6263 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6264 | } |
6265 | |
6266 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6267 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6268 | } |
6269 | }; |
6270 | |
6271 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6272 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6273 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6274 | |
6275 | QualType ElementType; |
6276 | bool isRead; |
6277 | |
6278 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6279 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()), |
6280 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6281 | |
6282 | public: |
6283 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6284 | |
6285 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6286 | |
6287 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6288 | |
6289 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6290 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6291 | } |
6292 | |
6293 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6294 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6295 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6296 | } |
6297 | |
6298 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6299 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6300 | } |
6301 | |
6302 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6303 | }; |
6304 | |
6305 | /// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth. |
6306 | class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6307 | friend class ASTContext; |
6308 | unsigned IsUnsigned : 1; |
6309 | unsigned NumBits : 24; |
6310 | |
6311 | protected: |
6312 | ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits); |
6313 | |
6314 | public: |
6315 | bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; } |
6316 | bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; } |
6317 | unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; } |
6318 | |
6319 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6320 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6321 | |
6322 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6323 | Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits()); |
6324 | } |
6325 | |
6326 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned, |
6327 | unsigned NumBits) { |
6328 | ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned); |
6329 | ID.AddInteger(NumBits); |
6330 | } |
6331 | |
6332 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; } |
6333 | }; |
6334 | |
6335 | class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6336 | friend class ASTContext; |
6337 | const ASTContext &Context; |
6338 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned; |
6339 | |
6340 | protected: |
6341 | DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned, |
6342 | Expr *NumBits); |
6343 | |
6344 | public: |
6345 | bool isUnsigned() const; |
6346 | bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); } |
6347 | Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const; |
6348 | |
6349 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6350 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6351 | |
6352 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6353 | Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr()); |
6354 | } |
6355 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
6356 | bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr); |
6357 | |
6358 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6359 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt; |
6360 | } |
6361 | }; |
6362 | |
6363 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6364 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6365 | public: |
6366 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6367 | |
6368 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6369 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6370 | /// with those already in the type. |
6371 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6372 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6373 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6374 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6375 | |
6376 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6377 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6378 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6379 | } |
6380 | |
6381 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6382 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6383 | |
6384 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6385 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6386 | }; |
6387 | |
6388 | /// A container of type source information. |
6389 | /// |
6390 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
6391 | /// @code |
6392 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
6393 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
6394 | /// @endcode |
6395 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
6396 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
6397 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
6398 | friend class ASTContext; |
6399 | |
6400 | QualType Ty; |
6401 | |
6402 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
6403 | |
6404 | public: |
6405 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
6406 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
6407 | |
6408 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
6409 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
6410 | |
6411 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
6412 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
6413 | }; |
6414 | |
6415 | // Inline function definitions. |
6416 | |
6417 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6418 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6419 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6420 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6421 | return desugar; |
6422 | } |
6423 | |
6424 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6425 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6426 | } |
6427 | |
6428 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6429 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6430 | } |
6431 | |
6432 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6433 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6434 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6435 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6436 | |
6437 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6438 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6439 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6440 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6441 | } |
6442 | |
6443 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6444 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6445 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6446 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6447 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6448 | return Quals; |
6449 | } |
6450 | |
6451 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6452 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6453 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6454 | return quals; |
6455 | } |
6456 | |
6457 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6458 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6459 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6460 | return cvr; |
6461 | } |
6462 | |
6463 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6464 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6465 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6466 | } |
6467 | |
6468 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6469 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6470 | } |
6471 | |
6472 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6473 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6474 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6475 | |
6476 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6477 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6478 | return false; |
6479 | |
6480 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6481 | } |
6482 | |
6483 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6484 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6485 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6486 | } |
6487 | |
6488 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6489 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6490 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6491 | } |
6492 | |
6493 | |
6494 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6495 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6496 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6497 | } |
6498 | |
6499 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6500 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6501 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6502 | } |
6503 | |
6504 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6505 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6506 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6507 | |
6508 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6509 | } |
6510 | |
6511 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6512 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6513 | return split(); |
6514 | |
6515 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6516 | } |
6517 | |
6518 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6519 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6520 | } |
6521 | |
6522 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6523 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6524 | } |
6525 | |
6526 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6527 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6528 | } |
6529 | |
6530 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6531 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
6532 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6533 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6534 | |
6535 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6536 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6537 | } |
6538 | |
6539 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
6540 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
6541 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
6542 | } |
6543 | |
6544 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6545 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6546 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6547 | } |
6548 | |
6549 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6550 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6551 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6552 | } |
6553 | |
6554 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6555 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6556 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6557 | return false; |
6558 | } |
6559 | |
6560 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6561 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6562 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6563 | return false; |
6564 | } |
6565 | |
6566 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6567 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6568 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6569 | return false; |
6570 | } |
6571 | |
6572 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6573 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6574 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6575 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6576 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6577 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6578 | |
6579 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6580 | } |
6581 | |
6582 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6583 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6584 | } |
6585 | |
6586 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6587 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6588 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6589 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6590 | /// int". |
6591 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6592 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6593 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6594 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6595 | } |
6596 | |
6597 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6598 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6599 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6600 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6601 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6602 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6603 | |
6604 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6605 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6606 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6607 | |
6608 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6609 | } |
6610 | |
6611 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6612 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6613 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6614 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6615 | /// |
6616 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6617 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6618 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6619 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6620 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6621 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6622 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6623 | else |
6624 | return *this; |
6625 | } |
6626 | |
6627 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6628 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6629 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6630 | } |
6631 | |
6632 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6633 | /// |
6634 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6635 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6636 | return isVoidType() || |
6637 | isNullPtrType() || |
6638 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6639 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6640 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6641 | } |
6642 | |
6643 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6644 | /// |
6645 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6646 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6647 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6648 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6649 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6650 | return isArrayType() || |
6651 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6652 | isFunctionType() || |
6653 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6654 | isPointerType() || |
6655 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6656 | isReferenceType() || |
6657 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6658 | isRecordType() || |
6659 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6660 | // types at different times; |
6661 | isUnionType() || |
6662 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6663 | isEnumeralType() || |
6664 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6665 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6666 | } |
6667 | |
6668 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6669 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6670 | } |
6671 | |
6672 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6673 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6674 | } |
6675 | |
6676 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6677 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6678 | } |
6679 | |
6680 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6681 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6682 | } |
6683 | |
6684 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6685 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6686 | } |
6687 | |
6688 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6689 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6690 | } |
6691 | |
6692 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6693 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6694 | } |
6695 | |
6696 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
6697 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
6698 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
6699 | // void. |
6700 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6701 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6702 | else |
6703 | return false; |
6704 | } |
6705 | |
6706 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6707 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6708 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6709 | else |
6710 | return false; |
6711 | } |
6712 | |
6713 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6714 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6715 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6716 | else |
6717 | return false; |
6718 | } |
6719 | |
6720 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6721 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6722 | } |
6723 | |
6724 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6725 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6726 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6727 | else |
6728 | return false; |
6729 | } |
6730 | |
6731 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6732 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6733 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6734 | else |
6735 | return false; |
6736 | } |
6737 | |
6738 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6739 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6740 | } |
6741 | |
6742 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6743 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6744 | } |
6745 | |
6746 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6747 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6748 | } |
6749 | |
6750 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6751 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6752 | } |
6753 | |
6754 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6755 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6756 | } |
6757 | |
6758 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6759 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6760 | } |
6761 | |
6762 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6763 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6764 | } |
6765 | |
6766 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6767 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6768 | } |
6769 | |
6770 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6771 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6772 | } |
6773 | |
6774 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6775 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6776 | } |
6777 | |
6778 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6779 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6780 | } |
6781 | |
6782 | inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const { |
6783 | return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6784 | } |
6785 | |
6786 | inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const { |
6787 | return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6788 | } |
6789 | |
6790 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6791 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6792 | } |
6793 | |
6794 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6795 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6796 | } |
6797 | |
6798 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6799 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6800 | } |
6801 | |
6802 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6803 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6804 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6805 | } |
6806 | |
6807 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6808 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6809 | } |
6810 | |
6811 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
6812 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
6813 | } |
6814 | |
6815 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6816 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6817 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6818 | return false; |
6819 | } |
6820 | |
6821 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6822 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6823 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6824 | return false; |
6825 | } |
6826 | |
6827 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6828 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6829 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6830 | return false; |
6831 | } |
6832 | |
6833 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6834 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6835 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6836 | return false; |
6837 | } |
6838 | |
6839 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6840 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6841 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6842 | return false; |
6843 | } |
6844 | |
6845 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6846 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6847 | } |
6848 | |
6849 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6850 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6851 | } |
6852 | |
6853 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6854 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6855 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6856 | } |
6857 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6858 | |
6859 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6860 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6861 | } |
6862 | |
6863 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6864 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6865 | } |
6866 | |
6867 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6868 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6869 | } |
6870 | |
6871 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6872 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6873 | } |
6874 | |
6875 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6876 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6877 | } |
6878 | |
6879 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6880 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6881 | return |
6882 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6883 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6884 | } |
6885 | |
6886 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6887 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6888 | } |
6889 | |
6890 | inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const { |
6891 | return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType); |
6892 | } |
6893 | |
6894 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6895 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6896 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6897 | } |
6898 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6899 | |
6900 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6901 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6902 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6903 | return |
6904 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6905 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6906 | } |
6907 | |
6908 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6909 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6910 | return |
6911 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6912 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6913 | } |
6914 | |
6915 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6916 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6917 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6918 | } |
6919 | |
6920 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6921 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6922 | } |
6923 | |
6924 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6925 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
6926 | return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K); |
6927 | } |
6928 | return false; |
6929 | } |
6930 | |
6931 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6932 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6933 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6934 | return false; |
6935 | } |
6936 | |
6937 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6938 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6939 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6940 | return BT; |
6941 | return nullptr; |
6942 | } |
6943 | |
6944 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6945 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))(static_cast<void> (0)); |
6946 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(K); |
6947 | } |
6948 | |
6949 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6950 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6951 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6952 | return false; |
6953 | } |
6954 | |
6955 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6956 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void); |
6957 | } |
6958 | |
6959 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6960 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6961 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half); |
6962 | } |
6963 | |
6964 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6965 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16); |
6966 | } |
6967 | |
6968 | inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const { |
6969 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16); |
6970 | } |
6971 | |
6972 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6973 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128); |
6974 | } |
6975 | |
6976 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6977 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr); |
6978 | } |
6979 | |
6980 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6981 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6982 | |
6983 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6984 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6985 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6986 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6987 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6988 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6989 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6990 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6991 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6992 | } |
6993 | return isExtIntType(); |
6994 | } |
6995 | |
6996 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
6997 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6998 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6999 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
7000 | } |
7001 | return false; |
7002 | } |
7003 | |
7004 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
7005 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
7006 | } |
7007 | |
7008 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
7009 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7010 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
7011 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
7012 | } |
7013 | return false; |
7014 | } |
7015 | |
7016 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
7017 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
7018 | } |
7019 | |
7020 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
7021 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7022 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
7023 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
7024 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
7025 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
7026 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
7027 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
7028 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
7029 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
7030 | } |
7031 | return false; |
7032 | } |
7033 | |
7034 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
7035 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
7036 | } |
7037 | |
7038 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
7039 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7040 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
7041 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
7042 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7043 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
7044 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
7045 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7046 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7047 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7048 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7049 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
7050 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7051 | isExtIntType(); |
7052 | } |
7053 | |
7054 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
7055 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7056 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
7057 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
7058 | |
7059 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
7060 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
7061 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7062 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7063 | |
7064 | return isExtIntType(); |
7065 | } |
7066 | |
7067 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
7068 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7069 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
7070 | return false; |
7071 | } |
7072 | |
7073 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
7074 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
7075 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
7076 | } |
7077 | |
7078 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
7079 | /// an overloaded operator. |
7080 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
7081 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
7082 | } |
7083 | |
7084 | /// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name. |
7085 | inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const { |
7086 | if (getAs<TypedefType>()) |
7087 | return true; |
7088 | if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) |
7089 | return TST->isTypeAlias(); |
7090 | return false; |
7091 | } |
7092 | |
7093 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
7094 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
7095 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
7096 | } |
7097 | |
7098 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
7099 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
7100 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
7101 | } |
7102 | |
7103 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
7104 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
7105 | } |
7106 | |
7107 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
7108 | const Type *type = this; |
7109 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
7110 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
7111 | return type; |
7112 | } |
7113 | |
7114 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
7115 | const Type *type = this; |
7116 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
7117 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
7118 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
7119 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
7120 | return type; |
7121 | } |
7122 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
7123 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
7124 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7125 | LangAS AS) { |
7126 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
7127 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
7128 | return PD; |
7129 | } |
7130 | |
7131 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
7132 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7133 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7134 | Qualifiers Q) { |
7135 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
7136 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
7137 | return PD; |
7138 | } |
7139 | |
7140 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
7141 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7142 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7143 | QualType T) { |
7144 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
7145 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
7146 | return PD; |
7147 | } |
7148 | |
7149 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
7150 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
7151 | template <typename T> |
7152 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
7153 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
7154 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
7155 | |
7156 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
7157 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
7158 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7159 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
7160 | |
7161 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7162 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7163 | return Ty; |
7164 | |
7165 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7166 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7167 | return nullptr; |
7168 | |
7169 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7170 | // losing all typedef information. |
7171 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7172 | } |
7173 | |
7174 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
7175 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
7176 | |
7177 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7178 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7179 | return Ty; |
7180 | |
7181 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7182 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7183 | return nullptr; |
7184 | |
7185 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
7186 | // type. |
7187 | const Type *Ty = this; |
7188 | while (Ty) { |
7189 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
7190 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
7191 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
7192 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7193 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
7194 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7195 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
7196 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7197 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
7198 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7199 | else |
7200 | break; |
7201 | } |
7202 | |
7203 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
7204 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
7205 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
7206 | } |
7207 | |
7208 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7209 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
7210 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
7211 | return arr; |
7212 | |
7213 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7214 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
7215 | return nullptr; |
7216 | |
7217 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7218 | // losing all typedef information. |
7219 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7220 | } |
7221 | |
7222 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
7223 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7224 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
7225 | |
7226 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
7227 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))(static_cast<void> (0)); |
7228 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7229 | } |
7230 | |
7231 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7232 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))(static_cast<void> (0)); |
7233 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
7234 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7235 | } |
7236 | |
7237 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
7238 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
7239 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
7240 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 |
7241 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
7242 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
7243 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))(static_cast<void> (0)); |
7244 | #endif |
7245 | } |
7246 | |
7247 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
7248 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
7249 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
7250 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
7251 | } |
7252 | |
7253 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
7254 | // as a scaled integer. |
7255 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
7256 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
7257 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
7258 | unsigned Scale); |
7259 | |
7260 | } // namespace clang |
7261 | |
7262 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
1 | //===- llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h - Discriminated Union of 2 Ptrs --*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the PointerUnion class, which is a discriminated union of |
10 | // pointer types. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H |
15 | #define LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h" |
18 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
19 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
20 | #include <cassert> |
21 | #include <cstddef> |
22 | #include <cstdint> |
23 | |
24 | namespace llvm { |
25 | |
26 | namespace pointer_union_detail { |
27 | /// Determine the number of bits required to store integers with values < n. |
28 | /// This is ceil(log2(n)). |
29 | constexpr int bitsRequired(unsigned n) { |
30 | return n > 1 ? 1 + bitsRequired((n + 1) / 2) : 0; |
31 | } |
32 | |
33 | template <typename... Ts> constexpr int lowBitsAvailable() { |
34 | return std::min<int>({PointerLikeTypeTraits<Ts>::NumLowBitsAvailable...}); |
35 | } |
36 | |
37 | /// Find the index of a type in a list of types. TypeIndex<T, Us...>::Index |
38 | /// is the index of T in Us, or sizeof...(Us) if T does not appear in the |
39 | /// list. |
40 | template <typename T, typename ...Us> struct TypeIndex; |
41 | template <typename T, typename ...Us> struct TypeIndex<T, T, Us...> { |
42 | static constexpr int Index = 0; |
43 | }; |
44 | template <typename T, typename U, typename... Us> |
45 | struct TypeIndex<T, U, Us...> { |
46 | static constexpr int Index = 1 + TypeIndex<T, Us...>::Index; |
47 | }; |
48 | template <typename T> struct TypeIndex<T> { |
49 | static constexpr int Index = 0; |
50 | }; |
51 | |
52 | /// Find the first type in a list of types. |
53 | template <typename T, typename...> struct GetFirstType { |
54 | using type = T; |
55 | }; |
56 | |
57 | /// Provide PointerLikeTypeTraits for void* that is used by PointerUnion |
58 | /// for the template arguments. |
59 | template <typename ...PTs> class PointerUnionUIntTraits { |
60 | public: |
61 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; } |
62 | static inline void *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; } |
63 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = lowBitsAvailable<PTs...>(); |
64 | }; |
65 | |
66 | template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename ...Types> |
67 | class PointerUnionMembers; |
68 | |
69 | template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I> |
70 | class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I> { |
71 | protected: |
72 | ValTy Val; |
73 | PointerUnionMembers() = default; |
74 | PointerUnionMembers(ValTy Val) : Val(Val) {} |
75 | |
76 | friend struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<Derived>; |
77 | }; |
78 | |
79 | template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename Type, |
80 | typename ...Types> |
81 | class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I, Type, Types...> |
82 | : public PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...> { |
83 | using Base = PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...>; |
84 | public: |
85 | using Base::Base; |
86 | PointerUnionMembers() = default; |
87 | PointerUnionMembers(Type V) |
88 | : Base(ValTy(const_cast<void *>( |
89 | PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)), |
90 | I)) {} |
91 | |
92 | using Base::operator=; |
93 | Derived &operator=(Type V) { |
94 | this->Val = ValTy( |
95 | const_cast<void *>(PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)), |
96 | I); |
97 | return static_cast<Derived &>(*this); |
98 | }; |
99 | }; |
100 | } |
101 | |
102 | /// A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator |
103 | /// in the low bit of the pointer. |
104 | /// |
105 | /// This implementation is extremely efficient in space due to leveraging the |
106 | /// low bits of the pointer, while exposing a natural and type-safe API. |
107 | /// |
108 | /// Common use patterns would be something like this: |
109 | /// PointerUnion<int*, float*> P; |
110 | /// P = (int*)0; |
111 | /// printf("%d %d", P.is<int*>(), P.is<float*>()); // prints "1 0" |
112 | /// X = P.get<int*>(); // ok. |
113 | /// Y = P.get<float*>(); // runtime assertion failure. |
114 | /// Z = P.get<double*>(); // compile time failure. |
115 | /// P = (float*)0; |
116 | /// Y = P.get<float*>(); // ok. |
117 | /// X = P.get<int*>(); // runtime assertion failure. |
118 | template <typename... PTs> |
119 | class PointerUnion |
120 | : public pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionMembers< |
121 | PointerUnion<PTs...>, |
122 | PointerIntPair< |
123 | void *, pointer_union_detail::bitsRequired(sizeof...(PTs)), int, |
124 | pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionUIntTraits<PTs...>>, |
125 | 0, PTs...> { |
126 | // The first type is special because we want to directly cast a pointer to a |
127 | // default-initialized union to a pointer to the first type. But we don't |
128 | // want PointerUnion to be a 'template <typename First, typename ...Rest>' |
129 | // because it's much more convenient to have a name for the whole pack. So |
130 | // split off the first type here. |
131 | using First = typename pointer_union_detail::GetFirstType<PTs...>::type; |
132 | using Base = typename PointerUnion::PointerUnionMembers; |
133 | |
134 | public: |
135 | PointerUnion() = default; |
136 | |
137 | PointerUnion(std::nullptr_t) : PointerUnion() {} |
138 | using Base::Base; |
139 | |
140 | /// Test if the pointer held in the union is null, regardless of |
141 | /// which type it is. |
142 | bool isNull() const { return !this->Val.getPointer(); } |
143 | |
144 | explicit operator bool() const { return !isNull(); } |
145 | |
146 | /// Test if the Union currently holds the type matching T. |
147 | template <typename T> bool is() const { |
148 | constexpr int Index = pointer_union_detail::TypeIndex<T, PTs...>::Index; |
149 | static_assert(Index < sizeof...(PTs), |
150 | "PointerUnion::is<T> given type not in the union"); |
151 | return this->Val.getInt() == Index; |
152 | } |
153 | |
154 | /// Returns the value of the specified pointer type. |
155 | /// |
156 | /// If the specified pointer type is incorrect, assert. |
157 | template <typename T> T get() const { |
158 | assert(is<T>() && "Invalid accessor called")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
159 | return PointerLikeTypeTraits<T>::getFromVoidPointer(this->Val.getPointer()); |
160 | } |
161 | |
162 | /// Returns the current pointer if it is of the specified pointer type, |
163 | /// otherwise returns null. |
164 | template <typename T> T dyn_cast() const { |
165 | if (is<T>()) |
166 | return get<T>(); |
167 | return T(); |
168 | } |
169 | |
170 | /// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to |
171 | /// it. |
172 | First const *getAddrOfPtr1() const { |
173 | return const_cast<PointerUnion *>(this)->getAddrOfPtr1(); |
174 | } |
175 | |
176 | /// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to |
177 | /// it. |
178 | First *getAddrOfPtr1() { |
179 | assert(is<First>() && "Val is not the first pointer")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
180 | assert((static_cast<void> (0)) |
181 | PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) ==(static_cast<void> (0)) |
182 | this->Val.getPointer() &&(static_cast<void> (0)) |
183 | "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr")(static_cast<void> (0)); |
184 | return const_cast<First *>( |
185 | reinterpret_cast<const First *>(this->Val.getAddrOfPointer())); |
186 | } |
187 | |
188 | /// Assignment from nullptr which just clears the union. |
189 | const PointerUnion &operator=(std::nullptr_t) { |
190 | this->Val.initWithPointer(nullptr); |
191 | return *this; |
192 | } |
193 | |
194 | /// Assignment from elements of the union. |
195 | using Base::operator=; |
196 | |
197 | void *getOpaqueValue() const { return this->Val.getOpaqueValue(); } |
198 | static inline PointerUnion getFromOpaqueValue(void *VP) { |
199 | PointerUnion V; |
200 | V.Val = decltype(V.Val)::getFromOpaqueValue(VP); |
201 | return V; |
202 | } |
203 | }; |
204 | |
205 | template <typename ...PTs> |
206 | bool operator==(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) { |
207 | return lhs.getOpaqueValue() == rhs.getOpaqueValue(); |
208 | } |
209 | |
210 | template <typename ...PTs> |
211 | bool operator!=(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) { |
212 | return lhs.getOpaqueValue() != rhs.getOpaqueValue(); |
213 | } |
214 | |
215 | template <typename ...PTs> |
216 | bool operator<(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) { |
217 | return lhs.getOpaqueValue() < rhs.getOpaqueValue(); |
218 | } |
219 | |
220 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that PointerUnion is "basically a pointer", that has |
221 | // # low bits available = min(PT1bits,PT2bits)-1. |
222 | template <typename ...PTs> |
223 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerUnion<PTs...>> { |
224 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(const PointerUnion<PTs...> &P) { |
225 | return P.getOpaqueValue(); |
226 | } |
227 | |
228 | static inline PointerUnion<PTs...> getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
229 | return PointerUnion<PTs...>::getFromOpaqueValue(P); |
230 | } |
231 | |
232 | // The number of bits available are the min of the pointer types minus the |
233 | // bits needed for the discriminator. |
234 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = PointerLikeTypeTraits<decltype( |
235 | PointerUnion<PTs...>::Val)>::NumLowBitsAvailable; |
236 | }; |
237 | |
238 | // Teach DenseMap how to use PointerUnions as keys. |
239 | template <typename ...PTs> struct DenseMapInfo<PointerUnion<PTs...>> { |
240 | using Union = PointerUnion<PTs...>; |
241 | using FirstInfo = |
242 | DenseMapInfo<typename pointer_union_detail::GetFirstType<PTs...>::type>; |
243 | |
244 | static inline Union getEmptyKey() { return Union(FirstInfo::getEmptyKey()); } |
245 | |
246 | static inline Union getTombstoneKey() { |
247 | return Union(FirstInfo::getTombstoneKey()); |
248 | } |
249 | |
250 | static unsigned getHashValue(const Union &UnionVal) { |
251 | intptr_t key = (intptr_t)UnionVal.getOpaqueValue(); |
252 | return DenseMapInfo<intptr_t>::getHashValue(key); |
253 | } |
254 | |
255 | static bool isEqual(const Union &LHS, const Union &RHS) { |
256 | return LHS == RHS; |
257 | } |
258 | }; |
259 | |
260 | } // end namespace llvm |
261 | |
262 | #endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H |